Sonoace r3

SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM
SONOACE R3
User Manual
Volume 1
SAMSUNG MEDISON
Version 2.01
SONOACE R3
User Manual
English
PROPRIETRAY INFORMATION AND SOFTWARE LICENSE
The Customer shall keep confidential all proprietary information furnished or disclosed to the Customer by
Samsung Medison, unless such information has become part of the public domain through no fault of the
Customer. The Customer shall not use such proprietary information, without the prior written consent of
Samsung Medison, for any purpose other than the maintenance, repair or operation of the goods.
Samsung Medison’s systems contain Samsung Medison’s proprietary software in machine-readable form.
Samsung Medison retains all its rights, title and interest in the software except that purchase of this product
includes a license to use the machine-readable software contained in it. The Customer shall not copy, trace,
disassemble or modify the software. Transfer of this product by the Customer shall constitute a transfer of this
license that shall not be otherwise transferable. Upon cancellation or termination of this contract or return of
the goods for reasons other than repair or modification, the Customer shall return to Samsung Medison all
such proprietary information.
Safety Requirements
■ Classification:
Type of protection against electrical shock: Class I

XX
Degree of protection against electrical shock (Patient connection): Type BF applied part
XX
Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: Ordinary equipment

XX
Degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetic material with air or with
XX
oxygen or nitrous oxide: Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
Mode of operation: Continuous operation

XX
■ Electromechanical safety standards met:
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance [IEC 60601-1:2005/A1:2012]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance- Collateral Standard: Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Tests
[IEC 60601-1-2:2007]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-6: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance- Collateral Standard: Usability [IEC 60601-1-6:2010]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance of Ultrasonic Medical Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2007]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [IEC 60601-1:1988 with
XX
A1:1991 and A2:1995]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-1: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard: Safety
XX
Requirement for Medical Electrical Systems [IEC 60601-1-1:2000]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard:
XX
Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Test [IEC 60601-1-2:2001, A1:2004]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-4: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard:
XX
Programmable Electrical Medical Systems [IEC 60601-1-4:1996, A1:1999]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for Safety - Ultrasonic Medical
XX
Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2001 with A1:2004, A2:2005]
Medical Devices – Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices [ISO 14971:2007]

XX
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [UL 60601-1:2003]
XX
XX
Performance [CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60601-1:14]
XX
Performance [ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1:2005/(R)2012, AND C1:2009 AND A2:2010(R)2012]
Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices, Part 1: Evaluation and Testing within a risk management
XX
process [ISO 10993-1:2009]
Standard Means for the Reporting of the Acoustic Output of Medical Diagnostic Ultrasonic
XX
Equipment [IEC 61157:2007]
■ Declarations:
CSA mark with the indicators “C” and “US” means that the product is
certified for both the U.S. and Canadian markets, to the applicable U.S.
and Canadian standards.
This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

EEC directive(s) and the European notified body.
This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

EEC directive(s).
This is the GMP symbol for Korean Good Manufacturing Practice quality
system regulation.
Precautions for Use
You should be familiar with all of these areas before attempting to use this manual or your ultrasound
system.
Please keep this user guide close to the product as a reference when using the system.

For safe use of this product, you should read ‘Chapter 1. Safety’ and ‘Chapter 8. Maintenance’ in this

manual, prior to starting to use this system.
This manual does not include diagnosis results or opinions. Also, check the measurement reference for

each application’s result measurement before making the final diagnosis.
This product is an ultrasound scanner and cannot be used from a user’s PC. We are not responsible for

errors that occur when the system software is run on a user’s PC.
Only medical doctors or persons supervised by medical doctors should use this system. Persons who

are not qualified must not operate this product.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any damage to this product caused by carelessness and/or

neglect by the user.
Please note that orders are based on the individually agreed specifications and may not contain all

features listed in the user manual.
It might be possible that some features, options or probes are NOT available in some countries.

All references to standards / regulations and their revisions are valid for the time of publication of the

user manual.
The figures in the user manual for illustrational purposes only and may be different from what you see

on the screen or device.
Information contained in this user manual is subject to change without prior notice.

Products that are not manufactured by Samsung Medison are marked with the trademark of their

respective copyright holders.
The headings below describe vitally important precautions necessary to prevent hazards.

DANGER: Describes precautions necessary to prevent user hazards of great urgency. Ignoring a
DANGER warning will risk life-threatening injury.
WARNING: Used to indicate the presence of a hazard that can cause serious personal injury, or
substantial property damage.
CAUTION: Indicates the presence of a hazard that can cause equipment damage.
NOTE: A piece of information useful for installing, operating and maintaining a system. Not related
to any hazard.
Revision History
The revision history of this manual is as follows.
VERSION DATE NOTE
v2.01.02-01 2015.02.23 Initial Release
System Upgrades and Manual Set Updates

Samsung Medison Ultrasound is committed to innovation and continued improvement. Upgrades may be
announced that consist of hardware or software improvements. Updated manuals will accompany those system
upgrades.
Verify that Check if this version of the manual is correct for the system version. If not, please contact the
Customer Service Department.
If You Need Assistance

If you need any assistance with the equipment, like the service manual, please contact the Samsung Medison
Customer Service Department or one of their worldwide customer service representatives, immediately.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents – Volume 1

Chapter 1 Safety........................................................................... 1-1
Indication for Use........................................................................................................................ 1-3
Contraindications................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3
Safety Signs.................................................................................................................................. 1-4

Safety Symbols..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Symbols.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-5
Labels ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
Electrical Safety........................................................................................................................... 1-7

Prevention of Electric Shock........................................................................................................................................... 1-7
ESD............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-9
EMI ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-9
EMC .......................................................................................................................................................................................1-10
Mechanical Safety..................................................................................................................... 1-17

Safety Note..........................................................................................................................................................................1-17
Moving the Equipment...................................................................................................................................................1-17
Biological Safety....................................................................................................................... 1-18

ALARA Principle.................................................................................................................................................................1-18
Environmental Protection....................................................................................................... 1-31

Correct Disposal of This Product(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)..............................................1-31
Chapter 2 Introduction ............................................................... 2-1

Specifications.............................................................................................................................. 2-3
Product Configuration............................................................................................................... 2-5
Monitor .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-5
Control Panel........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-8
Console.................................................................................................................................................................................2-13
Peripheral Devices............................................................................................................................................................2-16
Probe......................................................................................................................................................................................2-18
SONOACE R3 Cart (Optional)........................................................................................................................................2-19
Accessory ............................................................................................................................................................................2-20
Options.................................................................................................................................................................................2-21
15
User Manual
Chapter 3 Starting Diagnosis ..................................................... 3-1

Power Supply............................................................................................................................... 3-3
Powering On......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Powering Off......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-3
Probes & Applications................................................................................................................ 3-4

Probe and Application Selection.................................................................................................................................. 3-5
Probe Setting Change....................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
Editing BodyMarker .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-6
Calc Sequence...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
Patient Information.................................................................................................................... 3-9

Registering a New Patient.............................................................................................................................................3-10
Searching for Patient Information..............................................................................................................................3-13
Modifying Patient Information....................................................................................................................................3-16
Chapter 4 Diagnosis Modes......................................................... 4-1

Information.................................................................................................................................. 4-3
Diagnosis Mode Types...................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
Basic Use................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-4
Basic Modes................................................................................................................................. 4-7

2D Mode................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-7
M Mode.................................................................................................................................................................................4-13
Color Doppler Mode........................................................................................................................................................4-15
Power Doppler Mode......................................................................................................................................................4-19
PW Spectral Doppler Mode...........................................................................................................................................4-21
Combined Modes...................................................................................................................... 4-26

2D/C/PW Mode..................................................................................................................................................................4-26
2D/PD/PW Mode...............................................................................................................................................................4-26
2D/C/M Mode.....................................................................................................................................................................4-26
Dual Mode.................................................................................................................................. 4-28

Dual-2D Mode....................................................................................................................................................................4-28
Dual-2D/C Mode...............................................................................................................................................................4-28
Dual-2D/PD Mode............................................................................................................................................................4-28
3D Mode..................................................................................................................................... 4-29
3D............................................................................................................................................................................................4-29
Acquiring a 3D Image .....................................................................................................................................................4-30
3D View.................................................................................................................................................................................4-31
16
Table of Contents
Chapter 5 Measurements and Calculations............................... 5-1

Measurement Accuracy............................................................................................................. 5-3
Causes of Measurement Errors...................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy................................................................................................................... 5-5
Measurement Accuracy Table........................................................................................................................................ 5-7
Basic Measurements.................................................................................................................. 5-9

Distance Measurement...................................................................................................................................................5-11
Circumference and Area Measurement ..................................................................................................................5-15
Volume Measurement.....................................................................................................................................................5-17
Calculations by Application ................................................................................................... 5-19

Things to note....................................................................................................................................................................5-19
Common Measurement Methods..............................................................................................................................5-22
OB Calculations..................................................................................................................................................................5-25
GYN Calculations...............................................................................................................................................................5-30
Cardiac Calculations.........................................................................................................................................................5-32
Vascular Calculations ......................................................................................................................................................5-38
Urology Calculations........................................................................................................................................................5-40
Fetal Echo Calculations...................................................................................................................................................5-44
Report......................................................................................................................................... 5-46
Viewing Report..................................................................................................................................................................5-47
Editing Report ...................................................................................................................................................................5-47
Comment ............................................................................................................................................................................5-47
Printing out Report .........................................................................................................................................................5-47
Exporting Report ..............................................................................................................................................................5-47
Graph Function..................................................................................................................................................................5-49
** Reference Manual
Samsung Medison is providing an additional SONOACE R3 Reference Manual. GA tables and references for
each application are included in the Reference Manual.
17
1
Chapter
Safety
Indication for Use..............................................1-3

Contraindications.....................................................................1-3
Safety Signs.......................................................1-4
Safety Symbols..........................................................................1-4
Symbols........................................................................................1-5
Labels ...........................................................................................1-6
Electrical Safety.................................................1-7
Prevention of Electric Shock.................................................1-7
ESD.................................................................................................1-9
EMI .................................................................................................1-9
EMC .............................................................................................1-10
Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-17

Safety Note................................................................................1-17
Moving the Equipment........................................................1-17
Biological Safety............................................ 1-18

ALARA Principle......................................................................1-18
Environmental Protection............................ 1-31

Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)...................1-31
Chapter 1 Safety
Purpose of Use
The SONOACE R3 Diagnostic Ultrasound System and transducers are intended for diagnostic ultrasound
imaging and fluid analysis of the human body.
The clinical applications include: Gynecology, Abdomen, OB, Renal, Urology, Vascular, Small Part, Fetal Heart,
Breast, Musculoskeletal, Pediatric, Neonatal, and Cardiac.
NOTE: For detailed information on applications and presets, please refer to ‘Chapter 2. Introduction’
and ‘Chapter 9. Probes’ in this user manual.
Contraindications
This product must not be used for ophthalmological applications, or any other use that involves the
ultrasound beam passing through the eyeball.
CAUTION:
XX
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
XX
The method of application or use of the device is described in the manual ‘Chapter 3. Starting
Diagnosis’ and ‘Chapter 4. Diagnosis Modes’.
1-3
User Manual
Safety Signs
Please read this chapter before using the Samsung Medison ultrasound system. It is relevant to the
ultrasound system, the probes, the recording devices, and any of the optional equipment.
SONOACE R3 is intended for use by, or by the order of, and under the supervision of, a licensed physician who
is qualified for direct use of the medical device.
Safety Symbols
The International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) has established a set of symbols for medical electronic
equipment, which classify a connection or warn of potential hazards. The classifications and symbols are
shown below.
Symbols Description Symbols Description
WARNING: The accompanying

information must be followed to prevent
Data Input/Output port
serious accidents and/or damage to
property.
CAUTION: The accompanying

information helps to prevent minor Input port
accidents and/or damage to property.
Refer to the user manual. Output port
Follow the user manual. Print remote output
CAUTION: Risk of electric shock Foot Switch Port
Type BF applied part (Classification

based on degree of protection against ECG port
electric hazard)
Defibrillation-proof type CF applied

part (Classification based on degree of USB port
protection against electric hazard)
Power on/off Network port
1-4
Chapter 1 Safety
Power on Microphone Port
Power off Probe port
Protected against vertically falling water

Power ON for part of the product
drops
Protected against the effects of

Power Off for part of the product
temporary immersion in water
Protected against the effects of

Alternating current voltage source
continuous immersion in water
CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive devices

Direct current voltage source
(ESD)
Dangerous voltage (Indicates dangerous

Do not sit on the product.
voltages over 1000V AC or 1500V DC)
Protective earth (ground) Do not push the product.
Equipotentiality Do not lean against the product.
Be mindful of the space. Do not place a

Data output port finger, and or any part of your body in
the space.
Data input port
Symbols
Authorised Representative In The

Manufacturer
European Community
1-5
User Manual
Labels
Phrases containing the words ‘warning’ and/or ‘caution’ are displayed on the product's surface in order to
protect it.
1-6
Chapter 1 Safety
Electrical Safety
This equipment is categorized as a Class I device with Type BF applied parts.
CAUTION: As for US requirement, the LEAKAGE CURRENT might be measured from a center-tapped
circuit when the equipment connects in the United States to 240V supply system.
Prevention of Electric Shock

Additional equipment connected to medical electrical equipment must comply with the respective IEC or ISO
standards (e.g. IEC 60950/EN 60950 for data processing equipment). Furthermore all configurations shall comply
with the requirements for medical electrical systems (see IEC 60601-1-1/EN 60601-1-1 or clause 16 of the 3
Ed. of IEC 60601-1, respectively). Anybody connecting additional equipment to medical electrical equipment
configures a medical system and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements for
medical electrical systems. Attention is drawn to the fact that local laws take priority over the above-mentioned
requirements. If in doubt, consult your local representative or the technical service department.
WARNING:
XX
Electric shock may exist result if this system, including and all of its externally mounted recording
and monitoring devices, is not properly grounded.
XX
Do not remove the covers on the system; hazardous voltages are present inside. Cabinet panels
must be in place while the system is in use. All internal adjustments and replacements must be
made by a qualified Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
XX
Check the face, housing, and cable before use. Do not use and disconnect the power source, if
the face is cracked, chipped, or torn, the housing is damaged, or if the cable is abraded.
XX
Always disconnect the system from the wall outlet prior to cleaning the system.
XX
All patient contact devices, such as probes and ECG leads, must be removed from the patient
prior to application of a high voltage defibrillation pulse.
XX
The use of flammable anesthetic gas or oxidizing gases (N20) should be avoided.
XX
Avoid places where the system is likely to be difficult to operate the disconnection device.
XX
Do not use together with HF surgical equipment. HF surgical equipment may be damaged,
which may result in fire.
XX
The System must only be connected to a mains supply with protective earth to avoid risk of
electric shock.
1-7
User Manual
CAUTION:
XX
The system has been designed for 100-120VAC and 200-240VAC; you should select the input
voltage of printer and VCR. Prior to connecting a peripheral power cord, verify that the voltage
indicated on the power cord matches the voltage rating of the peripheral device.
XX
An isolation transformer protects the system from power surges. The isolation transformer
continues to operate when the system is in standby.
XX
Do not immerse the cable in liquids. Cables are not waterproof.
XX
Make sure that the inside of the system is not exposed to or flooded with liquids. In such cases,
fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to the product may occur.
XX
Do not touch SIP/SOP and the patient simultaneously. There is a risk of electric shock from
leakage current.
1-8
Chapter 1 Safety
ESD
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), commonly referred to as a static shock, is a naturally occurring phenomenon.
ESD is most prevalent during conditions of low humidity, which can be caused by heating or air conditioning.
During low humidity conditions, electrical charges naturally build up on individuals, creating static electricity.
An ESD occurs when an individual with an electrical energy build-up comes in contact with conductive
objects such as metal doorknobs, file cabinets, computer equipment, and even other individuals. The static
shock or ESD is a discharge of the electrical energy build-up from a charged individual to a lesser or non-
charged individual or object.
CAUTION:
XX
The level of electrical energy discharged from a system user or patient to an ultrasound system
can be significant enough to cause damage to the system or probes.
XX
Always perform the pre-ESD preventive procedures before using connectors marked with the
ESD warning label.
- Apply anti-static spray on carpets or linoleum.
- Use anti-static mats.
- Ground the product to the patient table or bed.
XX
It is highly recommended that the user be given training on ESD-related warning symbols and
preventive procedures.
EMI
Although this system has been manufactured in compliance with existing EMI(Electromagnetic Interference)
requirements, use of this system in the presence of an electromagnetic field can cause momentary
degradation of the ultrasound image.
If this occurs often, Samsung Medison suggests a review of the environment in which the system is being
used, to identify possible sources of radiated emissions. These emissions could be from other electrical
devices used within the same room or an adjacent room. Communication devices such as cellular phones
and pagers can cause these emissions. The existence of radios, TVs, or microwave transmission equipment
nearby can also cause interference.
CAUTION: In cases where EMI is causing disturbances, it may be necessary to relocate this system.
1-9
User Manual
EMC
The testing for EMC(ElectroMagnetic Compatibility) of this system has been performed according to the
international standard for EMC with medical devices (IEC 60601-1-2). This IEC standard was adopted in Europe
as the European norm (EN 60601-1-2).
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emission

This product is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the
user of this product should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emission test Compliance Electromagnetic environment -guidance
The Ultrasound System uses RF energy only for its internal function.
RF Emission
Group 1 Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause
CISPR 11
any interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF Emission The Ultrasound System is suitable for use in all establishments

Class A
CISPR 11 other than domestic, and may be used in domestic establishments
and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power
Harmonic Emission supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic
Class A
IEC 61000-3-2 purposes, provided the following warning is heeded:
Warning: This system is intended for use by healthcare

Flicker Emission professionals only. This system may cause radio interference or may
Complies disrupt the operation of nearby equipment. It may be necessary
IEC 61000-3-3
to take mitigation measures, such as re-orienting or relocating the
Ultrasound System or shielding the location.
1-10
Chapter 1 Safety
Approved Cables, Probes and Peripherals for EMC
■■ Cables
Cables connected to this product may affect its emissions. Refer to the table below for recommended
cable types and lengths:
Cable Type Length
DVI Shielded Normal
Parallel Shielded Normal
RS232C Shielded Normal
USB Shielded Normal
LAN(RJ45) Twisted pair Any
S-Video Shielded Normal
Foot Switch Shielded 2.5m
B/W Printer Unshielded Coaxial Normal
Printer Remote Unshielded Any
Audio R.L Shielded Normal
VHS Shielded Normal
■■ Probes
The image probe used with this product may affect its emission. The probe listed in ‘Chapter 9. Probes’
when used with this product, have been tested to comply with the group1 Class A emission as required
by International Standard CISPR 11.
■■ Peripherals
Peripherals used with this product may affect its emissions.
CAUTION: When connecting other customer-supplied accessories to the system, it is the user’s
responsibility to ensure the electromagnetic compatibility of the system.
WARNING: The use of cables, probes, and peripherals other than those specified, may result in
increased emissions or decreased immunity of the Ultrasound System.
1-11
User Manual
Electromagnetic environment
Immunity test IEC 60601 Test level Compliance level
-guidance
Floors should be wood,

Electrotatic concrete or ceramic tile.
±6KV Contact ±6KV Contact
discharge (ESD) If floors are covered with
synthetic material, the relat-
±8KV air ±8KV air
IEC 61000-4-2 ive humidity should be at
least 30%.
Electrical fast ±2KV ±2KV

Mains power quality should be
transient/burst for power supply lines for power supply lines
that of a typical commercial or
±1KV ±1KV
hospital environment.
IEC 61000-4-4 for input/output lines for input/output lines
Surge ±1KV differential mode ±1KV differential mode Mains power quality should be
that of a typical commercial or
IEC 61000-4-5 ±2KV common mode ±2KV common mode hospital environment.
<5% Uт for 0.5 cycles <5% Uт for 0.5 cycles

Mains power quality should be
(>95% dip in Uт) (>95% dip in Uт)
that of a typical commercial
Voltage dips, short
or hospital environment. If the
interruptions and 40% Uт for 5 cycles 40% Uт for 5 cycles
user of this product requires
voltage variations (60% dip in Uт) (60% dip in Uт )
continued operation during
on power supply
power mains interrup-tions,
input lines 70% Uт for 25 cycles 70% Uт for 25 cycles
it is recommended that this
(30% dip in Uт) (30% dip in Uт)
product be powered from an
IEC 61000-4-11
uninterruptible power supply
<5% Uт for 5 s <5% Uт for 5 s
or a battery.
(<95% dip in Uт ) (<95% dip in Uт )
Power frequency magnetic

Power frequency
fields should be at levels
(50/60Hz)
characteristic of a typical
magnetic field 3 A/m 3 A/m
location in a typical
commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-8
environment.
NOTE: Uт is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
1-12
Chapter 1 Safety
IEC 60601 Compliance Electromagnetic

Immunity test
Test level level environment - guidance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3V Portable and mobile RF communications

IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz equipment should be used no closer to any part
to 80MHz of the Ultrasound System, including cables, than
the recommended separation distance calculated
from the equation applicable to the frequency of
the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
80MHz a 800MHz
800MHz a 2.5GHz
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m Where P is the transmitter’s maximum output

IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz power rating in watts (W) according to the
to 2.5GHz transmitter’s manufacturer, and d is the
recommended separation distance in meters (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site survey, a
should be less than the compliance level in each
frequency range. b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of

equipment marked with the following symbol :
NOTE 1) At 80MHz and 800MHz, the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE 2) These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a
F ield strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land
mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically
with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic
site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the Ultrasound
System is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the Ultrasound System should be observed
to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such
as re-orienting or relocating the Ultrasound System or using a shielded location with a higher RF shielding
effectiveness and filter attenuation.
b
Over the frequency range 150kHz to 80MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.
1-13
User Manual
Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF

communications equipment and the SONOACE R3
This product is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances
are controlled. The customer or the user of this product can help Prevent electromagnetic interference
by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment
(transmitters) and this product as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the
communications equipment.
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter [m]

Rated maximum output
power of transmitter 150kHz to 80MHz 80MHz to 800MHz 800MHz to 2.5GHz
[W]
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d
in meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where p is the
maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1) At 80MHz and 800MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2) These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption
and reflection from structures, objects and people.
Electromagnetic environment – Guidance

It is recommended to use ultrasound systems in shielded locations offering RF shielding effectiveness,
with shielded cables. Field strengths outside the location shielded from fixed RF transmitters, as
determined by an electromagnetic site survey, should be less than 3 V/m.
It is essential that the actual shielding effectiveness and filter attenuation of the shielded location be
verified to assure that they meet the minimum specification.
CAUTION: If the system is connected to other customer-supplied equipment, such as a local area
network (LAN) or a remote printer, Samsung Medison cannot guarantee that the remote equipment
will work correctly in the presence of electromagnetic phenomena.
1-14
Chapter 1 Safety
Avoiding Electromagnetic Interference

Typical interference on Ultrasound Imaging Systems varies depending on Electromagnetic phenomena.
Please refer to following table:
Imaging Mode ESD1 RF2 Power Line3
For sector imaging probes,

white radial bands or flashes
in the centerlines of the
White dots, dashes, diagonal
image.
2D or 3D lines, or diagonal lines near
For linear imaging probes,
the center of the image.
white vertical bands,
sometimes more pronounced
Change of operating on the sides of the image.
mode, system settings,
or system reset. Increase in the image White dots, dashes, diagonal
M Brief flashes in the background noise or white M lines, or increase in image
displayed or recorded mode lines. background noise
image. Color flashes, radial or
Color flashes, dots, dashes,
vertical bands, increase in
Color or changes in the color noise
background noise, or changes
level.
in color image.
Horizontal lines in the spectral Vertical lines in the spectral

Doppler display or tones, abnormal display, popping type noise in
noise in the audio, or both. the audio, or both.
1. ESD caused by discharging of electric charge build-up on insulated surfaces or persons.

2. RF energy from RF transmitting equipment such as portable phones, hand-held radios, wireless devices,
commercial radio and TV, and so on.
3. Conducted interference on powerlines or connected cables caused by other equipment, such as switching
power supplies, electrical controls, and natural phenomena such as lightning.
A medical device can either generate or receive electromagnetic interference. The EMC standards describe
tests for both emitted and received interference.
Samsung Medison Ultrasound System do not generate interference in excess of the referenced standards.
An Ultrasound System is designed to receive signals at radio frequency and is therefore susceptible to
interference generated by RF energy sources. Examples of other source of interference are medical device,
information technology products, and radio and television transmission towers. Tracing the source of
radiated interference can be a difficult task. Customers should consider the following in an attempt to
locate the source:
1-15
User Manual
Is the interference intermittent or constant?

XX
Does the interference show up only with one transducers operating at the same frequency or with
XX
several transducer?
Do two different transducer operating at the same frequency have the same problem?
XX
Is the interference present if the system is moved to a different location in the facility?
XX
The answers to these questions will help determine if the problem reside with the system or the scanning
environment. After you answer the question, contact your local Samsung Medison customer service
department.
1-16
Chapter 1 Safety
Mechanical Safety
Safety Note
CAUTION:
XX
Do not apply excessive force to the product.
XX
Be sure to install the console on a stable surface. Samsung Medison recommends SONOACE R3
CART (optional).
XX
Never attempt to modify the product in any way.
XX
Check the operational safety when using the product after a prolonged break in service.
XX
Make sure that other objects, such as pieces of metal, do not enter the system.
XX
Do not block the ventilation slots.
XX
Do not keep this equipment in the closed space, such as a bag or a case, with turing it on.
XX
Do not unplug the power cable by pulling the cable. The cable may be damaged, resulting in
short circuit or disconnection. Always unplug it by holding the plug body.
XX
Excessive bending or twisting of cables, or parts that are applied to the patient, may cause failure
or intermittent operation of the system.
XX
Improper cleaning or sterilization of parts that are applied to the patient may cause permanent
damage.
XX
Servicing the product, including repairs and the replacement of parts, must be done by qualified
Samsung Medison service personnel. Assuming that the product is used in accordance with the
guidelines contained in this manual and maintained by qualified service personnel, the expected
lifespan of the product is approximately 7 years.
Please refer to “Chapter 8. Maintenance” for detailed information on protecting, cleaning and disinfecting the
equipment.
Moving the Equipment

Use the handle on the product, and move the product slowly. You can also move the product by using the
SONOACE R3 CART (optional).
CAUTION: Always turn the power off and disconnect the cables before moving the product.
NOTE: When using the SONOACE R3 CART, try to avoid parking it on a slope. If this is necessary for a
while, please lock the wheel brakes.
1-17
User Manual
Biological Safety
Verify the alignment of the biopsy guide before use. See the “Chapter 9. Probes” section of this manual.
WARNING:
XX
Ultrasound waves may have damaging effects on cells and, therefore, may be harmful to the
patient. If there is no medical benefit, minimize the exposure time and maintain the ultrasound
wave output level at low. Please refer to the ALARA principle.
XX
Do not use the system if an error message appears on the video display indicating that a
hazardous condition exists. Note the error code, turn off the power to the system, and call your
local Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
XX
Do not use a system that exhibits erratic or inconsistent updating. Discontinuities in the scanning
sequence are indicative of a hardware failure that should be corrected before use.
XX
The system limits the maximum contact temperature to 43 degree Celsius, and the ultrasonic
waves output observes American FDA regulations.
ALARA Principle
Guidance for the use of diagnostic ultrasound is defined by the “as low as reasonably achievable” (ALARA)
principle. The decision as to what is reasonable has been left to the judgment and insight of qualified
personnel. No set of rules can be formulated that would be sufficiently complete to dictate the correct
response for every circumstance. By keeping ultrasound exposure as low as possible, while obtaining
diagnostic images, users can minimize ultrasonic bioeffects.
Since the threshold for diagnostic ultrasound bioeffects is undetermined, it is the sonographer’s responsibility
to control the total energy transmitted into the patient. The sonographer must reconcile exposure time with
diagnostic image quality. To ensure diagnostic image quality and limit exposure time, the ultrasound system
provides controls that can be manipulated during the exam to optimize the results of the exam.
The ability of the user to abide by the ALARA principle is important. Advances in diagnostic ultrasound not
only in the technology but also in the applications of the technology, have resulted in the need for more and
better information to guide the user. The output indices are designed to provide that important information
There are a number of variables, which affect the way in which the output display indices can be used to
implement the ALARA principle. These variables include mass, body size, location of the bone relative to the
focal point, attenuation in the body, and ultrasound exposure time. Exposure time is an especially useful
variable, because the user controls it. The ability to limit the index values over time support the ALARA
principle.
1-18
Chapter 1 Safety
Applying ALARA
The system-imaging mode used depends upon the information needed. 2D-mode and M-mode imaging
provide anatomical information, while Doppler, Power, and Color imaging provide information about
blood flow. Scanned modes, like 2D-mode, Power, or Color, disperse or scatter the ultrasonic energy
over an area, while an unscanned mode, like M-mode or Doppler, concentrates ultrasonic energy.
Understanding the nature of the imaging mode being used allows the sonographer to apply the ALARA
principle with informed judgment. The probe frequency, system set-up values, scanning techniques, and
operator experience aid the sonographer in meeting the definition of the ALARA principle.
The decision as to the amount of acoustic output is, in the final analysis, up to the system operator. This
decision must be based on the following factors: type of patient, type of exam, patient history, ease or
difficulty of obtaining diagnostically useful information, and the potential localized heating of the patient
due to probe surface temperatures. Prudent use of the system occurs when patient exposure is limited
to the lowest index reading for the shortest amount of time necessary to achieve acceptable diagnostic
results.
Although a high index reading does not mean that a bioeffect is actually occurring, a high index reading
should be taken seriously. Every effort should be made to reduce the possible effects of a high index
reading. Limiting exposure time is an effective way to accomplish this goal.
There are several system controls that the operator can use to adjust the image quality and limit the
acoustic intensity. These controls are related to the techniques that an operator might use to implement
ALARA. These controls can be divided into three categories: direct, indirect, and receiver control.
Direct Controls
Application selection and the output intensity control directly affect acoustic intensity. There are different
ranges of allowable intensity or output based on your selection. Selecting the correct range of acoustic
intensity for the application is one of the first things required during any exam. For example, peripheral
vascular intensity levels are not recommended for fetal exams. Some systems automatically select the
proper range for a particular procedure, while others require manual selection. Ultimately, the user bears
the responsibility for proper clinical use. The Samsung Medison system provides both automatic and user-
definable settings.
Output has direct impact on acoustic intensity. Once the application has been established, the output
control can be used to increase or decrease the intensity output. The output control allows you to select
intensity levels less than the defined maximum. Prudent use dictates that you select the lowest output
intensity consistent with good image quality.
1-19
User Manual
Indirect Controls
The indirect controls are those that have an indirect effect on acoustic intensity. These controls affect
imaging mode, pulse repetition frequency, focus depth, pulse length, and probe selection.
The choice of imaging mode determines the nature of the ultrasound beam. 2D-mode is a scanning
mode, Doppler is a stationary or unscanned mode. A stationary ultrasound beam concentrates energy on
a single location. A moving or scanned ultrasound beam disperses the energy over a wide area and the
beam is only concentrated on a given area for a fraction of the time necessary in unscanned mode.
Pulse repetition frequency or rate refers to the number of ultrasound bursts of energy over a specific
period of time. The higher the pulse repetition frequency, the more pulses of energy in a given period of
time. Several controls affect pulse repetition frequency: focal depth, display depth, sample volume depth,
color sensitivity, number of focal zones, and sector width controls.
Focus of the ultrasound beam affects the image resolution. To maintain or increase resolution at a
different focus requires a variation in output over the focal zone. This variation of output is a function of
system optimization. Different exams require different focal depths. Setting the focus to the proper depth
improves the resolution of the structure of interest.
Pulse length is the time during which the ultrasonic burst is turned on. The longer the pulse, the greater
the time-average intensity value. The greater the time-average intensity, the greater the likelihood of
temperature increase and cavitations. Pulse length or burst length or pulse duration is the output pulse
duration in pulsed Doppler. Increasing the Doppler sample volume increases the pulse length.
Probe selection affects intensity indirectly. Tissue attenuation changes with frequency. The higher the
probe operating frequency, the greater the attenuation of the ultrasonic energy. Higher probe operating
frequencies require higher output intensity to scan at a deeper depth. To scan deeper at the same output
intensity, a lower probe frequency is required. Using more gain and output beyond a point, without
corresponding increases in image quality, can mean that a lower frequency probe is needed.
Receiver Controls
Receiver controls are used by the operator to improve image quality. These controls have no effect on
output. Receiver controls only affect how the ultrasound echo is received. These controls include gain,
TGC, dynamic range, and image processing. The important thing to remember, relative to output, is that
receiver controls should be optimized before increasing output. For example; before increasing output,
optimize gain to improve image quality.
1-20
Chapter 1 Safety
Additional Considerations
Ensure that scanning time is kept to a minimum, and ensure that only medically required scanning is
performed. Never compromise quality by rushing through an exam. A poor exam will require a follow-up,
which ultimately increases the time. Diagnostic ultrasound is an important tool in medicine, and, like any
tool, should be used efficiently and effectively.
Output Display Features

The system output display comprises two basic indices: a mechanical index and a thermal index. The
thermal index consists of the following indices: soft tissue (TIs) and bone (TIb). One of these three
thermal indices will be displayed at all times. Which one depends upon the system preset or user choice,
depending upon the application at hand.
The mechanical index is continuously displayed over the range of 0.0 to 1.9, in increments of 0.1.
The thermal index consists of the three indices, and only one of these is displayed at any one time.
Each probe application has a default selection that is appropriate for that combination. The TIb or TIs is
continuously displayed over the range of 0.0 to maximum output, based on the probe and application, in
increments of 0.1.
The application-specific nature of the default setting is also an important factor of index behavior. A
default setting is a system control state which is preset by the manufacturer or the operator. The system
has default index settings for the probe application. The default settings are invoked automatically by the
ultrasound system when power is turned on, new patient data is entered into the system database, or a
change in application takes place.
The decision as to which of the three thermal indices to display should be based on the following criteria:
Appropriate index for the application: TIs is used for imaging soft tissue; and TIb for a focus at or near
bone.
Some factors might create artificially high or low thermal index readings e.g. presence of fluid or bone,
or the flow of blood. A highly attenuating tissue path, for example, will cause the potential for local zone
heating to be less than the thermal index displays.
Scanned modes versus unscanned modes of operation affect the thermal index. For scanned modes,
heating tends to be near the surface; for unscanned modes, the potential for heating tends to be deeper
in the focal zone.
Always limit ultrasound exposure time. Do not rush the exam. Ensure that the indices are kept to a
minimum and that exposure time is limited without compromising diagnostic sensitivity.
1-21
User Manual
■■Mechanical Index (MI) Display

Mechanical bioeffects are threshold phenomena that occur when a certain level of output is exceeded.
The threshold level varies, however, with the type of tissue. The potential for mechanical bioeffects
varies with peak pressure and ultrasound frequency. The MI accounts for these two factors. The higher
the MI value, the greater the likelihood of mechanical bioeffects occurring but there is no specific MI
value that means that a mechanical effect will actually occur. The MI should be used as a guide for
implementing the ALARA principle.
■■ Thermal Index (TI) Display

The TI informs the user about the potential for temperature increase occuring at the body surface,
within body tissue, or at the point of focus of the ultrasound beam on bone. The TI is an estimate of the
temperature increase in specific body tissues. The actual amount of any temperature rise is influenced
by factors such as tissue type, vascularity, and mode of operation etc. The TI should be used as a guide
for implementing the ALARA principle.
The bone thermal index (TIb) informs the user about potential heating at or near the focus after
the ultrasound beam has passed through soft tissue or fluid, for example, at or near second or third
trimester fetal bone.
The cranial bone thermal index (TIc) informs the user about the potential heating of bone at or near the
surface, for example, cranial bone.
The soft tissue thermal index (TIs) informs the user about the potential for heating within soft
homogeneous tissue.
You can select either TIs or TIb using the TIs/TIb selection on the Miscellaneous system setups. TIc is
displayed when you select a trans-cranial application.
■■ Mechanical and Thermal indices Display Precision and Accuracy

The Mechanical and Thermal Indices on the system are precise to 0.1 units.
The MI and TI display accuracy estimates for the system are given in the Acoustic Output Tables manual.
These accuracy estimates are based on the variability range of probes and systems, inherent acoustic
output modeling errors and measurement variability, as described below.
The displayed values should be interpreted as relative information to help the system operator achieve
the ALARA principle through prudent use of the system. The values should not be interpreted as actual
physical values investigated tissue or organs. The initial data that is used to support the output display is
derived from laboratory measurements based on the AIUM measurement standard. The measurements
are then put into algorithms for calculating the displayed output values.
Many of the assumptions used in the process of measurement and calculation are conservative in
nature. Over-estimation of actual in situ exposure, for the vast majority of tissue paths, is built into the
measurement and calculation process. For example:
1-22
Chapter 1 Safety
The measured water tank values are de-rated using a conservative, industry standard, attenuation
coefficient of 0.3dB/cm-MHz.
Conservative values for tissue characteristics were selected for use in the TI models. Conservative values
for tissue or bone absorption rates, blood perfusion rates, blood heat capacity, and tissue thermal
conductivity were selected.
Steady state temperature rise is assumed in the industry standard TI models, and the assumption is
made that the ultrasound probe is held steady in one position long enough for steady state to be
reached.
A number of factors are considered when estimating the accuracy of display values: hardware variations,
algorithm accuracy estimation and measurement variability. Variability among probes and systems
is a significant factor. Probe variability results from piezoelectric crystal efficiencies, process-related
impedance differences, and sensitive lens focusing parameter variations. Differences in the system pulse
voltage control and efficiencies are also a contributor to variability. There are inherent uncertainties in
the algorithms used for estimating acoustic output values over the range of possible system operating
conditions and pulse voltages. Inaccuracies in laboratory measurements are related to differences
in hydrophone calibration and performance, positioning, alignment and digitization tolerances, and
variability among test operators.
The conservative assumptions of the output estimation algorithms of linear propagation, at all depths,
through a 0.3dB/cm-MHz attenuated medium are not taken into account in calculation of the accuracy
estimate displayed. Neither linear propagation, nor uniform attenuation at the 0.3dB/cm-MHz rate,
occur in water tank measurements or in most tissue paths in the body. In the body, different tissues and
organs have dissimilar attenuation characteristics. In water, there is almost no attenuation. In the body,
and particularly in water tank measurements, non-linear propagation and saturation losses occur as
pulse voltages increase.
The display accuracy estimates take into account the variability ranges of probes and systems, inherent
acoustic output modeling errors, and measurement variability. Display accuracy estimates are not based
on errors in, or caused by measuring according to, the AIUM measurement standards. They are also
independent of the effects of non-linear loss on the measured values.
Control affecting the indices

As various system controls are adjusted, the TI and MI values may change. This will be most apparent as
the POWER control is adjusted; however, other system controls will affect the on-screen output values.
■■Power
Power controls the system acoustic output. Two real-time output values are on the screen: a TI and a MI.
They change as the system responds to POWER adjustments.
In combined modes, such as simultaneous Color, 2D-mode and pulsed Doppler, the individual modes
each add to the total TI. One mode will be the dominant contributor to this total. The displayed MI will
be from the mode with the largest peak pressure.
1-23
User Manual
2D-mode Controls
■■2D-mode size
Narrowing the sector angle may increase the frame rate. This action will increase the TI. Pulse
voltage may be automatically adjusted down with software controls to keep the TI below the system
maximums. A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.
■■ Zoom
Increasing the zoom magnification may increase frame rate. This action will increase the TI. The number
of focal zones may also increase automatically to improve resolution. This action may change MI since
the peak intensity can occur at a different depth.
■■ Persistence
A lower persistence will decrease the TI. Pulse voltage may be automatically increased. An increase in
pulse voltage will increase MI.
■■ Focal no.
More focal zones may change both the TI and MI by changing frame rate or focal depth automatically.
Lower frame rates decrease the TI. MI displayed will correspond to the zone with the largest peak
intensity.
■■ Focus
Changing the focal depth will change the MI. Generally, higher MI values will occur when the focal
depth is near the natural focus of the transducer.
Color and Power Controls

■■Color Sensitivity
Increasing the color sensitivity may increase the TI. More time is spent scanning for color images. Color
pulses are the dominant pulse type in this mode.
■■ Color Sector Width

Narrower color sector width will increase color frame rate and the TI will increase. The system may
automatically decrease pulse voltage to stay below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage
will decrease the MI. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled then pulsed Doppler will remain the dominant
mode and the TI change will be small.
1-24
Chapter 1 Safety
■■ Color Sector Depth

Deeper color sector depth may automatically decrease color frame rate or select a new color focal zone
or color pulse length. The TI will change due to the combination of these effects. Generally, the TI will
decrease with increased color sector depth. MI will correspond to the peak intensity of the dominant
pulse type, which is a color pulse. However, if pulsed Doppler is also enabled then pulsed Doppler will
remain the dominant mode and the TI change will be small.
■■ Scale
Using the SCALE control to increase the color velocity range may increase the TI. The system will
automatically adjust pulse voltage to stay below the system maximums. A decrease in pulse voltage will
also decrease MI.
■■ Sec Width
A narrower 2D-mode sector width in Color imaging will increase color frame rate. The TI will increase. MI
will not change. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled, then pulsed Doppler will remain as the primary mode
and the TI change will be small.
M-mode and Doppler Controls

■■Speed
M-mode and Doppler sweep speed adjustments will not affect the MI. When M-mode sweep speed
changes, TI changes.
■■ Simultaneous and Update Methods

Use of combination modes affects both the TI and MI through the combination of pulse types. During
simultaneous mode, the TI is additive. During auto-update and duplex, the TI will display the dominant
pulse type. The displayed MI will be from the mode with the largest peak pressure.
■■ Sample Volume Depth

When Doppler sample volume depth is increased the Doppler PRF may automatically decrease. A
decrease in PRF will decrease the TI. The system may also automatically decrease the pulse voltage to
remain below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.
1-25
User Manual
Doppler, M-mode, and Color Imaging Controls

When a new imaging mode is selected, both the TI and the MI will change to default settings. Each
mode has a corresponding pulse repetition frequency and maximum intensity point. In combined or
simultaneous modes, the TI is the sum of the contribution from the modes enabled and MI is the MI for
the focal zone and mode with the largest derated intensity. If a mode is turned off and then reselected,
the system will return to the previously selected settings.
■■Probe
Each probe model available has unique specifications for contact area, beam shape, and center
frequency. Defaults are initialized when you select a probe. Samsung Medison factory defaults vary with
probe, application, and selected mode. Defaults have been chosen below the FDA limits for intended
use.
■■ Depth
An increase in 2D-mode depth will automatically decrease the 2D-mode frame rate. This would
decrease the TI. The system may also automatically choose a deeper 2D-mode focal depth. A change of
focal depth may change the MI. The MI displayed is that of the zone with the largest peak intensity.
■■ Application
Acoustic output defaults are set when you select an application. Samsung Medison factory defaults vary
with probe, application, and mode. Defaults have been chosen below the FDA limits for intended use.
Related Guidance Documents

For more information about ultrasonic bioeffects and related topics refer to the following;
AIUM Report, January 28, 1993, “Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound”
Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J Ultrasound Med., Sept. 1998: Vol. 7, No.
9 Supplement
Acoustic Output Measurement Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment. (AIUM, NEMA. 1998)
Acoustic Output Labeling Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM, 1998)
Second Edition of the AIUM Output Display Standard Brochure, Dated March 10, 1994. (A copy of this
document is shipped with each system.)
Information for Manufacturer Seeking Marketing Clearance of Diagnostic Ultrasound Systems and
Transducers. FDA. September 1997. FDA.
Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic
Ultrasound Equipment. (Revision 1, AIUM, NEMA. 1998)
1-26
Chapter 1 Safety
WFUMB. Symposium on Safety of Ultrasound in Medicine: Conclusions and Recommendations on Thermal

and Non-Thermal Mechanisms for Biological Effects of Ultrasound, Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology,
1998: Vol. 24, Supplement1.
Acoustic Output and Measurement

Since the first usage of diagnostic ultrasound, the possible human biological effects (bioeffects) of
ultrasound exposure have been studied by various scientific and medical institutions. In October 1987, the
American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine(AIUM) ratified a report prepared by its Bioeffects Committee
(Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J Ultrasound Med., Sept. 1988: Vol.7,
No.9 Supplement), sometimes referred to as the Stowe Report, which reviewed available data on possible
effects of ultrasound exposure. Another report “Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound,” dated
January 28, 1993 provides more up to date information.
The acoustic output for this system has been measured and calculated in accordance with the December
1985 “510(K) Guide for Measuring and Reporting Acoustic Output of Diagnostic Ultrasound Medical
Devices,” except that the hydrophone meets the requirements of “Acoustic Output Measurement Standard
for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment” (NEMA UD 2-1992)
In Situ, Derated, and Water Value Intensities

All intensity parameters are measured in water. Since water does not absorb acoustic energy, these water
measurements represent a worst case value. Biological tissue does absorb acoustic energy. The true
value of the intensity at any point depends on the amount and type of tissue and the frequency of the
ultrasound that passes through the tissue. The intensity value in the tissue, In Situ, has been estimated
using the following formula:
In Situ = Water [ e -(0.23 alf) ]

where: In Situ = In Situ Intensity Value
Water = Water Value Intensity
e = 2.7183
a = Attenuation Factor
Tissue a(dB/cm-MHz)
Brain .53
Heart .66
Kidney .79
Liver .43
Muscle .55
1-27
User Manual
l = skin line to measurement depth (cm)

f = Center frequency of the transducer/system/mode combination(MHz)
Since the ultrasonic path during an examination is likely to pass through varying lengths and types of
tissue, it is difficult to estimate the true In Situ intensity. An attenuation factor of 0.3 is used for general
reporting purpose; therefore, the In Situ value which is commonly reported uses the formula:
In Situ (derated) = Water [ e -(0.069 lf) ]

Since this value is not the true In Situ intensity, the term “derated” is used.
The maximum derated and the maximum water values do not always occur at the same operating
condition; therefore, the reported maximum water and derated values may not be related to the In
Situ (derated) formula. Take for example a multi-zone array transducer that has maximum water value
intensities in its deepest zone: the same transducer may have its largest derated intensity in one if its
shallowest focal zones.
Acoustic Output and Measurement

The terms and symbols used in the acoustic output tables are defined in the following paragraphs.
ISPTA.3 The derated spatial-peak temporal-average intensity (milliwatts per square centimeter).
ISPPA.3 The derated spatial-peak pulse-average intensity (watts per square centimeter). The value of
IPA.3 at the position of global maximum MI (IPA.3@MI) may be reported instead of ISPPA.3 if the
global maximum MI is reported.
MI The Mechanical Index. The value of MI at the position of ISPPA.3, (MI@ISPPA.3) may be reported
instead of MI (global maximum value) if ISPPA.3 is 190W/cm2
Pr.3 The derated peak rarefactional pressure (megapascals) associated with the transmit pattern
giving rise to the reported MI value.
WO The ultrasonic power (milliwatts). For the operating condition giving rise to ISPTA.3, WO is the
total time-average power;. For operating conditions subject to reporting under ISPPA.3, WO
is the ultrasonic power associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the value reported
under ISPPA.3
Fc The center frequency (MHz). For MI and ISPPA.3, Fc is the center frequency associated with
the transmit pattern giving rise to the global maximum value of the respective parameter. For
ISPTA.3, for combined modes involving beam types of unequal center frequency, Fc is defined
as the overall range of center frequencies of the respective transmit patterns.
ZSP The axial distance at which the reported parameter is measured (centimeters).
x-6,y-6 are respectively the in-plane (azimuth) and out-of-plane (elevation) -6 dimensions in the x-y
plane where ZSP is found (centimeters).
1-28
Chapter 1 Safety
PD The pulse duration (microseconds) associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the
reported value of the respective parameter.
PRF The pulse repetition frequency (Hz) associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the
reported value of the respective parameter.
EBD The entrance beam dimensions for the azimuth and elevation planes (centimeters).
EDS The entrance dimensions of the scan for the azimuth and elevation planes (centimeters).
Acoustic Measurement Precision and Uncertainty

The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are described below.
Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty
PII.3 (derated pulse intensity integral) 3.2 % +21 % to - 24 %

Wo (acoustic power) 6.2 % +/- 19 %
Pr.3 (derated rarefaction pressure) 5.4 % +/- 15 %
Fc (center frequency) <1% +/- 4.5 %
■■ Systematic Uncertainties.
For the pulse intensity integral, derated rarefaction pressure Pr.3, center frequency and pulse duration,
the analysis includes considerations of the effects on accuracy of:
Hydrophone calibration drift or errors.
Hydrophone / Amp frequency response.
Spatial averaging.
Alignment errors.
Voltage measurement accuracy, including.
u Oscilloscope vertical accuracy.
u Oscilloscope offset accuracy.
u Oscilloscope clock accuracy.
u Oscilloscope Digitization rates.
u Noise.
The systematic uncertainties Acoustic power measurements using a Radiation Force are measured
through the use of calibrated NIST acoustic power sources.
1-29
User Manual
We also refer to a September 1993 analysis done by a working group of the IEC technical committee 87
and prepared by K. Beissner, as a first supplement to IEC publication 1161.
The document includes analysis and discussion of the sources of error / measurement effects due to:
u Balance system calibration.
u Absorbing (or reflecting) target suspension mechanisms.
u Linearity of the balance system.
u Extrapolation to the moment of switching the ultrasonic transducer (compensation for ringing and
thermal drift).
u Target imperfections.
u Absorbing (reflecting) target geometry and finite target size.
u Target misalignment.
u Ultrasonic transducer misalignment.
u Water temperature.
u Ultrasonic attenuation and acoustic streaming.
u Coupling or shielding foil properties.
u Plane-wave assumption.
u Environmental influences.
u Excitation voltage measurement.
u Ultrasonic transducer temperature.
u Effects due to nonlinear propagation and saturation loss.
The overall findings of the analysis give a rough Acoustic Power accuracy figure of +/- 10% for the
frequency range of 1 - 10 MHz.\
Training
The operator of this equipment must become thoroughly familiar with the correct use of the equipment
in order to optimize its performance and recognize possible malfunctions. It is recommended that all
users receive proper training before operation. Applications training is available through the Samsung
Medison Customer Service Department, or from one of their worldwide customer service representatives.
1-30
Chapter 1 Safety
Environmental Protection
CAUTION:
XX
The console and peripherals could be sent back to manufacturers for recycling or proper disposal
after their useful lives.
XX
Disposal of waste shall be disposed in accordance with national laws.
XX
The lithium ion battery used in the product must be replaced by a Samsung Medison service
engineer or an authorized dealer.
Correct Disposal of This Product

(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
Applicable in countries with separate collection systems
This marking on the product, accessories or literature indicates that the product and its electronic
accessories (e.g. charger, headset, USB cable) should not be disposed of with other household waste
at the end of their working life. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from
uncontrolled waste disposal, please separate these items from other types of waste and recycle them
responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.
Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their local
government office, for details of where and how they can take these items for environmentally safe
recycling.
Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase
contract. This product and its electronic accessories should not be mixed with other commercial wastes
for disposal.
State of California Proposition 65 Warning (US only)
WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive toxicity.
1-31
Chapter 2
Introduction
Specifications....................................................2-3
Product Configuration.....................................2-5
Monitor ........................................................................................2-5
Control Panel..............................................................................2-8
Console.......................................................................................2-13
Peripheral Devices..................................................................2-16
Probe...........................................................................................2-18
SONOACE R3 Cart (Optional).............................................2-19
Accessory ..................................................................................2-20
Options.......................................................................................2-21
Chapter 2 Introduction
Specifications
Height: 375mm (with handle)
Width: 402mm (with probe holder)
Physical
Depth: 188mm (with control panel)
Dimensions
Weight: More than 8.7kg
Weight: Approx. 35kg (with Safe Working Load)
2D real-time
Dual 2D real-time
2D/M-mode
Power Doppler
Imaging modes
Color Doppler for Option
Pulsed-wave Doppler for Option
3D-mode (Freehand) for Option
Simultaneous
Gray Scale 256 (8 bits)
Dynamic transmit focusing, maximum of eight points (four points simultaneously

Focusing selectable)
Digital dynamic receive focusing (continuous)
Curved Linear Array

C2-4/20, C2-5, C2-8, CN2-8, CN4-9
Probes Linear Array
(Type BF / IPX7) L5-12/60, LE5-12, LN5-12, LN5-12/40
Endocavity Curved Linear Array
EC4-9, EVN4-9
Probe One probe connectors

connections Two probe connectors for option
15 inch LCD Monitor (LED backlight unit)

Monitor
called "LCD monitor" henceforth
USB 3ports
LAN (10/100 BASE-T)
DVI Output
Rear Panel Input
BW Printer remote control
Connections
BW Output
S-VHS Output
Sound Output
Maximum 512 frames for CINE memory

Image Storage Maximum 4096 Lines for LOOP memory
Image filing system
2-3
User Manual
Gynecology, Abdomen, OB, Renal, Urology, Vascular, Small Part, Fetal Heart, Breast,
Application
Musculoskeletal, Pediatric, Neonatal, Cardiac
Electrical
100~120V/200~240V, 250VA, 50/60Hz
Parameters
Obstetrics
Gynecology
Automatic Cardiology
Calculation and Fetal Echo
Quantification Vascular
Urology
* Refer the Chapter 5 for additional information
TGC control
Mode-independent gain control
Acoustic power control (adjustable)
Signal Dynamic aperture
processing Dynamic apodization
(Pre-processing) Dynamic range control (adjustable)
Image view area control
M-mode sweep speed control
HD zoom
Frame average
Signal
Gamma-scale windowing
processing
Image orientation (left/right and up/down)
(Post-processing)
White on black/black on white
Trackball operation of multiple cursors

2D: Linear measurements and area measurements using elliptical approximation or trace
Measurement
M-mode: Continuous readout of distance, time, and slope rate
Doppler: Velocity and trace
Black-and white printer

Color printer
Auxiliary VCR
Monitor
Foot switch (IPX1)
User Interface English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Simplified Chinese
Operating: 700hPa to 1060hPa

Pressure Limits
Storage: 700hPa to 1060hPa
Operating: 30% to 75%

Humidity Limits
Storage & Shipping: 20% to 90%
Temperature Operating: 10 OC ~ 35OC

Limits Storage & Shipping: -25OC ~ 60OC
2-4
Product Configuration
The SONOACE R3 consists of the monitor, the control panel, the console, the peripheral devices, and the probes.
Monitor
The monitor of this system is a color VGA monitor, which displays ultrasound images and additional information.
This monitor is connected to the main body through a central pivot, allowing it to be tilted to the optimal
viewing angle.
Monitor Display
The monitor displays ultrasound images, operation menus and a variety of other information. The screen is
divided into six sections: 1 Title, 2 Menu, 3 Image, 4 Thumbnail, 5 User Information, and 6 Softmenu
sections.
3 4
5
6
[Figure 2.1 Monitor Display]
2-5
User Manual
Title Area
■■
This section displays the Logo, Patient Name, Hospital Name, Application, Frame Rate & Depth, Probe
Information, Acoustic Output Information and Date & Time.
Menu Area
■■
The menu is divided into 3 kinds: Image adjustment menu, Measurement menu, and Utility menu. Use
Menu dial-button to select an item from the menu.
Image Area
■■
The ultrasound image, image information, annotation, and measurement information are displayed in
the image area.
Thumbnails Area
■■
Saved images, by pressing the Save button on the control panel, are displayed in the thumbnails area.
Thumbnails are showed when you check ‘on’ in Setup > System > Misc. This area shows up to four
images.
User Information Area

■■
A variety of information necessary for system use e.g. current system status and BodyMarkers.
Softmenu
■■
Available menu items may vary depending on the current system state. To set or change a Soft Menu
item, use the corresponding dial-button on the control panel.
NOTE: Refer to ‘Chapter 7. Utilities’ for detail.
2-6
Principles of Operation of the Diagnostic Ultrasound System

Tips!
Medical ultrasound images are created when the computer's digital memory converts the high-
frequency wave signals that are transmitted and received by the probe.
As ultrasound waves propagate through the human body, they generate reflected signals
whenever they encounter a change in density. For example, reflected signals are generated when
signals pass from fatty tissues to muscle tissues. Reflected signals return to the probe where they
are converted into electronic signals. The reflected signals are amplified and processed by analog
and digital circuits that have filters for various frequencies and response time options. Then they
are again converted into high-frequency electronic signals, and saved as a series of digital image
signals. The monitor displays the image signals stored on the storage device in real time.
The entire process of transmitting, receiving, and processing signals is controlled by the computer.
Adjusting Brightness
Use the left/right arrow keys on the keyboard. However, brightness cannot be adjusted in Text Mode.
2-7
User Manual
Control Panel
The control panel can be used for controlling the system.
[Figure 2.2 [Figure 2.2 Control Panel]
The user can manipulate the control panel using 1 Button, 2 Dial-Button, 3 Slide, 4 Trackball. The dial-
button can be used both as a dial and a button.
2-8
Control Panel Map

The following are descriptions and instructions for the controls on the control panel. For more information
on the buttons with multiple functions, see 'Chapter 3' and later of this manual.
On/Off Turns the system on/off.
Displays the Patient Information screen for patient selection and information entry.
Patient
End Exam Finishes the exam of the currently selected patient and resets the related data.
Runs SONOVIEW which is the image filing program.

SONOVIEW
Displays the Report screen that shows the measurement results of the current
Report application and other information.
Allows you to select the 2D or Single function

- 2D: Use this button to enable 2D Mode. Pressing this button in 2D mode does not
2D / Single
disable the mode. Pressing it in Combined Mode switches to 2D Mode.
- Single: In Dual Mode, press this button to switch to 2D Mode.
M Use this button to enable/disable M Mode.
Color Use this button to enable/disable Color Doppler Mode.
PD Use this button to enable/disable Power Doppler Mode.
PW (Option) Use this button to enable/disable PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
Dual Use this button to enable Dual Mode.
Use this switch to adjust the focus position. The focus position changes on the ruler as
Focus
you adjust its position
Use this switch to adjust the scanning depth for the selected image. The depth
Depth
information changes in the Title area as you adjust the depth.
Starts measurements by application. The measurement menu is displayed on the left

Calc side of the screen.
Starts to measure distance, circumference, area, and volume. The current measurement
Caliper item is displayed on the left side of the screen.
Use the trackball to move the cursor on the screen. It can also be used to search
Trackball
through Cine or Loop images when Freeze is enabled.
Use this button to change the function of the trackball.

Change
2-9
User Manual
Use this option to select an item or value. In Spectral Doppler Mode and 3D mode, it is
also used as update function.
Set
Exits the currently used function and returns to the previous staus.
Exit
Carries out the Menu or Angle function.

Menu: Press dial button to activate the available menu item of current scan mode.
Menu / Angle Angle: Rotate the dial-button to adjust the angle. Adjust the angle of sample volume
in PW Spectral Doppler Mode. It is also used to adjust the Indicator angle or the Probe
angle of BodyMarker.
Deletes text, Indicator, BodyMarker, and measurement result, etc. displayed on an

Clear image.
Active Mode Changes the menu or soft menu on the screen.
Save Use this button to save the selected image or report in a database.
Use this button to print the image on the screen via a printer.
Print
Use this button to freeze the image that is being scanned.

Freeze Press it again to return to scan mode.
Carries out the Q Scan or Gain function.

- Q Scan: Press this dial-button to enable Quick Scan. If Quick Scan is enabled, ‘Q’ mark
Q Scan / Gain
is shown in the right hand side of the screen.
- Gain: Rotate this dial-button to adjust Gain in each mode.
TGC Adjusts TGC values for each depth using 6 slides. TGC stands for Time Gain Control.
CAUTION: Too large a difference in the gain value settings of adjacent TGC slides may lead to the
generation of stripes in an image.
Soft menu buttons Use the Soft Menu that appears on the screen. Available menu items may vary
(1~5) depending on the current system state.
[Figure 2.3 [Figure 2.3 Soft menu button]
2-10
Keyboards
This product comes with an alphanumeric keyboard, which can be used to enter text and run a variety of
functions by using function keys
[Figure 2.4 keyboards]

Note for Using Russian
Tips!
If you set the language in Russian, you cannot use function keys under Caps Lock is on.
This is used to start Text mode.

Text
This is used to display M line or hide.

M Cursor
This is used to start the biopsy.

Biopsy
This button is used to display information of image on the upper right side of screen or
Data on / off
hide.
This is used to start or finish the 3D Mode.

3D
This is used to start or finish the Zoom Mode. The Zoom Navigation Box is displayed on
Zoom the user information area.
This button is used to appear the Setup screen for setting system parameters.
Setup
2-11
User Manual
This button is used to appear the utility menu.

Utility
App. This is used to appear Application screen to select/change probes and applications.
This is used to change another probe.

Probe This button is available when you use the two probe connector (optional).
This button is used to appear the Storage Manager window.

Storage Manager
This is used to start or finish the indicator Mode.

Indicator
This is used to start or finish the BodyMarker Mode.

BodyMarker
Press the button to change frequency for the probe.

Freq.
Select Res, Pen or Gen. The selected frequency will be displayed in the title area.
This is used to turn Harmonic Imaging on. Press this button again to turn the mode off.
Har.
This button is only activated with the specific probe.
, Allows you to adjust the monitor brightness.
, Allows you to adjust volume in Spectral Doppler Mode.
Measurement function keys

■■
You can start the specific OB measurement with Q, W, E, R, T, Y, or U key on the keyboards. Refer to ‘Setting
System’ in ‘Chapter 7. Utilities’ for detailed information.
2-12
Console
Whilst the inside of the console consists of devices enabling the implementation of ultrasound images, the
outside of the console consists of various connection ports and handles.
[Figure 2.5 Console]
2-13
User Manual
Rear Panel
A monitor, printer, VCR, etc. are connected via the rear panel at the back of the system.
USB Port: Connect the USB peripherals.

Network Port: Connect the Network. Patient information is transferred to
another server via the DICOM network.
DVI port (Output): Outputs digital signals to the monitor.
Print Remote port (Output): Connect an echo printer to this port for
remote printing.
S-VHS port (Output): Connects the VCR in S-VHS mode.
Sound (Output): Used to input and output audio signals.
[Figure 2.6 Rear Panel]
2-14
Power Connection Part

The power connection part is located at the back of the system.
[Figure 2.7 Power Connection Part]
① Power Inlet: Connects the power cable to an external power source.

② Fuse Holder: Holds the inlet fuse.
NOTE: Cover the power inlet area with a plug bracket and secure it with screws.
Probe Holder
A probe holder is mounted at the right side of the control panel.
2-15
User Manual
Peripheral Devices
Based on needs, various peripheral devices can be connected via the corresponding ports located on the rear
panel.
CAUTION:
XX
When using a peripheral device from a USB port, always turn the power off before connecting/
disconnecting the device. Connection/disconnection of USB devices during power-on may lead
to malfunction of the system and USB devices.
XX
Do not install a peripheral device that is not listed in this user manual in the patient
environment. If you install an unlisted device in the patient environment, it may cause an
electrical hazard.
XX
Do not connect additional Peripheral Devices to the auxiliary socket outlets. When connecting,
the level of safety may be reduced.
1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
[Figure 2.8 The patient environment]
NOTE: Refer to the user Manual of peripheral device about its operating.
The following products are recommended:
DVD
■■
DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, CD-ROM
Video Page printer

■■
Black and White: Sony UP-D897, Sony UP-897MD, Mitsubishi P-91, Mitsubishi P-93W,
XX
Sony UP-X898MD
Color : Sony UP-D23MD, Sony UP-20, Sony UP-23MD, Sony UP-D25MD
XX
2-16
Inkjet Printer
■■
NOTE: Contact Samsung Medison’s customer service department about abailable printers.
CAUTION: Contact Samsung Medison’s customer service department for inquiries about printer
driver installation.
USB Magnetic Optical (MO) Disk Drive

■■
1 Fujitsu DynaMO 1300U2B or later version
CAUTION: The USB MO Drive should not be used with other USB storage devices simultaneously.
USB to RS-232C Serial Cable

■■
USB to Serial (RS-232C) Converter with FTDI Chipset (FTDI FT232BM Compatible)
NOTE: For more information about the Open Line Transfer, refer to `Chapter 5. Measurements and
Calculations’.
Foot Switch
■■
Set the function of the foot switch in Setup > Peripherals > Foot Switch; Dual, Freeze, Update, or Store.
Others
■■
Flash Memory media
NOTE:
XX
If you use the USB 1.1 flash memory, the system cannot recognize it. In the case of this, delete
the flash memory from the console and quip again.
XX
When remove the removable disk, use Storage manager.
XX
USB ports are located both on the front panel and the rear panel of the console.
We recommend that you connect USB storage devices (MO drive, flash memory media, etc.)
to the ports on the front panel and other USB peripheral devices to the rear panel for added
convenience.
XX
Do not use flash memory media which contain anti-virus programs or are defective. Otherwise,
the product may fail to work properly.
2-17
User Manual
Probe
Probes are devices that generate ultrasound waves and process reflected wave data for the purpose of image
formation.
NOTE: For more information, refer to `Chapter 9 Probes’.
Connecting probes
For the safety of the console and probe, be sure to power off the console before connecting or disconnecting
a probe to/from the probe port on the console.
1. Disconnect the probe by depressing the probe lock switch.
2. Connect the probe to the probe port on the back side of the console.
3. Mount the probe by lifting the probe lock switch.
NOTE: If the probe does not connect properly, try reconnecting it after removing any foreign
objects.
[Figure 2.9 Probe Connector]
2-18
SONOACE R3 Cart (Optional)
[Figure 2.10 SONOACE R3 Cart]
The SONOACE R3 System can be placed on a cart during use or for transport. For more information on installing
and using the SONOACE R3, please refer to the installation guide that comes with it.
2-19
User Manual
Accessory
This system provides a box including accessories.
RCA-BNC GENDER FUSE DV12RGB GENDER
CABLE CORE DRIVER BRACKET M3*8 SCREW
POWER CORD SONO GEL MANUAL
[Figure 2.11 Accessory]
CAUTION: Main cord set, separately certified according to the relevant standards, is to be used
when supplied to EU and USA/CAN.
NOTE: Accessories can be different according to the country.
2-20
Options
The SONOACE R3 has the following optional functions:
Image filing-SONOVIEW
XX Pulse wave Doppler
XX
DICOM
XX Color Doppler
XX
Freehand 3D
XX Cardiac S/W Package
XX
For further information about optional functions, please refer to the relevant chapters in this manual.
2-21
Chapter 3
Starting Diagnosis
Power Supply................................................... 3-3

Powering On...............................................................................3-3
Powering Off..............................................................................3-3
Probes & Applications.................................... 3-4

Probe and Application Selection........................................3-5
Probe Setting Change............................................................3-5
Editing BodyMarker ................................................................3-6
Calc Sequence...........................................................................3-8
Patient Information........................................ 3-9

Registering a New Patient...................................................3-10
Searching for Patient Information...................................3-13
Modifying Patient Information..........................................3-16
Chapter 3 Starting Diagnosis
Power Supply
Boot the system for use.
CAUTION: Make sure to connect the probe and peripheral devices that will be used before
powering on the system. If you attempt to connect them during system use, it may lead to patient
injury or fatal damage to the console.
Powering On
Press the On/Off button when the power is off. Booting begins, and the product logo appears on the screen.
When booting is completed, the 2D mode screen appears in End Exam status.
CAUTION: Before starting the diagnosis, you must register the patient information.
Powering Off
Press the On/Off button while using the system, then disconnect AC adapter mains plug from the power
outlet.
CAUTION: If you hold down the On/Off button for five seconds or longer, the product power is
turned off forcibly. This may cause hard disk damage.
NOTE:
XX
During system booting, do not press any key on the keyboard. It may cause product
malfunction.
XX
The product should be turned on about five seconds after the power switch at the back of the
product is turned on.
XX
Disconnect the AC adapter mains plug from the outlet to ensure the system is disconnected from
the power source.
3-3
User Manual
Probes & Applications

Before scanning, select a probe and an application.
CAUTION: Please refer to 'Chapter 9. Probes' for more information about the probes supported by
this system.
The Applications Screen

Press the App. key on the keyboard. The Applications screen will be displayed allowing you to select an
application or change the probe preset as needed.
The Applications screen provides the following options:
2 3
[Figure 3.1 Application]
1 The current probe attached to the system.
2 The list of available applications.
3 The list of available presets and usersets.
3-4
Probe and Application Selection

Set a probe and an application in the Applications screen.
1. Select a probe and an application using the trackball and Set button.
2. After selecting them, click Ok. To cancel the selection, click Cancel.
Selecting a probe with the Probe button

Tips!
To switch to another probe without using Application screen, press Probe button on the control
panel. However, this button is available when you use the two probe connector (optional).
Probe Setting Change

Select a probe setting in the Applications screen.
While the probe settings are preset with the optimal values for each application, the user may change the
preset values using the following method.
1. After checking the currently selected probe/application, change the probe setting using the trackball
and Set button.
▶ A userset such as User1 and User2 can be selected for each setting. Click Save to save the changed
values. Change the names of the user-definable settings other than ‘Default’ values using the
Rename.
2. Click Ok in the Application Window. To cancel the selection, click Cancel.
NOTE: For information on changing a userset for a probe, please refer to Chapter 7 ‘Utilities.’
3-5
User Manual
Editing BodyMarker
Select some BodyMarkers to use in the system or change the order of BodyMarkers. Click Edit BodyMarker
in the Application screen to bring up the BodyMarker Manager window.
‘Group’ shows system supporting BodyMarkers with the application. Use Prev or Next to display BodyMarkers
of other applications.
‘User defined BodyMarker preset’ shows selected BodyMarkers.
[Figure 3.2 BodyMarker Manager]
Add BodyMarkers
Select a BodyMarker on ‘Group’ using the trackball. Press Set button to add to the ‘User defined
BodyMarker preset’.
Delete BodyMarkers
Select a BodyMarker on ‘User defined BodyMarker preset’ using the trackball. Press Set button to delete.
3-6
Back to default BodyMarker

Press the Default on ‘User defined BodyMarker preset’ to back to default BodyMarker.
Delete all BodyMarkers

Press the Clear on ‘User defined BodyMarker preset’ to delete all BodyMarkers. It deletes BodyMarkers
only in ‘User defined BodyMarker preset’.
Save BodyMarkers
Press the Save on ‘User defined BodyMarker preset’ to save current setting. When you press the
BodyMarker key on the keyboard during using the system, this setting will be displayed.
NOTE: Refer to `Chapter 6. Image managements’ for more information about displaying
BodyMarker.
3-7
User Manual
Calc Sequence
[Figure 3.3 Calc Package Sequence Change]
To change the order and content of the Calculation Package of each application, click the Calc Sequence. If
you want to return to the initial settings, click Default in the window.
3-8
Patient Information
Press the Patient key on the control panel and then the Patient Information screen will be displayed.
This screen allows you to enter, search or change patient information. Patient information includes basic
information, such as patient ID, name, DOB and gender, and additional information for applications.
NOTE: ID and Name are required fields.
[Figure 3.4 the Patient Information]
3-9
User Manual
Registering a New Patient

1. After clicking the New in the Patient Information screen, enter the patient name, ID and other
information using the trackball, Set button and keyboard.
2. After entering patient information correctly, click Ok. Or click Cancel or X to cancel.
ID
■■
Enter a patient ID.
To enter it manually, enter an ID in the ID field.
▶▶
To enter it automatically, select Auto ID Creation and click New.
▶▶
If you enter an ID that exists already, the icon next to the ID field is changed to
▶▶ .
Name
■■
Enter patient’s full name. The name that you have entered will appear in the title area and reports.
Accession
■■
When viewing the worklist for a patient via the DICOM server, this information is automatically filled.
Birth Date
■■
Enter the patient’s birth date in the specified format.
Age
■■
Enter the patient’s age in “yy-mm” format. When a birth date is specified in the Birth field, this
information is automatically calculated and displayed.
Gender
■■
Select the patient’s gender.
LMP
■■
Enter the last menstrual period for a patient.
You can enter it manually in the specified format, or have it automatically calculated and displayed with
the GA entered.
3-10
GA
■■
It indicates the gestational age of a patient.
You can enter it manually in the specified format, or have it automatically calculated and displayed with
the LMP entered.
EDD
■■
With the LMP or GA entered, EDD (Expected Date of Delivery) is calculated and displayed.
Calculating EDD
Tips!
EDD can be calculated by entering LMP or GA.
XX
When LMP is entered: GA and EDD are automatically calculated and displayed on the screen.
XX
When GA is entered: LMP and EDD are automatically calculated and displayed on the screen.
Gestations
■■
Enter the number of fetuses, up to maximum of 4.
Gravida
■■
Enter the number of pregnancies.
Para
■■
Enter the number of deliveries.
Aborta
■■
Enter the number of abortions.
Exp. Ovul
■■
Enter an ovulation date in the specified format.
Day of Cycle
■■
Enter the number of days in the patient’s cycle in the “dd” format.
3-11
User Manual
Height
■■
Enter the patient’s height in inches or centimeters. Click the unit button to toggle the unit. If the unit is
changed, the number entered is automatically converted and shown in the new unit.
PSA
■■
Enter the value of prostate specific antigen. It is interlock with PSA value in report.
Weight
■■
Enter the patient’s weight in oz., lb. or kg. Click the unit button to toggle the unit.
BSA
■■
If height and weight are entered, the body surface area (BSA) is automatically calculated and shown.
HR
■■
Enter the patient’s heart rate (HR).
Diag. Physician
■■
Enter the name of the physician who has diagnosed the patient. When there is more than one name
available, the combo button can be used to select one of them.
Ref. Physician
■■
Enter the referring physician’s name. When there is more than one name available, the combo button
can be used to select one of them.
Sonographer
■■
Enter the name of the sonographer who has scanned the patient. When there is more than one name
available, the combo button can be used to select one of them.
Indication
■■
Leave a note on the symptoms or disease.
Description
■■
Leave a note on the diagnosis. If Description is entered, it can be searched for in SONOVIEW.
3-12
Searching for Patient Information

You can search the patient information with following three methods.
Finding Patient Information using ID

Enter the Patient ID to change his or her information.
Finding Patient Information using the Search Function

1. Click Search in the Patient Information screen, and the Search window shown below appears.
[Figure 3.5 Search]
2. Type in patient ID or name, and the list of registered patients appears.

u If there is no ID or name that satisfies the search key, the Select and Ok are not activated.
u To display all registered ID, click Show All. To select all ID on the list, click Select All.
u To delete the ID and its all information, select the patient and click Delete.
3-13
User Manual
3. After selecting ID, press Select or Ok to display information of the selected patient. To stop the search
or close the current search dialog box, click Cancel or X.
WARNING: If a patient ID is deleted, all data and images stored in SONOVIEW TM are erased.
Finding Patient Information using Worklist

The system connects to the hospital’s DICOM Modality Worklist server and obtains information. Searching
a patient by Worklist allows you to enter the patient information automatically.
NOTE: Use the DICOM tab in the Settings screen to select the Worklist server. Set the Worklist Server
in Setup > DICOM. For more information, see ‘DICOM Settings’ section in ‘Chapter 7. Utilities.’
1. Click Worklist in the Patient Information screen and the Modality Worklist window will appear. (If
“Open MWL on Patient Key” is selected under the Setup > DICOM, pressing the Patient button
opens the Modality Worklist window first.)
2. Select Worklist Server, enter one or more search conditions in “Search Criteria”, and then click Search.
A list of scheduled patients that match the search conditions will appear.
3. Select a patient and click OK. The patient information will appear.
4. Click X button on the window to quit searching patients and close the Modality Worklist window. If
you wish to enter patient information directly without using Worklist data, click Manual Entry.
NOTE: ID, Name, Accession #, Birth, Age, or Gender cannot be changed when entering patient
information by using Worklist.
3-14
[Figure 3.6 Modality Worklist]
3-15
User Manual
Modifying Patient Information

To modify information in the Patient Information screen:
1. Modify the information using the trackball, Set button and keyboard.
2. After modifying patient information correctly, click Ok. To cancel editing, click Cancel or X.
NOTE: For more details on patient backup, see the ‘Information Management’ section in ‘Chapter 6.
Image Managements’.
3-16
Chapter 4
Diagnosis Modes
Information...................................................... 4-3
Diagnosis Mode Types............................................................4-3
Basic Use......................................................................................4-4
Basic Modes...................................................... 4-7

2D Mode......................................................................................4-7
M Mode......................................................................................4-13
Color Doppler Mode.............................................................4-15
Power Doppler Mode............................................................4-19
PW Spectral Doppler Mode................................................4-21
Combined Modes..........................................4-26
2D/C/PW Mode.......................................................................4-26
2D/PD/PW Mode....................................................................4-26
2D/C/M Mode..........................................................................4-26
Dual Mode......................................................4-28
Dual-2D Mode.........................................................................4-28
Dual-2D/C Mode.....................................................................4-28
Dual-2D/PD Mode..................................................................4-28
3D Mode..........................................................4-29
3D.................................................................................................4-29
Acquiring a 3D Image...........................................................4-30
3D View.......................................................................................4-31
Chapter 4 Diagnosis Modes
Information
Diagnosis Mode Types

This product supports a variety of diagnosis modes including Basic Mode, Combined Mode, Multi-Image
Mode, and 3D Mode.
■ Basic Mode: Consists of different modes, each of which has a specific usage and function. By default, 2D
Mode is applied together with other mode.
■ Combined Mode: For an image, two or three Basic Modes are applied at the same time. By default, 2D
Mode is applied together with other mode. An image is viewed in a single screen.
■ Multi-Image Mode: The screen is divided into two (dual) sub screens, each of which is used to view an
image. Since each sub screen can display a different image, it can be a very useful feature, allowing
multilateral views of an organ.
■ 3D Mode: Freehand 3D images can be obtained.
The types of diagnosis mode that are available with the product are shown below:
Mode Type
2D Mode
Color Doppler Mode
Basic Mode Power Doppler Mode
M Mode
PW Spectral Doppler Mode
2D/C/PW Mode
Combined Mode 2D/PD/PW Mode
2D/C/M Mode
Multi-Image Mode Dual Mode

3D Mode Freehand 3D Mode
NOTE: The functionalities for each mode may be restricted by the selected probe.
4-3
User Manual
Basic Use
The items that can be used commonly in each diagnosis mode are shown below:
Gain
■■
Use the Gain dial-button on the control panel. You can adjust the brightness of an image. If you rotate
the Gain dial-button clockwise, its value increases.
TGC (Time Gain Compensation)

■■
Use the TGC slide on the control panel.
In general, ultrasound penetration gets weaker with depth. TGC can be used to compensate for this ef-
fect.
The product provides six TGC slides for varying depths, allowing you to adjust Gain by area. Among the
six slides, the top slide represents the shallowest area, while the lower slides represent the deeper ones.
Move the slide to the right (+) to increase Gain, brightening the image.
CAUTION: Too large a difference in the gain value settings of two adjacent slides may lead to
inaccurate image generation.
Focus
■■
Use the Focus button on the control panel. Press the upper button to position the focus shallower or
press the lower button to position it deeper.
Depth
■■
Use the Depth button on the control panel. Press the upper button to make it shallow or press the
lower button to make it deeper. Adjustment range varies depending on the probe type selected.
Zoom
■■
Press the Zoom key on the keyboards to start Read Zoom mode. This function allows you to zoom an
image saved in a hard disk.
In HD Zoom mode, it is available to press the Zoom key on the keyboards to start the Read Zoom
mode. However, in Read Zoom mode, you cannot enter the HD Zoom mode.
4-4
1. Press the Zoom key on the keyboards.

2. Use the Trackball to move the Zoom box. You can locate the Zoom box in an image with the Zoom
Navigation box on the left side of the screen.
Zoom Navigation Box

Tips!
You can view the position of the magnified area through the Zoom Navigation Box on the screen.
Use the Change button to move and resize the Zoom box. Each time you press the Change
button, the current state of the Zoom box is displayed in the screen.
XX
RZ Pos.: You can move the Zoom box. Use the trackball to move the Zoom box and press the Set
button to specify its position.
XX
RZ Size: You can resize the Zoom box. Use the trackball to resize the Zoom box and press the Set
button to specify its size.
3. View the magnified image.

4. To exit zoom mode, press the Zoom key again or press the Exit button. Changing the depth also exits
Zoom Mode automatically.
QuickScan
■■
Use the Q Scan dial-button on the control panel. The ‘Q Scan’ mark will appear at the top of an image.
In 2D Mode, it is used to optimize the contrast and brightness of an image by adjusting Gain and TGC
automatically. In PW Spectral Doppler Mode, it is used to optimize the spectrum by adjusting Scale and
Baseline automatically. Press the Exit button to quit the Quick Scan Mode.
Frequency
■■
Use the Freq. key on the keyboards. Press the button to change the frequency of the current probe.
Select from Res, Pen and Gen.
Res (Resolution): High frequency
▶▶
Gen (General): General frequency
▶▶
Pen (Penetration): Low frequency
▶▶
The selected frequency is displayed in the title area, allowing you to determine the state of the current
frequency easily.
4-5
User Manual
Harmonic
■■
Press the HAR key on the keyboards to select On or Off. ‘HGen’, ‘HRes’. ‘HPen’ mark is displayed in the
image information area.
This product provides the OHI (Optimal Harmonic Imaging) function that optimizes an image with high
frequencies.
NOTE: The Harmonic function is available with specific probes only.
M Line
■■
Press the M Cursor key on the keyboards. It shows M Line on the image.
4-6
Basic Modes
2D Mode
This basic mode, also referred to as B Mode (Brightness mode), provides scan planes of organs. This is used to
view two-dimensional anatomical images in the direction of scanning in real time.
[Figure 4.1 2D Mode]
Starting 2D Mode
NOTE: As 2D Mode is included in all diagnosis modes, it cannot be closed.
Press the 2D button on the control panel. Pressing the 2D button in other modes will take you to 2D
Mode, which is the basic diagnosis mode.
4-7
User Manual
2D Mode Menu
Following items are displayed on menu when you press the Menu dial-button in 2D mode. Select the item
and adjust the value with the Menu dial-button.
FA
■■
FA stands for Frame Average.
When an image is updated, the current and previous images are averaged. Speckles may appear when
the same diagnosis area is scanned continuously. This function is used to minimize such speckles. Select
a value between 0- 9 with the Menu dial-button.
DR
■■
DR stands for Dynamic Range.
Adjust contrast by changing the ratio of minimum/maximum input signal values. Select a value
between 40 - 180 with the Menu dial-button. Increasing the ratio renders softer images.
EE
■■
EE stands for Edge Enhance.
This emphasizes the edges of tissues or organs. Select a value between 0 - 9 with the Menu dial-button.
Increase the Edge Enhance value to obtain clearer pictures of boundaries.
Reject
■■
This function is used to eliminate noise or low level echoes for a clearer view of images. Select a value
between 1 - 32 with the Menu dial-button.
FSI
■■
FSI stands for Full Spectrum Imaging.
Select a value between 1 - 3 with the Menu dial-button.This function synthesizes images with data ob-
tained with frequencies of different characteristics. Therefore, shallow observation depths yield higher
resolution and deep observation depths yield higher penetration.
SRF
■■
SRF stands for Speckle Reduction Filter.
This optimizes an image by minimizing any noise and automatically adjusting the brightness of out-
lines. Select a value between 0 - 9 with the Menu dial-button.
4-8
Frame Rate
■■
This is the rate by which the image displayed is updated per second. Use the Menu dial-button to select
Fast, Normal or Slow.
Scan Area
■■
Set the width of the image. The bar for showing the scan area size will be displayed in the screen and
the soft menu will be changed.
Adjusting the position: Use the [1] Pos. button on the soft menu.
▶▶
Adjusting the size: Use the [2] Size button on the soft menu. Widening / narrowing the Scan Area,
▶▶
decreases/increases the frame rate (FPS).
Exit: Use the [5] Return button on the soft menu.
▶▶
Tissue
■■
Select the desired ultrasound speed according to the patient’s tissue type. Use the Menu dial-button to
select Cystic, Adipose, Normal, or Solid.
Apex
■■
Each time you press the Menu dial-button, the image is flipped upside down.
Trapezoid
■■
NOTE: This item appears in the softmenu only when a Linear Probe is used.
In general, the rectangular frame provided by a Linear Probe is changed to a trapezoidal shape. This
allows a wider view of an image. Press the Menu dial-button to select On/Off. When adjusting image
depth, some depth values do not support the Trapezoid function.
Power
■■
Power is the intensity of the acoustic output. Select a value between 10 - 100 with the Menu dial-
button.
4-9
User Manual
2D Post
■■
Brings up the sub-menu.
[Figure 4.2 2D Post]
2D Map: Select the post map to use. Select a map between Type 1 - 5 or User 1 – 3 with the Menu
▶▶
dial-button. When select User, you can make your own Map.
2D Chroma: Change the color of the image on the screen. Press the Menu dial-button to select
▶▶
On/Off.
Color: Set the color of the image. Select a value between 0 - 280 with the Menu dial-button.
▶▶
Edit: Adjust a post curve.
▶▶
4-10
Editing a post map

Tips!
You can edit the user post map with following two methods.
1. Select the each point of the map with the Change button on the control panel and set the curve
with the trackball and the Set button.
2. Select Edit on the menu, the user post map and its soft menu will be displayed on the screen.
XX
[Add]: Add a new point between the currently selected point and the adjacent point.
XX
[Delete]: Delete the currently selected point.
XX
[Save]: Save the map.
XX
[Cancel]: Cancel Map editing and return to the original map.
XX
[Apply]: Apply the Map setting to the image.
[Figure 4.3 2D Post Edit]
Gamma: Specify the brightness and contrast. Select Off, Weak, Medium or Hard with the Menu
▶▶
dial-button.
Return: Return to the previous step of the menu.
▶▶
4-11
User Manual
2D Mode Softmenu
Following items are displayed on soft menu in 2D mode. Select the item and adjust the value with the
Softmenu button [1] – [5] on the control panel.
Direction
■■
Use the Softmenu button [1]. Press the button to flip the left and right sides of an image.
Ext. Res.
■■
Use the Softmenu button [2]. Ext. Res. Stands for Extended Resolution.
Increases the resolution by increasing the number of channels. Note that the frame rate falls in
proportion to the number of channels.
Line Density
■■
Use the Softmenu button [3]. Increase the number of scan lines and therefore increase the image
resolution. However, the frame rate is reduced.
Focus No.
■■
Use the Softmenu button [4]. Set the focus number.
HD Zoom
■■
Use the softmenu button [5] to start Write Zoom mode. This function allows you to magnify and scan
an image in real time.
1. Press the softmenu button [5]. The Write Zoom box will appear on the screen.
2. Use the Change button to move and resize the Zoom box. Each time you press the Change button,
the current state of the Zoom box is displayed in the lower left of the screen.
▶▶Zm Pos.: You can move the Zoom box. The zoom box is displayed in a line. Use the Trackball to
move the Zoom box and press the Set button to specify its position.
Zm Size: You can resize the Zoom box. The zoom box is displayed in a dotted line. Use the Trackball
▶▶
to resize the Zoom box and press the Set button to specify its size.
3. Press the Set button to start the Write Zoom function. Magnify an image and scan it.
4. Press the Exit button to exit Zoom Mode. Changing the depth also exits Zoom Mode automatically.
4-12
M Mode
By drawing the M line across a desired area within the 2D image, you can view changes over time.
This is useful for viewing organs with a lot of movement such as a heart valve. A 2D image is also displayed,
so that you can view or change the location you are examining within the image.
[Figure 4.4 M Mode]
Entering and Exiting M Mode

Press the M button on the control panel. Press it again to exit M Mode and return to 2D mode.
M Mode Screen
M Line
■■
Use the trackball on the control panel to move left or right. The M line indicates the relative position of
the M Mode image in the 2D image. Move the M line to change the observation location.
4-13
User Manual
M Mode Menu
Following items are displayed on menu when you press the Menu dial-button in M mode. Select the item
Display Format
■■
Set the screen layout for M and 2D images. Select Ver or Hor with the Menu dial-button.
Ver: Ver stands for Vertical. It sets the 2D image and M image at the top and bottom of the screen.
▶▶
Hor: Hor stands for Horizontal. It sets the 2D image and M image in left and right side.
▶▶
M Post
■■
M Map: Select the post map to use. Select a map between Map 0 – 15 with the Menu dial-button.
▶▶
When select User, you can make your own Map
M Map Edit: Adjust a color map.
▶▶
▶▶
NOTE: For information on other menu items, please refer to “2D Mode.”
M Mode Soft Menu

Following items are displayed on soft menu in M mode. Select the item and adjust the value with the
Softmenu button [1] – [5] on the control panel
Speed
■■
Use the Softmenu button [2]. Adjust the sweep speed of the M image.
M Size
■■
Use the Softmenu button [4]. Adjust the size of the 2D image and the M image.
NOTE: For information on other softmenu items, please refer to “2D Mode.”
4-14
Color Doppler Mode

This mode displays the colored blood flow pattern of the ROI (Region of Interest) within the 2D image.
It is appropriate for examining the presence of the blood flow, its average speed and direction. The 2D Mode
image is also shown allowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.
[Figure 4.5 Color Doppler Mode]
Entering and Exiting C Mode

Press the Color button on the control panel. Press the button again, and C Mode will be terminated and
the mode switched to 2D.
C Mode Screen
ROI Box
■■
ROI stands for Region Of Interest. In Color Doppler Mode, the ROI box outlines the area of the 2D image
where color (blood flow) information is displayed.
4-15
User Manual
Use the Change button to adjust the position and size of the ROI box. Each time you press the Change
button, the status of the ROI box is shown in the lower left corner of the screen as follows:
▶ C Pos.: You can move the ROI box. Use the trackball to move the ROI box and press the Set button to
confirm its new position.
▶ C Size: You can resize the ROI box. Use the trackball to resize the ROI box, press the Set button to
confirm its new size.
Color Bar
■■
In Color Doppler Mode, the color bar indicates the direction and speed of blood flow. Relative to the
baseline in the middle, the red color indicates the direction and speed of blood flowing toward the
probe. Conversely, the blue color indicates the direction and speed of blood flowing away from the
probe.
C Mode Menu
Following items are displayed on menu when you press the Menu dial-button in C mode. Select the item
Balance
■■
Adjusts the range of the color image displayed by comparing the gray level of the 2D image with the
Doppler signal value of the color image. If the Balance value increases, the color image is seen even
where the 2D image signal is strong (bright), thereby increasing the color image range.
Select a value between 1 - 16 with the Menu dial-button.
Sensitivity
■■
Set the sensitivity of the color image. Increasing the value enhances the color image, but reduces the
frame rate. Select a value between 8 - 31 with the Menu dial-button.
Invert
■■
Inverts the color bar in the opposite direction. Inverting the color bar also inverts the colors displayed
on the image.
4-16
Color mode
■■
Set the contents that are displayed in color. Select Vel., Power, Var., or VelVar. with the Menu dial-
button. When Vel. or VelVar are selected, numbers will be displayed above and below the color bar,
indicating the color scale values. When Var. is selected, +1 and -1 will be displayed. If Power is selected,
no numbers will be displayed.
Display
■■
Set how Color Doppler Mode is displayed. Select BW+C, C Only, or BW Only with the Menu dial-button.
Frequency
■■
Adjust the frequency within the ROI box. Select Pen or Gen with the Menu dial-button.
C Post
■■
Color Map: Select the post map to use. Select a map between Map 0 – 15 with the Menu dial-
▶▶
button. When select User, you can make your own Map
Color Map Edit: Adjust a color map.
▶▶
▶▶
Capture
■■
Capture an image with a user-defined frame for better observation of the image. The Capture menu will
be displayed.
Capture: Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on/off.
▶▶
Frame: It is available when Capture is on. Set the number of frame in one second. Use the Menu
▶▶
dial-button to select a value between 5 - 100.
Color Tag
■■
A random color is applied to a certain area in an image. The Color Tag menu will be displayed.
Color Tag: Press the Menu dial-button to turn it on/off.
▶▶
Tag Pos: It is available when Color Tag is on. Use the Menu dial-button to select the position of
▶▶
tags, from between 0 - 248. Tag Pos affect to Tag Width.
4-17
User Manual
Tag Width: It is available when Color Tag is on. Use the Menu dial-button to select the range of
▶▶
tags, from between 8 - 256. Tag Width affect to Tag Pos.
C Mode Softmenu
Following items are displayed on soft menu in C mode. Select the item and adjust the value with the
Scale
■■
Use the Softmenu button [1]. Pressing the upside of the button makes the PRF (Pulse Repetition
Frequency) increase so that the speed range of the blood flow is widened, and vice versa.
Baseline
■■
Use the Softmenu button [2]. When the display method for Color Mode is set to Var, the baseline cannot
be adjusted.
Filter
■■
Use the Softmenu button [3]. Filter is an electrical filter used to eliminate low-frequency Doppler signals
caused by the motion of vessel walls. Adjust Cutoff Frequency to remove from the screen the Doppler
signals for which the frequencies are lower than the Cutoff Frequency. Press the upside of the button to
raise cutoff frequency, and vice versa.
Steer
■■
NOTE: This item appears in the softmenu only when a Linear Probe is used.
Use the Softmenu button [5]. Adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam. This can minimize loss of color
information based on the angle of the ultrasound beam. Press the button to select Left, None, or Right
for ROI.
NOTE: For information on other softmenu items, please refer to “2D Mode.”
4-18
Power Doppler Mode

This mode displays the color intensity of blood flow within the ROI in the 2D image.
It is appropriate for examining the presence and amount of blood flow. The 2D Mode image is also shown, al-
lowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.
[Figure 4.6 Power Doppler Mode]
Entering and Exiting PD Mode

Press the PD button on the control panel. Pressing PD button again turns PD Mode off, and 2D Mode on.
PD Mode Screen
Color Bar
■■
Colors show the existence and amount of blood flow in PD Mode. The top of the color bar is the
brightest section, where the amount of blood flow is at its highest.
4-19
User Manual
ROI Box
■■
ROI stands for Region Of Interest. In Power Doppler Mode, ROI indicates the area of the 2D image where
color (blood flow) information is displayed.
PD Mode Menu
Following items are displayed on menu when you press the Menu dial-button in PD mode. Select the item
Display
■■
Select the screen display for Power Doppler Mode. Select BW+PD, PD Only, or BW Only with the Menu
dial-button.
PD Post
■■
PD Map: Select the post map to use. Select a map between Map 0 – 15 with the Menu dial-button.
▶▶
PD Map Edit: Adjust a color map.
▶▶
▶▶
PD Mode Soft Menu

Select the item and adjust the value with the Softmenu button [1] – [5] on the control panel.
NOTE: For information on other softmenu items, please refer to “Color Doppler Mode.”
4-20

PW stands for Pulse Wave. PW Spectral Doppler Mode gives information on the speed of blood flow at
a specific site in the form of a spectral trace and audio signal. Distance (depth) information can also be
obtained by transmitting pulses over time frames.
This mode is useful for measuring low-speed blood flow such as in the abdomen and peripheral vessels. The
2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within the entire
image.
[Figure 4.7 PW Spectral Doppler Mode]
Entering and Exiting PW Spectral Doppler Mode

Press the PW button on the control panel. Press it again to return to 2D Mode.
Press the Set button on the control panel to obtain a spectral doppler image.
PW Spectral Doppler Mode Screen

On the Spectral Doppler Mode image, the horizontal axis represents time, and the vertical axis represents
speed (or frequency).
4-21
User Manual
Sample Volume
■■
When Sample Volume is positioned over the blood flow in a 2D image, the Doppler Spectrum is
displayed. Information on the size and depth of Sample Volume is displayed in [mm] units. The position
is displayed in the ‘xx.x@yy.y mm’ format. This means that a Sample Volume of size ‘xx.x mm’ is located ‘yy.
y mm’ deep. For example, ‘2.0@16.7mm’ means that a Sample Volume of size 2.0 mm is located 16.7 mm
deep.
Use the Change button to adjust the position and the size of the Sample Volume. Each time you press
the Change button, the current status of the Sample Volume will be displayed on the lower left side of
the screen.
SV Pos.: You can change the position of the Sample Volume. Use the trackball to move the Sample
▶▶
Volume position.
SV Size: You can change the size of the Sample Volume. Use the trackball to resize the Sample
▶▶
Volume and press the Set button.
HPRF
■■
This function measures blood flow for which the speed exceeds the specified limit at a specified depth.
It expands the scale into double the size of the original scale. This function is available only in PW
Spectral Doppler Mode (PW Only). HPRF stands for High Pulse Repetition Frequency.
NOTE: To use HPRF function, select ‘On’ in the Seup > System > Display tab.
Running HPRF
▶▶
If you keep increasing the scale value at a certain depth, HPRF will be activated. The Phantom Gate
will appear on the D Line at a position above the Sample Volume. Once HPRF starts, PRF does not
increase even if you increase the scale value.
Exiting HPRF
▶▶
While HPRF is in use, decrease the scale value by one step to exit HPRF. The PRF value at this point
will be the maximum value in PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
Moving Sample Volume

▶▶
If you move the Sample Volume in the D Only state, the system will calculate the PRF value and the
Phantom Gate position and update the information on the spectral Doppler image accordingly. If
you cannot activate HRPF, exit HPRF first.
If you move the Sample Volume in 2D Only state, the PRF value will remain unchanged.
4-22
[Figure 4.8 HPRF]
NOTE: HPRF cannot be activated in Simultaneous Mode. Also, HPRF cannot be activated if the PRF
value X 2 is 23 KHz or greater before HPRF is activated.
CAUTION:
XX
The Phantom Gate position may be located outside the 2D image area in Zoom Mode.
XX
Make sure that Sample Volume and Phantom Gate are not placed together in the measuring
area. If more than two SVs are located in the vessels, all Doppler components will appear in the
spectrum, causing noise.
PW Spectral Doppler Mode Menu

Following items are displayed on menu when you press the Menu dial-button in PW Spectral Doppler
mode. Select the item and adjust the value with the Menu dial-button.
Average
■■
Increases spectrum quality. Select Low, Middle or High with the Menu dial-button.
4-23
User Manual
Spectrum Ehc.
■■
Spectrum Ehc stands for Spectrum Enhancement. This functionis used to compensate the signal of low
gain Spectral Doppler Spectrum. Select the value between 1- 8 with the Menu dial-button.
Simultaneous
■■
View the 2D image and Spectral Doppler image simultaneously in real time. Press the Menu dial-button
to turn it on or off.
The Simultaneous function decreases Doppler PRF, thus decreasing the measurable speed range.
NOTE: This will appear on the PW menu only when Setup > System > Display > Simultaneous
Mode is set to Allow.
PW Size
■■
Set the size of the PW spectral Doppler image. To adjust the image position, the 2D image is shown
together. Select Large, Normal, or Small with the Menu dial-button.
Speed
■■
Adjust the sweep speed for the Doppler spectrum. Select 120Hz, 180Hz, 240Hz, or 300Hz with the
Menu dial-button.
PW Post
■■
PW Map: Select the post map to use. Select a map between Map 0 – 15 with the Menu dial-button.
▶▶
PW Map Edit: Adjust a color map.
▶▶
▶▶
NOTE: For information on other menu items, please refer to “2D Mode” and “Color Doppler Mode.”
4-24
PW Spectral Doppler Mode Soft Menu

Following items are displayed on soft menu in PW Spectral Doppler mode. Select the item and adjust the
value with the softmenu button [1] – [5] on the control panel
Baseline
■■
Use the Softmenu button [2]. Press the button to adjust the baseline for Doppler spectrum.
Invert
■■
Use the Softmenu button [4]. Press the dial-button to invert the + and - speed indicators for the
spectrum.
Angle
■■
Use the Softmenu button [5]. Adjust the angle of the Sample Volume. Press the button to adjust the
angle in 10˚.
Adjusting with the Angle dial-button

Tips!
You can adjust the angle with the Angle dial-button on the control panel. Rotate the dial-button
clockwise to increase the value between–60 ~ +60˚.
NOTE: For information on other softmenu items, please refer to “2D Mode” and “Color Doppler
Mode.”
4-25
User Manual
Combined Modes
2D/C/PW Mode
Color Doppler Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.
Press the PW button on the control panel in Color Doppler Mode. In PW Spectral Doppler Mode press the
Color button.
2D/PD/PW Mode
PD Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.
Press the PW button on the control panel in PD Mode. In PW Spectral Doppler Mode press the PD button.
2D/C/M Mode
Color Doppler Mode and M Mode are displayed simultaneously.
Press the M button on the control panel in Color Doppler Mode, or press the Color button on the control
panel in M Mode. (Only available in Cardiac related application of specific probe)
4-26
Changing Combined Mode Format

Changing Active Image
■■
Press the Set button. The currently active image mode, such as ‘PW Only’ or ‘2D Only’, is displayed on
the menu on the screen.
A Combined Mode uses 2 or more image modes simultaneously. The image mode currently in use in a
Combined Mode is referred to as the ‘Active Image Mode’. For example, if moving the trackball moves
the sample volume in 2D/C/PW Mode, then the current active image mode is PW Spectral Doppler
Mode.
As each active image mode has its own set of menu items and buttons, you should press the Set button
to change the active image mode. Note that when in Freeze state, pressing the Set button does not
change the active image mode.
Changing Menu
■■
Press the Active Menu button. Or press the space bar on the keyboards.
This only changes the soft menu without changing the active image mode. The buttons on the control
panel are used for the active image mode.
NOTE: For information on optimizing an image in Combined Mode, please refer to “Basic Mode.”
4-27
User Manual
Dual Mode
The multi-image viewing function is only available when the images and conditions on both sides are
identical. The current activated image mode is displayed in ‘M’ mark in orange color.
To change the active image, press the Set or Dual button.
Dual-2D Mode
This mode allows you to compare 2D images side by side.
Press the Dual button on the control panel in 2D Mode, M Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode. Press the
2D button to exit Dual-2D Mode and return to the basic 2D Mode.
Dual-2D/C Mode
This mode allows you to compare Color Doppler Mode images side by side.
Press the Dual button on the control panel in Color Doppler Mode. In Dual-2D Mode press the Color button.
Dual-2D/PD Mode
This mode allows you to compare PD Mode images side by side.
Press the Dual button on the control panel in PD Mode. In Dual-2D mode press the PD button.
4-28
3D Mode
3D
The 3D Mode displays tissues or objects in the human body as three-dimensional images inste-ad of two-
dimensional images.
The 3D mode uses the Volume data acquired by the probe as continuous 2D images for ren-dering,
producing three-dimensional volume data displays of objects that can better assist in the diagnosis process.
Volume rendering refers to the calculation process used in formulating a 3D volume structure from 2D
scans. Using the gray value of the light path through each pixel of the 2D image, the corresponding voxel, or
volume element, of the 3D image is calculated. The rendering algorithm determines the way the way the 3D
structure is visualized. Surface rendering is employed in the SONOACE R3.
How to Improve 3D Image Quality

▶ Consider the direction, division and size of the viewpoint, as well as the visibility of an object.
▶ Before 3D scanning, adjust the contrast of the specific textures in 2D Mode.
▶The ROI box determines the contents of the image box to be rendered. The images outside the ROI
box, except for the ultrasound data, are not included in the rendering process and are cut out.
▶The bigger the ROI box, the slower the rendering speed. Therefore, set an appropriate ROI box size.
▶To determine surface contour, the surfaces of objects should be insulated with hypo-echoic textures -
such as amniotic fluid - which don’t generate echos.
▶To obtain a high quality 3D surface, adjust the low-threshold value.
▶In order to acquire a clear image from the ROI box start boundary to the specific surface, noise can be
eliminated if the gray scale value is smaller than the surface value.
▶High-threshold is generally set at the maximum value of 255. If the Surface Rendering Algorithm
is higher than the threshold value, it marks the boundaries of the surface. The boundary can be
adjusted with the threshold-high slider.
4-29
User Manual
Acquiring a 3D Image
The following explains how to acquire a 3D image.
1. Press the 3D key on the keyboard.
2. The ROI box appears. Set the required area using the trackball, and press the Set button. The position and
size of the area can be changed by pressing the Change button before pressing Set button.
3. Pressing Set button starts the 3D scanning of the area. A maximum of 200 frames can be scanned at one
time. A bar, indicating the scanning progress, appears at the bottom of the screen.
4. To scan the specific frame and finish scanning, press Set button again. To cancel the scanning during the
process, press the Exit button.
5. Once scanning is completed, ‘3D View Mode’ is turned on.
NOTE:
XX
To see the 3D scan of a fetus in a frontal view, position the fetal head in the direction of
“Direction Mark”, putting it in the coronal plane. Then scan the fetus from back to abdomen.
XX
The 3D image of the fetal face is more easily found in the coronal plane than in the sagittal
plane.
4-30
3D View
3D images can be seen through the 3D View application.
[Figure 4.9 3D View]
Viewing a 3D Image
▶ Select the menus using the Trackball and the Set button.
▶To return to the initial screen of 3D View, press the Init 3D button.
▶The Preview function allows the operator to check changes in the values of Rotation, Magnification,
and Position in advance. To obtain a clearer image in the Preview screen, press the Set button.
▶To close 3D View Mode, press the X on the screen. All scanned data and 3D images will be lost if 3D
View Mode is closed before saving data. Therefore, ensure that all the necessary images are saved
using the Save button on the control panel prior to pressing the X.
4-31
User Manual
3D Image Optimization
Threshold (Low, High) Adjustment
■■
Adjust the slide bar of the threshold using the Trackball and the Set button.
If the slide bar is moved to the left, cyst components – and not bone components – are shown. If the
slide bar is moved to the right, bone components – and not cyst components – are shown.
Gamma Adjustment
■■
Adjust the ‘Bias’ and ‘Pos’ slide bars on the right side of the screen using the Trackball and Set button.
Pos (Position): Designates the bending start point of the Gamma Curve.
▶▶
Bias: Sets the brightness and contrast by adjusting the curve bend.
▶▶
The changed values are applied to the Gamma curve and 3D image.
Changing ROI Size

■■
Adjust the ROI control slide bar using the trackball and the Set button. Changed values can be checked
in the Preview screen.
Initialization
■■
To return to the initial status in 3D View Mode, press the Init 3D button or the Softmenu button [5] INIT
3D in Rotation, Position, or Magnification Modes.
Rotation
■■
After entering Rotation mode by pressing the Rotation button, the 3D image can be rotated using the
trackball.
Moving the trackball right or left rotates the 3D image about the X axis, and moving it up or down
rotates the image about the Y axis. Moving it while pressing the Set button rotates the image about the
Z axis.
The rotated 3D image is shown in the Preview screen. After checking the changed values, apply them
to the entire screen by pressing the Softmenu button [4] Apply.
Pressing the Exit applies the changes to the 3D image and exits Rotation mode.
To activate Position, Magnification or ROI Mode functions while rotating the image, press the Softmenu
of the corresponding function. To return to the initial image, press the Soft menu button [5] INIT 3D.
4-32
[Figure 4.10 Soft Menu - Rotation Mode]
Other ways to rotate the image

Tips!
1. The ROT slide bar at the bottom of the screen can be adjusted using the trackball and the Set
button in the 3D View initial screen.
2. Use the Soft Menu in the initial 3D View screen. Use the Softmenu button [1] ~ [3] to rotate the
3D image 90° degrees about each axis.
[Figure 4.11 Soft Menu – 3D Mode]
Position
■■
The 3D image position can be adjusted with the trackball after entering Position mode. After checking
changed values in the Preview screen, apply the changes to the entire screen by pressing the Softmenu
button [4] Apply.
Pressing the Exit applies the changes to the 3D image and exits Position mode.
To activate the Rotation, Magnification or Cut Mode functions while adjusting the image position, press
the corresponding Flexible Softmenu of each function. To return to the initial image, press the Softmenu
button [5] INIT 3D.
[Figure 4.12 Softmenu – Position Mode]
Other ways to move the image

Tips!
Use the Softmenu in the 3D View initial screen. To move the 3D image right or left, use the Softmenu
button [4] Shift Left or [5] Shift Right.
[Figure 4.13 Softmenu – 3D Mode]
4-33
User Manual
Magnification
■■
To magnify or reduce the image size, enter Magnification mode by pressing the Magnification button,
and move the Trackball right or left. After checking changed values in the Preview screen, apply the
changes to the entire screen by pressing the Softmenu button [4] Apply.
Pressing the Exit button applies the changes to the 3D image and exits the Magnification mode.
To activate the Rotation, Position or Cut Mode function while adjusting the image size, press the
corresponding Softmenu of each function. To return to the initial image, press the Softmenu button [5]
INIT 3D.
[Figure 4.14 Softmenu – Magnification Mode]
Cut Mode
■■
Press the Cut Mode button on the left side of the screen to enter Cut mode. Determine the area to cut
using the trackball, and press the Set button. Then, the “+” cursor appears. After contouring the area to
cut, press Set button again, and the cutting is finished. To cancel the cutting area, press the Exit button.
Press the Softmenu button [1] Inside Contour to outline an area to be cut. The Softmenu button [2]
Point Eraser function is used to cut a portion of the image. The default setting is Inside Contour.
To cancel cutting, press the Sofmenu button [3] Undo. To redo the cancelled job, press the Softmenu
button [4] Redo.
To cancel all cuttings and return to the initial 3D screen, press the Sofmenu button [5] Undo All.
[Figure 4.15 Softmenu – Cut Mode]
4-34
Multi planar
■■
Press Multi planar, and 3D multiplanar screen appears. Shows volume data in cross-section images of
Coronal Section, Sagittal Section, and Axial Section.
[Figure 4.16 Multi planar]
Reference Plane
■■
Select the reference plane on the Multi Planar window:
A plane: Coronal Section
▶▶
B plane: Sagittal Section
▶▶
C plane: Axial Section
▶▶
Multi Planar has its standard coordinates system and rotates/moves along that system. However the
reference plane rotates/moves along the own coordinates system of reference plane. If you select a
reference plane, it rotates/moves along the coordinates system of reference plane. The other planes are
rotate/move along its standard coordinates system.
4-35
User Manual
Use X/Y/Z slide on the screen to rotate reference plane.
A B
Y X X Y
Z Z
C Y
Z X
[Figure 4.17 The standard coordinates systems of Multi-planar]
Reference Plane
Z X
[Figure 4.18 The coordinates system of the reference plane]
To init all setting, press Init on the screen. To finish the 3D Multiplanar and go back to 3D View, press X.
NOTE: Refer to ‘3D Image Optimization’ for more information like Gamma Curve setting.
4-36
Chapter 5 Measurements and
Calculations
Measurement Accuracy................................. 5-3

Causes of Measurement Errors............................................5-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy........................5-5
Measurement Accuracy Table..............................................5-7
Basic Measurements....................................... 5-9

Distance Measurement........................................................5-11
Circumference and Area Measurement.........................5-15
Volume Measurement..........................................................5-17
Calculations by Application........................5-19
Things to note..........................................................................5-19
Common Measurement Methods...................................5-22
OB Calculations.......................................................................5-25
GYN Calculations....................................................................5-30
Cardiac Calculations..............................................................5-32
Vascular Calculations............................................................5-38
Urology Calculations.............................................................5-40
Fetal Echo Calculations........................................................5-44
Report..............................................................5-46
Viewing Report........................................................................5-47
Editing Report..........................................................................5-47
Comment...................................................................................5-47
Chapter 5
Printing out Report................................................................5-47
Exporting Report....................................................................5-47
Graph Function.......................................................................5-49
Chapter 5 Measurements and Calculations
Measurement Accuracy
Measurement values can vary, depending on the nature of the ultrasound, the body’s response to ultrasound,
the measurement tools, algorithms, product settings, probe type and user operation.
Before using this product, make sure to read and understand the following information regarding the causes
of measurement errors, and measurement optimization.
Causes of Measurement Errors

Image Resolution
The resolution of ultrasound images may be limited by the available space.
▶ Errors due to a signal range may be minimized by adjusting focus settings. Optimizing focus settings
increases the resolution of the measurement area.
▶ In general, lateral resolution is lower than axial resolution. Therefore, measurements should be per-
formed along the axis of the ultrasound beam to obtain accurate values.
▶ Gain has a direct impact on resolution. Gain can be adjusted by using the Gain button for each
mode.
▶ In general, increasing the frequency of ultrasound enhances resolution.
Pixel Size
▶ An ultrasound images in the product consist of pixels.
▶ Since a single pixel represents the basic unit of an image, a measurement error may result in the dis-
placement of approximately ±1 pixel when compared to the original image size.
▶ However, this error becomes significant only when a narrow area in an image is measured.
Ultrasound Velocity
▶ The velocity of ultrasound used during measurement is usually 1,540 m/s on average.
▶ The velocity of ultrasound may vary depending on the cell type.
▶ The possible range of error is between approximately 2-5% depending on the structure of cells (about
2% for typical cells and about 5% for fatty cells).
5-3
User Manual
Doppler Signal Adjustment

▶ During velocity measurement, an error may occur depending on the cosine angle between the
blood flow and the ultrasound beam.
▶ For Doppler velocity measurements, the most accurate results can be ensured when the ultrasound
beam is aligned in parallel with the blood flow.
▶ If that is not possible, the angle between them should be adjusted by using the Angle option.
Aliasing
▶ PW Spectral Doppler Mode uses a signal sampling technique to calculate the frequency (or velocity)
spectrum.
▶ Adjust the baseline or the velocity scale to minimize aliasing. A lower frequency probe can also be
used to reduce aliasing.
Calculation Equation
▶ Some of the calculation equations used for clinical purposes originate from hypotheses and approxi-
mation.
▶ All calculation equations are based on medical reports and articles.
Human Error
▶ Human error may occur due to inappropriate use or lack of experience.
▶ This can be minimized through compliance with and thorough understanding of the manuals.
5-4
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy

2D Mode
▶ Resolution is in proportion to the frequency of the probe.
▶ Penetration is in inverse proportion to the frequency of the probe.
▶ The highest resolution can be obtained at the focus of the probe where the ultrasound beam is nar-
rowest.
▶ The most accurate measurements can be obtained at the focus depth. The accuracy decreases as the
distance from the focus increases, widening the beam width.
▶ Using the zoom function or minimizing the depth display makes distance or area measurements
more accurate.
M Mode
▶ The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the sweep velocity and the display for-
mat are set to high values.
▶ The accuracy of distance measurements can be increased when the display format is set to higher
values.
Doppler Mode
▶ It is recommended to use lower frequency ultrasound for measurement of faster blood flows.
▶ The size of the sample volume is limited by the axial direction of the ultrasound.
▶ Using lower frequency ultrasound increases penetration.
▶ The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the sweep velocity is increased.
▶ The accuracy of velocity measurements can be increased when the vertical scale is set to smaller val-
ues.
▶ It is most important to use an optimal Doppler angle to enhance the accuracy of velocity measure-
ments.
5-5
User Manual
Color/Power Doppler Mode

▶ A protocol is not specified for images in Color Doppler Mode or Power Doppler Mode. Therefore, the
same limitations imposed when measurements are taken in B/W images apply to the accuracy of the
measurements taken in these modes.
▶ It is not recommended to use images in Color/Power Doppler Mode for measurement of accurate
blood flow velocity.
▶ The amount of blood flow is calculated based on the average velocity rather than the peak velocity.
▶ In all applications, the amount of blood flow is measured in PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
Cursor Position
▶ All measurements are affected by input data.
▶ To ensure accurate positioning of the cursor:
Adjust the images on the screen so that they are displayed at maximum granularity.
Use the front edge or boundary point of a probe to make the start and end points of a measurement
object more distinct.
Make sure that the probe direction is always aligned during measurement.
5-6
Measurement Accuracy Table

The following tables show the accuracy of the measurements available using the product. Ensure that the
results of measurement accuracy checks are kept within the ranges specified in the table. Except for certain
applications or probes, the following accuracy ranges should be maintained for measurement of a straight
distance.
NOTE: To ensure accurate measurements, an accuracy check should be performed at least once
per year. If the measurement accuracy falls outside the ranges specified in the following table,
contact Samsung Medison Customer Service.
2D Mode
System Tolerance: Test Accuracy(1)

Measurements Range(2)
(Whichever is greater) Methodology Based on
Axial Distance < +/- 4% or 2mm Phantom Acquisition .01 – 25 cm

Lateral Distance < +/- 4% or 2mm Phantom Acquisition .01 – 35 cm
Axial Resolution < +/- 4% or 3mm Phantom Acquisition .01 – 25 cm
Lateral Resolution < +/- 4% or 3mm Phantom Acquisition .01 – 35 cm
(1) The accuracy of the measurement differs depending on the user’s skill level as well as the table above.
(2) The unit of distance and circumference is cm. It is given in up to two decimal points.
M Mode
System Tolerance: Test Accuracy (1)

Measurements Range (2)
(whichever is greater) Methodology Based on
Depth <+/- 5% or 3 mm Phantom Phantom 1 - 25 cm

Time < +/- 5%. Signal generator Phantom .01 - 11.3 sec
(2) The unit of distance and circumference is cm. The unit of velocity is cm/s. It is given in up to two
decimal points.
5-7
User Manual
Doppler System Tolerance

Methodology Range(2)
Measurement (whichever is greater)
Velocity < ± 15% Phantom 0.1cm/s – 8.8 m/s

Time < +/- 5%. Signal generator .01 - 11.3 sec
(2) The unit of distance and circumference is cm. The unit of velocity is cm/s. It is given in up to two
decimal points.
5-8
Basic Measurements
Press the Caliper button on the control panel.
NOTE: Take basic measurements of distance and area regardless of the application. For information
on measurements for each application, please refer to “Measurements by Application” in this
chapter.
The available measurement methods vary depending on the current diagnosis mode. Please refer to the fol-
lowing table:
Measurements Diagnosis Mode Measurement Methods
2D Distance
2D, M, PW 2D Line Trace
2D Hip Joint
Distance M M Distance
Doppler Velocity
PW Doppler Velocity (A/B)
Doppler Trace
2D Ellipse
Circumference & Area 2D, M, PW
2D Trace
3 Distance
Volume 2D, M, PW 1 Distance
Distance + Ellipse
[Table 5.1 Basic Measurement]
5-9
User Manual
Basic Measurement Operations

The following is the information on common button operations for basic measurements:
[Figure 5.1 Basic Measurement – Soft Menu]
Select/Change Measurement Method

■■
Use the Softmenu button on the control panel. The Softmenu items displayed vary depending on the
diagnosis mode. The selected measurement method is displayed in the user information area.
Delete Measurement Result

■■
Press the Clear button on the control panel.
Print Measurement Result

■■
Press the Print button on the control panel.
Finish Basic Measurements

■■
Press the Exit button on the control panel.
NOTE: To change various settings such as measurement units, press the Setup key on the
keyboard and select Measure > General > General. For more information, please refer to 'Chapter
7. Utilities.'
5-10
Distance Measurement
2D Distance (Line)
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can specify two points in a 2D im-
age and measure the straight distance between them.
You can measure up to 4 distances. When taking more than one measurement, use measurement cursors
with different shapes to differentiate them.
1. Press the Softmenu button [1] Distance to select 2D Distance (Line). “2D Distance (Line)” is displayed
on the left side of the screen.
2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify both end points of the measure-
ment area.
▶ lace the cursor at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
Repositioning Point
Tips!
Pressing the Change button before pressing the Set button to complete positioning resets the
position of a point just set.
3. If you specify both end points, the distance between them will be automatically calculated.
4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.
2D Distance (Trace)
It is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can specify a point in a 2D image
and trace a curve from that point to measure the distance between them.
1. Press the Softmenu button [1] Line Trace to select 2D Distance (Trace). “2D Distance (Trace)” is dis-
played on the left side of the screen.
2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the start point of the measure-
ment area.
▶ Place the cursor at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
3. With the trackball, draw a desired curve and press the Set button to specify the end point.
4. If you specify both end points, the length of the curve will be automatically calculated.
5.When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.
5-11
User Manual
2D Hip Joint
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the angle of two
straight lines to a straight line in a 2D image. This measurement is commonly used in the obstetrics appli-
cation.
1. Press the Softmenu button [4] 2D Hip Joint. “2D Hip Joint” is displayed on the left side of the screen.
2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the first straight line.
3. Repeat the above process to specify two other straight lines.
4. The angle between them will be calculated automatically.
▶ α: The angle between the first and second straight lines.
▶ β: The angle between the first and third straight lines.
5. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The angles α and β, and the Hip
Joint Type are displayed on the screen.
Please refer to the table below for Hip Joint Type information:
Type α β
1a 60 ≤ α＜90 0 ＜ β＜ 55
1b 60 ≤ α＜ 90 55 ≤ β＜ 90
2a/b 50 ≤ α＜ 60 0 ＜ β＜ 90
2c 43 ≤ α＜ 50 77 ≤ β＜ 90
d 43 ≤ α＜ 50 0 ＜β＜ 77
3/4 0 ＜ α＜ 43
[Table 5.2 Hip Joint Type Table]
M Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in M Mode only. You can specify two points in an M image
and measure the distance, elapsed time and velocity between them.
1. Press the Softmenu button [1] Distance to select M Distance. “M Distance” is displayed on the left side
of the screen.
2. Specify two points and measure the straight distance between them. The method for measuring a
line is the same as in “2D Distance (Line).”
5-12
Doppler Velocity
This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify two points in
a Spectral Doppler image and measure the distance between them, and the velocity at each point to cal-
culate the velocity change, time change and acceleration.
NOTE: In a Spectral Doppler image, the X- and Y-axes represent time and velocity, respectively.
You can measure acceleration for up to two segments and differentiate the points of segments into Point
1 and 2.
1. Press the Softmenu button [1] Distance to select Doppler Velocity. “Doppler Velocity” is displayed on
the left side of the screen.
▶ V1: Velocity at Point 1 ▶ dV: Change in Velocity

▶ V2: Velocity at Point 2 ▶ dT: Change in Time
▶ RI: Resistivity Index ▶ Acc: Acceleration
▶ V1/V2: The Ratio of Velocity
The equations used for D Velocity measurement are as follows:
Doppler Velocity (A/B)

This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify two points in
a Spectral Doppler image and measure the velocity at each point to calculate the ratio of the velocity be-
tween them.
You can calculate up to 4 sets of velocity ratios. The points representing each set are differentiated into
Point A and B.
5-13
User Manual
1. Press the Sofmenu button [1] Distance to select Doppler Velocity (A/B). “Doppler Velocity (A/B)” is dis-
played on the left side of the screen.
2. Specify two points to measure velocity for.
▶ V_A: Velocity at Point A ▶ RI: Resistivity Index
▶ V_B: Velocity at Point B ▶ A/B: The Ratio of Velocity
Doppler Trace
This is a basic measurement that is available in Spectral Doppler Mode only. You can specify a point in a
Spectral Doppler image and trace a curve from that point to calculate the velocity, integral value and aver-
age velocity of blood flow.
1. Press the Sofmenu button [1] Distance to select Doppler Trace. “Doppler Trace” is displayed on the
left side of the screen.
2. Trace a curve. The method for measuring a curve is the same as in “2D Distance (Trace).”
▶ dT: Change in Time ▶Peak V: Peak Velocity
▶ VTI: Velocity Time Integral ▶Mean G: Mean Gradient
▶ Mean V: Mean Velocity
The equations used for D Trace measurement are as follows:
5-14
Circumference and Area Measurement

2D Ellipse
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the circumference
and area of a circular (elliptical) object in a 2D image.
1. Press the Softmenu button [2] Area / Circ to select 2D Ellipse. “2D Ellipse” is displayed on the left side
of the screen.
2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the diameter (axis) of the meas-
urement area.
Repositioning Point
Tips!
Pressing the Change button before pressing the Set button to complete positioning resets the
position of a point just set.
3. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse).

▶ Adjust the size using the trackball, and press the Set button.
▶ Circ.: Circumference of Object ▶ Avg.(C): Average Circumference
▶ Area: Area of Object ▶ Avg.(A): Average Area
The equations used for ellipse measurement are as follows:
, (A: Long axis, B: Short axis)
Area = , (a, b: Axis)
5-15
User Manual
2D Trace
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the circumference
and area of an irregular object in a 2D image.
1. Press the Softmenu button [2] Area / Circ to select 2D Trace. “2D Trace” is displayed on the left side of
the screen.
2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the start point for tracing over
the contour of the measurement area.
3. Trace the curve so that the measurement cursor returns to the start point, and then press the Set but-
ton.
NOTE: Trace lines must be closed. If you press the Set button before tracing is complete, tracing
may be done over a straight line between the current point and the start point, resulting in a
significant error.
▶ Circ.: Circumference of Object ▶Avg.(C): Average Circumference
▶ Area: Area of Object ▶ Avg.(A): Average Area
The equations used for Trace measurement are as follows:
, (N = 1,2… last point)
, (N = 1,2… last point)
5-16
Volume Measurement
3 Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. You can measure the volume of an ob-
ject in a 2D image by using 3 straight lines.
1. Press the Softmenu button [3] Volume to select 3D Volume: 3 Distance. “3D Volume: 3 Distance” is
displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. Measure the length of the remaining two straight lines as in the above. Measure other two distance
using the same method with 2.
4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume of the object along
with the length of each straight line are calculated.
The equations used for 3 Distance measurement are as follows:
, (D: distance)
1 Distance
ject in a 2D image by using only one straight line.
You can measure up to 4 sets of volumes. When measuring more than one set, use measurement cursors
1. Press the Softmenu button [3] Volume to select 3D Volume: 1 Distance. “3D Volume: 1 Distance” is
displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume of the object along
with the length of the straight line are calculated.
The equations used for 1 Distance measurement are as follows:
, (D: distance)
5-17
User Manual
Distance + Ellipse
ject in a 2D image by using one straight line and one circle (ellipse).
You can measure up to 2 sets of volumes. When measuring more than one set, use measurement cursors
1. Press the Softmenu button [3] Volume to select 3D Volume: Distance + Ellipse. “3D Volume: Distance
+ Ellipse” is displayed on the left side of the screen.
3. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse). The method for measuring a circle (ellipse) is the same as in “2D
Ellipse.”
▶ Dia.: Length of Straight Line ▶ B: Length of B-axis in Ellipse
▶ A: Length of A-axis in Ellipse ▶ V: Volume of Circle (Ellipse)
The equations used for Distance + Ellipse measurement are as follows:
NOTE: Since Dual Mode simultaneously displays two images on the screen, you don’t have to
return to the diagnosis mode to measure volume in Dual Mode.
5-18
Calculations by Application
Press the Calc button on the control panel.
Things to note
Before Taking Measurements
Register Patient
■■
Make sure that the currently registered patient information is correct. If the patient is not registered,
press the Patient button on the control panel.
For the Patient Information menu and entry method, refer to ‘Patient Information’ in 'Chapter 3. Starting
Diagnosis’.
Check Probe, Application & Preset

■■
▶ Check the probe name and application that are displayed in the title bar. Press the App. key on the
keyboards to use another probe or application.
▶ Check the preset settings in the Application screen.
Measurement Menu Settings

■■
Set the related menus for convenient measurement. You can specify how an area and volume can
be calculated. Please refer to the “Setting Measurements” section in 'Chapter 7. Utilities' for more
information on measurement menus and settings.
Measurement Operations
The following gives information on the common button operations for measurements:
Select/Change Application
■■
Use the Calc button on the control panel. Each time the Calc button is pressed, the application toggles
in the order. The order in which applications appear can be specified at Calc Sequence in the Application
screen.
5-19
User Manual
Select Measurement Item

■■
Use the Menu dial-button on the control panel.
Return to Previous Menu

■■
After placing the cursor under Return in the Measurement menu, press the Menu dial-button.
Print Measurement Result

■■
Press the Print button on the control panel.
Exit Measurement
■■
End Diagnosis
■■
Press the End Exam button on the control panel. The diagnosis for the current patient ends and all
measurement results are saved.
NOTE: For information on settings for each application, please refer to 'Chapter 7. Utilities.'
Soft Menu
[Figure 5.2 Calculations by Application – Soft Menu]
Menu A / Menu B
■■
When there are a lot of measurement items (menus), they are divided into two menu groups. Select
them using the Sofmenu button [1] or the Change button on the control panel.
5-20
Change Method
■■
If the current measurement item can be measured in more than one way, the measurement method is
changed. This menu can be selected by pressing the Softmenu button [1] Chg Method or the Change
button on the control panel. Once the measurement is started, the selected measurement method
cannot be changed.
In case of measuring distance, choose a measurement method from Line or Trace. When circumference
and area are measured, choose a measurement method from Ellipse and Trace.
Rm Data
■■
Press the Softmenu button [2] Rm Data or the Clear button on the control panel. It erases all the
measurement data.
NOTE: The measurement results are deleted from the screen but still shown on the report for the
corresponding application
Cancel / Undo
■■
Press the Softmenu button [3] Cancel / Undo to cancel the latest measurement.
Rslt Disp Cnt

■■
Press the Softmenu button [4] Rslt Disp Cnt. Select number of the measurement result to display. The
information related to the item number is displayed in the screen for about a second.
5-21
User Manual
Common Measurement Methods

This section provides information on the common measurement methods used for applications.
Measurements in Spectral Doppler Mode

In general, if you trace a Doppler spectrum, you can obtain results for various measurement items auto-
matically. There are 3 ways to trace a Doppler spectrum.
Auto Trace
■■
A spectrum is traced automatically. It is enabled in the Measurement menu in Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Auto Trace in the Measurement menu.
2. The system traces a spectrum automatically.
3. When Trace is complete, the measurement results are displayed on the screen.
Limited Trace
■■
If you specify a measurement range, a spectrum is traced automatically. It is enabled in the menu in
Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Limited Trace in the Measurement menu. A bar appears allowing you to specify a measure-
ment area.
2. Specify the measurement range.
▶ Place the bar at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
3. The system traces spectrums within the specified range automatically.

Manual Trace
■■
A spectrum is traced manually. It is enabled in the menu in Spectral Doppler Mode.
1. Press Manual Trace in the Measurement menu. A measurement cursor appears over a spectrum.
2. Trace the spectrum. The measuring method is the same as in “D Trace.”
5-22
Things to consider for Doppler Spectrum Auto Trace

Tips!
The state of a Doppler spectrum may affect measurement results. Please see the following:
Causes for Trace Failure

XX
If Gain is changed for a Doppler image in the Freeze state, Contour Trace and Peak Trace will not
work.
XX
If there is little or no noise in an image without a spectrum, Contour Trace will not work.
XX
If there is severe noise in an image, Contour Trace will not work.
XX
If the Clutter filter is set too high, Auto Trace or Limited Trace may not work.
Causes for Inaccurate Peak Trace

XX
If PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency) is lower than the velocity of the observation area, aliasing
may occur. If the original signals are separated from aliasing, Trace can be done but the peak
measurement may not be accurate.
XX
If the peak of a spectral waveform is not clear or occurs intermittently, Trace can be done but the
peak measurement may not be accurate.
XX
If the Doppler Gain is set to high or low, it becomes difficult to distinguish spectrums. This may
result in measurement error(s).
XX
If the Wall Filter is set too high, only part of the spectrum is displayed. In this case, Trace can be
done but Peak measurement may not be accurate.
XX
If abnormal noise or artifact occurs, Trace can be done but Peak measurement may not be
accurate.
Misc.
XX
Limited Trace is supported only for two-peak spectrums such as Mitral Valve Inflow and Tricuspid
Valve Inflow in the cardiology application.
Volume Flow Measurement

Select Volume Flow in the Measurement menu.
Volume Flow allows you to measure and calculate an area or distance. For information on distance or area
measurements, please refer to “Basic Measurements.” The TAMV (Time Avg. Mean Velocity) value is auto-
matically measured.
Vesl. Area (Vessel Area)

■■
Measure the area of a blood vessel and calculate TAMV and Volume Flow.
5-23
User Manual
Vesl. Dist. (Vessel Distance)

■■
Measure the width of a blood vessel and calculate TAMV and Volume Flow.
Stenosis Measurement
You can measure the stenosis of each blood vessel system by measuring and calculating an area or dis-
tance.
% StA (Stenosis Area)

■■
Measure the area of the inner and outer walls of a blood vessel.
1. Select the %StA menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.
2. Measure the area of the vessel’s outer wall using the Circ / Area measurement method.
3. When the second cursor appears, measure the area of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.
%Stenosis Area. = (Outer Area – Inner Area) / Outer Area × 100
% StD (Stenosis Distance)

■■
Measure the diameter of a blood vessel.
1. Select the %StD menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.
2. Measure the total diameter of a blood vessel using the Distance measurement method.
3. When the second cursor appears, measure the diameter of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.
%Stenosis Dist. = (Outer Distance – Inner Distance) / Outer Distance × 100
Heart Rate Measurement

HR (Heart Rate)
■■
You can calculate heart rates for a certain period of time.
1. Select HR in the Measurement menu. A bar appears allowing you to specify a measurement area.
2. Specify the measurement range.
▶ Place the bar at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
3. The system measures the heart rate within the specified range automatically. The measurement
results are displayed on the screen.
5-24
OB Calculations
Before Obtaining OB Calculations
Set GA Equation, GA Table and OB Measurement menus. The user can manually write, back up and restore
the GA Table. For more information on GA Equation and Table, refer to the Reference Manual.
For more information about other measurement menus and setup, refer to ‘Setting Measurements’ in
‘Chapter 7. Utilities’.
NOTE: For twins, distinguish fetuses by specifying them as Fetus 1 and Fetus 2 in the Measurement
menu. Press the Change button on the control panel to change a fetus to measure.
Measurement Menu
When the measurements for the selected items are complete, the measurements and gestational age are
displayed on the screen.
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are auto-
matically recorded in a report.
NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurements, please refer to “Basic Measurements” and “Common
Measurement Methods” in this chapter.
XX
For references on measurement items, please refer to “Reference Manual – Part 1.”
[Figure 5.3 OB Measurement Menu]
5-25
User Manual
Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit
GS All Distance cm, mm

CRL All Distance cm, mm
YS All Distance cm, mm
BPD All Distance cm, mm
OFD All Distance cm, mm
Circumference or
HC All cm, mm
automatic calculation
APD All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Biometry TAD All Distance cm, mm
Circumference or
AC All cm, mm
Area or
FTA All cm2, mm2
FL All Distance cm, mm
SL All Distance cm, mm
TTD All Distance cm, mm
APTD All Distance cm, mm
HUM All Distance cm, mm
ULNA All Distance cm, mm
TIB All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Long Bones RAD All Distance cm, mm
FIB All Distance cm, mm
CLAV All Distance cm, mm
Vertebral All Distance cm, mm
CEREB All Distance cm, mm
OOD All Distance cm, mm
IOD All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Cranium CM All Distance cm, mm
NF All Distance cm, mm
NT All Distance cm, mm
Lat. Vent All Distance cm, mm
Foot All Distance cm, mm
Fetal Others Ear All Distance cm, mm
MP All Distance cm, mm
5-26
All All Distance cm, mm

Q1 All Distance cm, mm
AFI Q2 All Distance cm, mm
Auto Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace
Limited Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace
Manual Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace
PSV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
EDV PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Volume Flow Calculated after
%StA All %
area measurement
Calculated after
%StD All %
distance measurement
Vesl. Dist All Distance cm, mm
Vesl. Area All Area cm2, mm2
Umb. Artery Same as above
MCA Same as above
Rt. / Lt. Uterine Artery Same as above
Plac. Artery Same as above
Rt. / Lt. Fetal Carotids Same as above
Fetal Aorta Same as above
Ductus Venous Same as above
Fetal HR Fetal Heart Rate PW Heart Rate bpm
5-27
User Manual
Automatic Calculation
Some items in the measurement menu are automatically calculated based on measurements of other
items.
HC
■■
This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured BPD and OFD
values.
Exception: when you use Merz reference,
AC
■■
This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APD and TAD
values.
Exception: when you use Merz reference,
FTA
■■
This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APD and TAD
values.
ThC
■■
This is automatically calculated using the following formula, provided there are measured APTD and
TTD values.
AFI (Amniotic Fluid Index)

This measures the amniotic fluid index. Measurements are performed by dividing the pregnant woman’s
abdomen into four parts. The distance between the fetus and the farthest point of each area is measured.
To obtain the specific image from each quadrant plane, press the Freeze button to switch to the diagnosis
mode. After obtaining the image, press the Freeze button again to return to the measurement mode.
5-28
Calculating Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW)

Estimated fetal weight is calculated automatically when the following items are measured. For information
on formulae used for EFW calculation, see ‘Estimated Fetal Weight Formula’ in the Reference Manual – Part 1.
▶ BPD and AC ▶ AC and FL
▶ BPD and FL, FTA ▶ BPD and AC, FL
▶ BPD and APTD, TTD, FL ▶ HC and AC, FL
▶ BPD and APTD, TTD, SL ▶ BPD and HC, AC, FL
▶ BPD and TTD ▶ AC
NOTE: For reference, the Osaka University / Tokyo University methods are mainly used in Asia, the
Merz method in Europe, and the Shepard / Hadlock methods in the Americas.
5-29
User Manual
GYN Calculations
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are automati-
cally recorded in a report.
[Figure 5.4 GYN Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
Uterus Length All Distance cm, mm

Uterus Height All Distance cm, mm
Uterus Width All Distance cm, mm
Uterus Endo. Thickness All Distance cm, mm
Cervix Length All Distance cm, mm
Cervix Height All Distance cm, mm
Cervix Width All Distance cm, mm
Length All Distance cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Ovary Height All Distance cm, mm
Width All Distance cm, mm
Cyst Same as above
5-30
Mass Same as above

Rt. / Lt. Follicle 1 ~ 12 All Distance cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Ovarian A Manual Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace
Most of the gynecology measurements are distance measurements and volume measurements based on the
distance measurement results. If multiple images, such as long axis images and transverse axis images, are
needed, press the Freeze button to switch to Scan Mode and obtain images from another perspective.
5-31
User Manual
Cardiac Calculations
NOTE:
XX
Cardiac measurement is an optional item for SONOACE R3.
XX
Since the cardiac blood flow is fast, m/s is used as a velocity unit.
[Figure 5.5 Cardiac Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
A4C Diastole All Distance cm, mm

A4C Systole All Distance cm, mm
Simpson
A2C Diastole All Distance cm, mm
A2C Systole All Distance cm, mm
LV Vol. Diastole All Volume ml
Vol. A/L
LV Vol. Systole All Volume ml
2D Measure All All Continuous cm, mm
5-32
IVSd All Distance cm, mm

IVSs All Distance cm, mm
LVDd All Distance cm, mm
2D Measure
LVDs All Distance cm, mm
LVPWd All Distance cm, mm
LVPWs All Distance cm, mm
Epi. Area All Area cm2, mm2
LV Mass Endo. Area All Area cm2, mm2
LV Length All Distance cm, mm
IVSd M Distance cm, mm
LVDd M Distance cm, mm
LVPWd M Distance cm, mm
IVSs M Distance cm, mm
Lt. Ventricle (M)
LVDs M Distance cm, mm
LVPWs M Distance cm, mm
RVDd M Distance cm, mm
All M Continuous
Ao-LA All Distance cm, mm
LVOT Dia All Distance cm, mm
Ao/LA (B)
Ao Root Dia All Distance cm, mm
LA Dia All Distance cm, mm
Ao Root Dia M Distance cm, mm
AoV Cusp Sep. M Distance cm, mm
LA Dia M Distance cm, mm
Ao/LA (M)
LV PET M Time ms
LV ET M Time ms
All M Continuous
All Points M Continuous
D-E M Distance cm, mm
MV (M) E-F Slope M Velocity m/s
A-C Interval M Time ms
EPSS M Distance cm, mm
5-33
User Manual
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
E-DT-A PW Time-Velocity-Time ms & m/s
Peak E PW Velocity m/s
MV Inflow Peak A PW Velocity m/s
Acc Time PW Time ms
Dec Time PW Time ms
PHT PW Time ms
IVRT PW Time ms
R-R Interval PW Time bpm
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
MV Regurg Trace
Peak V PW Velocity m/s
VTI PW Distance cm, mm
PISARadius C Distance cm, mm
PISA-Alias Vel. C Velocity m/s
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
LVOT Doppler Doppler Spectrum

Manual Trace PW
Trace
Dia All Distance cm, mm
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
AoV Systolic
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
5-34
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
AoV Systolic VTI PW Distance cm, mm

Acc Time PW Time ms
Ejection Time PW Time ms
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
AoV Regurg
PHT PW Time ms
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
TV Inflow Peak E PW Velocity m/s

Peak A PW Velocity m/s
Acc Time PW Time ms
Dec Time PW Time ms
PHT PW Time ms
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
TV Regurg Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
5-35
User Manual

TV Regurg
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
PV Systolic Doppler Spectrum

Manual Trace PW
Trace
Acc Time PW Time ms
Doppler Spectrum
Auto Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Limited Trace PW
Trace
Doppler Spectrum
Manual Trace PW
Trace
PV Regurg
PHT PW Time ms
Dias Vel. PW Velocity m/s
Sys Vel. PW Velocity m/s
Plum. Veins
A. Rev Vel. PW Velocity m/s
A. Rev Dur. PW Time ms
All PW Continuous
Dias Vel. PW Velocity m/s
Hepatic Vein
Sys Vel. PW Velocity m/s
Rev Vel. PW Velocity m/s
Tissue Doppler
Peak E’ PW Velocity m/s
5-36
Peak A’ PW Velocity m/s

Peak S PW Velocity m/s
Acc Time PW Time ms
Tissue Doppler
Dec Time PW Time ms
IVCT PW Time ms
IVRT PW Time ms
Sys. VTI PW Distance cm, mm
Sys. HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Sys. Dia All Distance cm, mm
Qp:Qs
Pulm. VTI PW Distance cm, mm
Pulm. HR PW Heart Rate bpm
Pulm. Dia All Distance cm, mm
Heart Rate Fetal Heart Rate PW Heart Rate bpm
NOTE:
XX
In Dual 2D Mode, two images can be viewed simultaneously.
XX
C Mode is mainly used for measuring reverse cardiac blood flow.
XX
As PISA-Radius or PISA-Alias Vel. measurements require Velocity values, you have to select color
display for Velocity or Vel + Var in C Mode. For more information, see the ‘Color Doppler Mode’
section in 'Chapter 4. Diagnosis Mode.'
5-37
User Manual
Vascular Calculations
It is convenient to calculate each measurement value on the Spectral Doppler image.
NOTE:
XX
XX
[Figure 5.6 Vascular Measurement Menu]
5-38

Manual Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace
Rt./ Lt. Subclavian
Calculated after
%StA All %
area measurement
Calculated after
%StD All %
Rt./Lt. Prox CCA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Mid CCA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Distal CCA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Bulb Same as above
Rt./Lt. Prox ICA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Mid ICA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Distal ICA Same as above
Rt./Lt. ECA Same as above
Rt./Lt. Vertebral Same as above
General Same as above
Volume Flow
5-39
User Manual
Urology Calculations
The measurement methods of each menu vary with the Volume Method set at Setup > Measure > Urology.
NOTE:
XX
XX
[Figure 5.7 Urology Measurement Menu]
3 Distance
■■
Volume is calculated using three distance measurement results.
Auto Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm

Limited Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm
Manual Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm
Volume Flow
Calculated after
%StA All %
area measurement
Calculated after
%StD All %
Vesl.Dist. All Distance cm, mm
5-40
Calculated after
All All ml
Prostate Vol. 1st Dia. All Distance cm, mm
nd
2 Dia. All Distance cm, mm
rd
T-Z Prostate Vol. Same as above
Bladder Vol. Same as above
Calculated after
All All ml
1st Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Rt./Lt. Kidney Vol. nd
rd
Renal Pelvis All Distance cm, mm
Calculated after
Pre All All ml
Pre 1st Dia. All Distance cm, mm
nd
Pre 2 Dia. All Distance cm, mm
rd
Pre 3 Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Residual Vol.
Calculated after
Post All All ml
Post 1st Dia. All Distance cm, mm
nd
Post 2 Dia. All Distance cm, mm
rd
Post 3 Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Transitional Zone Prostate Volume, Bladder Volume, Left Renal Volume, and Right Renal Volume
measurements are the same as for Prostate Volume.
3 Distance * Factor
■■
Same as ‘3 Distance’.
Ellipsoid
■■
Volume is calculated using the Main diameter and Beside Diameter values.
5-41
User Manual

Volume Flow
Calculated after
%StA All %
area measurement
Calculated after
%StD All %
Calculated after
Vol. All ml
Prostate Vol.
Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm
T-Z Prostate Vol. Same as above
Calculated after
All All ml
Rt./Lt. Kidney Vol. Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm

Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Calculated after
Pre All All ml
Pre Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Pre Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Residual Vol.
Calculated after
Post All All ml
Post Main Dia. All Distance cm, mm
Post Beside Dia. All Distance cm, mm
5-42
Sum of 20 Disks
■■
Measure the prostate circumference and then use the trackball and the Set button to measure the
prostate axis and calculate the volume.

Volume Flow
Calculated after
%StA All %
area measurement
Calculated after
%StD All %
Prostate Vol. Vol. All Dist20 ml
T-Z Prostate Vol Same as above
Same as above
Rt./Lt. Kidney Vol
Pre Vol. All Dist20 ml
Residual Vol.
Post Vol. All Dist20 ml
5-43
User Manual
Fetal Echo Calculations

The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. In addition, measurement
items are similar to those for cardiac calculation.
Measured items are automatically recorded in a report.
[Figure 5.8 Fetal Echo Measurement Menu]
NOTE:
XX
XX
Asc. Aorta Distance Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm

MPA Distance Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm
Duct. Art All Distance cm, mm
Rt. / Lt. Atrium All Distance cm, mm
Rt. Ventricle All Distance cm, mm
2D Echo
IVS All Distance cm, mm
LVDd All Distance cm, mm
LVDs All Distance cm, mm
LVPW All Distance cm, mm
Heart Circ. All Area cm, mm
5-44
2D Echo ThoraCirc. All Area cm, mm

All All Continuous cm, mm
ThAPD All Distance cm, mm
CTAR ThTD All Distance cm, mm
HAPD All Distance cm, mm
HTD All Distance cm, mm
All M Continuous cm, mm
IVSd M Distance cm, mm
LVDd M Distance cm, mm
LVPWd M Distance cm, mm
Fetal M-mode
IVSs M Distance cm, mm
LVDs M Distance cm, mm
LVPWs M Distance cm, mm
RVDd M Distance cm, mm
MPA Manual Trace PW Doppler Spectrum Trace cm, mm
Duct. Art. Same as above Same as above
IVC Same as above Same as above
Duct. Ven Same as above Same as above
Asc. Aorta Same as above Same as above
Desc. Aorta Same as above Same as above
Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV Inflow
Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
MV Regurg Velocity PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
Peak E PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV Inflow
Peak A PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
TV Regurg Velocity PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
SF PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
PLI DF PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
ARF PW Velocity cm/s, m/s
CTAR (Cardio-Thorax Area Ratio)

■■
This measurement is for comparing the sizes of the fetus’ chest and heart. The comparison is made by
obtaining the ThD ap, ThD trans, HrtD ap, and HrtD trans values.
5-45
User Manual
Report
Check the measurement and calculation results in the report of each application.
▶ Press the Report button on the keyboard to check the report of the specific application.
▶ The applications not yet measured are not shown.
▶ The deviated data from the valid range will be displayed with Invalid mark(*).
▶ To return to the diagnosis mode, press the X on the report screen, or press the Exit button on the
control panel or the Report button.
[Figure 5.9 Report Screen – Example]
5-46
Viewing Report
▶ The measurement and calculation items and their values are displayed.
▶ When the report screen has more than two pages, use the left / right arrow button on the report screen.
To search and check the reports of other applications, use the Next Package to move to the specific
package.
Editing Report
Press the Edit to edit the specific information. After editing, press the Ok at the top of the screen to return to
the original report screen, and the edited values are shown in the [ ] bracket in the report.
Comment
Press the Comment . Press the Ok at the top of the screen after entering some comment to return to the
original report screen.
Printing out Report

Press the Print in the report screen. If there is no connection with a printer, this button will not be dis-
played.
Exporting Report
▶ Press the Export on the screen to save the report as MO Disk or Flash Memory. The Export Report
window appears on the screen to designate File Name and File Format as shown below.
▶ The Export is not activated if the drive is not connected.
▶ The file name is automatically given, but the file name can also be inputted manually. The user can
choose a file format of Excel, Text, or PDF.
5-47
User Manual
Open Line Transfer

Transfer the report to another computer or printer. Press the Open Line Transfer on the Export Report
window.
NOTE:
XX
Connect the USB to RS-232C serial cable to the USB port of the rear panel prior to use this
function.
XX
If the operating system of the PC connected to this system via the USB to RS-232C Serial Cable is
Windows XP™, errors may be caused during report transferring.
Set the computer or printer, connects to this system, like following;

▶ 9,600 Baud
▶ 8-bit data
▶ No parity
▶ 1 stop bit
5-48
Graph Function
▶ This function is used to display the GA values such as BPD, HC, AC and FL, allowing the user to diagnose
fetal growth.
▶ The function can be used only in the OB report. Press Graph on the screen.
▶ The graph is created using ID, LMP, and measurement date as standards.
▶ To change to the Report screen, press Report on the screen.
▶ To return to the diagnosis mode, press the X on the graph screen, or press the Exit button on the control
panel.
NOTE: Only after the patient name, ID and LMP are entered, the graph and report are automatically
saved in the HDD.
Viewing Graph
▶ The graph of the recently measured values is drawn according to the gestation period (week) and
fetal size (mm).
▶ The G.A. values, including the fetal weight, are displayed at the bottom of the screen. Select a specific
item on the combo box using the trackball and the Set button, and a graph appears.
Viewing History
▶To view the history information, press the History on the OB report screen. To return to the graph
screen, press the button again.
▶ Select Fetus and Date Display Type to study.
5-49
SAMSUNG MEDISON
SONOACE R3
User Manual
Volume 2
SAMSUNG MEDISON
Version 2.01
SONOACE R3
User Manual
English
Table of Contents
Table of Contents – Volume 2

Chapter 6 Image Management................................................... 6-1
CINE / LOOP.................................................................................................................................. 6-3
Annotating Images .................................................................................................................... 6-6
Text........................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-6
BodyMarker .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-8
Indicator ..............................................................................................................................................................................6-10
Saving and Transferring Images............................................................................................ 6-12

Saving Images ...................................................................................................................................................................6-12
Transferring Images ........................................................................................................................................................6-13
Printing and Recording Images............................................................................................. 6-14

Printing Images..................................................................................................................................................................6-14
Recording Images ............................................................................................................................................................6-14
SONOVIEW................................................................................................................................. 6-15
Exam View............................................................................................................................................................................6-16
Exam Review.......................................................................................................................................................................6-22
Chapter 7 Utilities......................................................................... 7-1

Setting System ............................................................................................................................ 7-3
General.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-3
Display .................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
Misc.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-8
Setting Measurements ........................................................................................................... 7-10

General..................................................................................................................................................................................7-10
Fetal Echo ............................................................................................................................................................................7-19
Cardiac .................................................................................................................................................................................7-20
Urology Measurement Setup.......................................................................................................................................7-21
Vascular ................................................................................................................................................................................7-23
5
User Manual
Setting DICOM (Optional)....................................................................................................... 7-24

Setting DICOM Information..........................................................................................................................................7-25
Network Setup...................................................................................................................................................................7-25
Adding or Changing the DICOM Server ..................................................................................................................7-25
Editing the DICOM Server Information ....................................................................................................................7-31
Deleting DICOM Server ..................................................................................................................................................7-31
Testing DICOM Server ....................................................................................................................................................7-31
DICOM Log .........................................................................................................................................................................7-31
Setting Option........................................................................................................................... 7-33

Setting Peripheral Devices...................................................................................................... 7-34
Information................................................................................................................................ 7-36
Utility .......................................................................................................................................... 7-37
Biopsy....................................................................................................................................................................................7-37
Monitor Calibration..........................................................................................................................................................7-40
Preset.....................................................................................................................................................................................7-41
Miscellaneous.....................................................................................................................................................................7-41
Chapter 8 Maintenance............................................................... 8-1

Operating Environment............................................................................................................ 8-3
System Maintenance.................................................................................................................. 8-4
Cleaning and disinfections ............................................................................................................................................. 8-4
Accuracy Check.................................................................................................................................................................... 8-5
Data Maintenance...................................................................................................................... 8-6

User Setting Backup........................................................................................................................................................... 8-6
Patient Data Backup........................................................................................................................................................... 8-6
Software................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-6
6
Table of Contents
Chapter 9 Probes.......................................................................... 9-1

Probes........................................................................................................................................... 9-3
Ultrasound transmission Gel.......................................................................................................................................... 9-9
Sheaths................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-9
Probe Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................9-10
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe........................................................................................................................9-12
Biopsy.......................................................................................................................................... 9-20
Biopsy KIT Components.................................................................................................................................................9-20
Using the Biopsy Kit.........................................................................................................................................................9-21
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit........................................................................................................................9-23
Assembling the Biopsy Kit.............................................................................................................................................9-25
** Reference Manual
Samsung Medison is providing an additional SONOACE R3 Reference Manual. GA tables and references for
each application are included in the Reference Manual.
7
Chapter 6
Image Management
CINE / LOOP...................................................... 6-3
Annotating Images ........................................ 6-6

Text.................................................................................................6-6
BodyMarker ...............................................................................6-8
Indicator ....................................................................................6-10
Saving and Transferring Images................6-12

Saving Images .........................................................................6-12
Transferring Images ..............................................................6-13
Printing and Recording Images.................6-14

Printing Images.......................................................................6-14
Recording Images .................................................................6-14
SONOVIEW.....................................................6-15
Exam View.................................................................................6-16
Exam Review............................................................................6-22
Chapter 6 Image Managemen
CINE / LOOP
Images are automatically saved in the memory during scanning. The saved images can be useful when a pa-
tient is diagnosed and reviewed.
The saved images can be in CINE or LOOP depending on the diagnosis mode.
▶ CINE: Images that are saved in all modes other than M Mode and Spectral Mode.
▶ LOOP: Images that are saved in M Mode and Spectral Mode.
[Figure 6.1 Reviewing Images]
Starting and Finishing Image Review

During scanning, press the Freeze button on the control panel. The scanning is stopped and the system
switches to the image review mode screen.
Press the Freeze button again to return to the scan mode.
6-3
User Manual
How to Review Images

Use the trackball on the control panel. You can search for saved images in chronological order by rotating
the Trackball to the left or right. The number of images saved so far and the number of the image cur-
rently under review are displayed in the user information area.
The Softmenu is changed when images are reviewed. Select the item and adjust the value with the
Auto Run
■■
Use the Softmenu button [1]. CINE Mode or LOOP Mode is automatically played and repeated. To stop
Auto Run, press this button again.
CINE / LOOP
■■
Use the Softmenu button [2]. This option appears only when both CINE and LOOP are available, as in M
Mode or Spectral Doppler Mode. You can select an image to play in CINE and LOOP by pressing the but-
ton. The selection is displayed in the left side of the user information area.
Cine Edit
■■
Use the Softmenu button [3]. Set the range of the Cine mode. When you press this button, the Cine Edit
Bar will be displayed and the Softmenu will be changed;
▶ Set Cine start point: press the Softmenu button [3] Frame Start and set the start point using the
Set button.
▶ Set Cine end point: press the Softmenu button [4] Frame End and set the start point using the Set
button.
▶ Finish setting: press the Softmenu button [5] Cine Save to save the start and the end point.
Set using the Cine Edit Bar

Tips!
Set the start point using trackball and the Set button and press the Change button to set the end
point
6-4
Cine Save
■■
Use the Softmenu button [4]. Save the Cine whole Cine images.
NOTE:
XX
When saving a Cine image, the current time at the top right of the screen stops displaying.
When the image is saved, the current time displays again. The saved Cine image contains the
time at which saving started.
XX
This system is optimized at a maximum of 60 Hz when playing Cine. Up to 60 Hz can be set
during Auto Run, but if it is set higher than 60 Hz, the speed of the image may slow down.
In Cine Save, images are saved at the actual frame rate.
Speed (%)
■■
Use the Softmenu button [5]. Change the speed of Auto Run. When you press this button repeatedly, it
changes as 10%, 40%, 70% and 100%.
Reviewing Images in Multi-Image Mode

Only images in an active area can be reviewed in multi-image mode. To review images in another area,
change the active area by using the Set or the Dual button on the control panel.
6-5
User Manual
Annotating Images
Text
You can enter comments or text over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is differ-
entiated or displayed.
Starting Text Mode

Press the Text key in the Keyboards. The system will switch to text mode.
Typing Text
Use keyboards. You can move the cursor by using the trackball or the arrow keys on the keyboard.
[Figure 6.2 Text Mode]
6-6
Autotext
This function allows you to enter text automatically by using an abbreviation. In this way, you can enter
text easily and quickly. When Autotext is enabled, the autotext list appears on the screen.
[Figure 6.3 The Autotext List]
NOTE: Select Setup > System > General > Autotext Set.
Deleting Text
Press the Clear button on the control panel. All the text entered on the screen will be deleted.
Exiting Text Mode

6-7
User Manual
BodyMarker
You can place a BodyMarker over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is differenti-
ated or displayed.
[Figure 6.4 BodyMarker Mode]
Starting BodyMarker Mode

Press the BodyMarker key on the keyboards. The system will switch to BodyMarker input mode and Body-
Markers will appear in the user information area.
NOTE: If Setup > System > Display > BodyMarker After Freeze is set to ‘On’ and the Freeze
button is clicked, the mode immediately switches to BodyMarker mode.
6-8
Entering BodyMarker
1. Press the BodyMarker key on the keyboards, BodyMarkers will appear on the user information area.
▶ The types of BodyMarker shown in the Softmenu vary with the diagnosis mode.
▶ A maximum of 5 BodyMarkers are displayed on the screen at any one time. When there are more
BodyMarkers than this, press the BodyMarker key or the Space bar repeatedly to move to other pag-
es.
2. Press the Softmenu button for the BodyMarker that you want. The BodyMarker will appear in the image.
▶ Position the probe cursor on the BodyMarker using the trackball.
▶ Use the Angle dial-button on the control panel to adjust the angle of the probe cursor.
3. Press the Set button to finish.
Changing BodyMarker Position

1. Press the Change button on the control panel.
2. Move the BodyMarker to a desired position by using the Trackball.
3. Press the Change button on the control panel again to confirm the new position.
Deleting BodyMarker
Press the Clear button on the control panel.
Exiting BodyMarker Mode

6-9
User Manual
Indicator
You can place an Indicator over an image. This function can be useful when the diagnosis area is differenti-
ated or displayed. You can place one or more Indicators on specific positions.
[Figure 6.5 Indicator Mode]
Starting Indicator Mode

Press the Indicator button on the control panel. The system will switch to the Indicator mode.
Entering Indicator
1. Press the Indicator button on the control panel and an Indicator will appear on the screen.
2. Move the Indicator to a desired position by using the trackball.
3. Adjust the Indicator direction by using the Angle dial on the control panel.
4. Press the Set button to finish. Press the Exit button to cancel.
6-10
Deleting Indicator
Press the Clear button on the control panel and all Indicators displayed on the screen will be deleted.
Exiting Indicator Mode

6-11
User Manual
Saving and Transferring Images
Saving Images
NOTE: You must enter the patient ID because all images are saved according to patient ID. Failure
to enter a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical error(s) in previously saved images.
Press the Save button on the control panel. The saved images can be edited and managed with SONOVIEW.
Thumbnail
Tips!
If Setup > System > Misc. > Thumbnail is set to ‘On’, the saved images are displayed in thumbnail
area.
Saving an Image with Text
NOTE: It’s convenient to save an image with description for later search.
For more information about entering text, refer to ‘Annotating Images’ in this chapter.
6-12
Transferring Images
Send images using DICOM. For more information on the DICOM server settings and DICOM operation, see
the section on “Setting DICOM” in ‘Chapter 7. Utilities’.
Transferring Images in Real Scan Mode

There are two methods of sending images: sending one scanned image at a time immediately after each
scan and sending selected images after the scanning process is complete. For more information about
transferring images, see the section on “Setting DICOM” in ‘Chapter 7. Utilities’.
Transferring Images in SONOVIEW

Select an exam in the Exam View screen to transfer all images in the exam, or select and transfer images
one by one in the Exam Review screen. For more information, see the section on “SONOVIEW” in this
chapter.
6-13
User Manual
Printing and Recording Images
Printing Images
Press the Print button on the control panel to print out a scanned image using a printer. For details on how
to set-up a printer, refer to ‘Chapter 7. Utilities’.
Recording Images
NOTE: Please make sure that a VCR is properly connected to the system.
To record an image with the VCR during scanning, press the recording button of the connected standard VCR.
6-14
SONOVIEW
SONOVIEW is an integrated image management program in SONOACE R3. It allows you to save, view and de-
lete images, and export data to a standard PC.
The image file type used in this product is based on DICOM, an international standard specification. As a re-
sult, PACS can be implemented without any additional cost, and it’s easy to exchange image data with other
hospitals or equipment. Furthermore, for enhanced data compatibility, it supports the bitmap file format,
which is most commonly used in standard PCs.
Starting SONOVIEW
Press the SONOVIEW button on the control panel. If there are the saved images available for the current
exam, the information and saved images for the exam appear when SONOVIEW starts.
WARNING: Make sure to register a patient before saving images or using SONOVIEW.
All diagnosis information in the product is saved and managed for each patient ID. As a result,
saving images without entering a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical error(s) in
previously saved image.
[Figure 6.6 SONOVIEW]
6-15
User Manual
Exam View
NOTE: If you select an icon on the Exam View screen, the name of icon will be displayed.
Starting Exam View

Press Exam Search on the Review screen. The Exam View screen appears.
[Figure 6.7 Exam View]
In the center of the Exam View screen is the exam list with information on the patients’ IDs, names, age,
genders, examination dates, and the number of images saved. On the top right-hand corner of the screen
are the total number of examinations, number of selected examinations, number of selected images and
the size of selected images.
6-16
Selecting Exam
Use the trackball and the Set button to select an examination. To cancel the exam selection, press the Set
button once again.
Press Select All to select all examinations at once, or press Deselect All to deselect all exams.
To view exams saved in a storage devices, select Hard drive, MO drive, FLASH, or ODD from Source on the
screen. Selecting a source brings up information on the used space and total space for the source.
Searching Exam
Enter the patient’s ID, name, and exam date, and press Search to bring up an exam list with examinations
that are identical or similar to the search conditions. You can search exams using as little as a single
character or number for your search string.
Searching by Period
■■
Select a period from the combo box at the top of the exam List. Today, 1Week, 1Mon, 3Mon, and 1Year
show the exams for the respective periods dating back from the current date, and All Exams shows all
examinations.
Showing All Exam

■■
Select Show All at the top of the exam list. All exam lists saved in the selected source will be displayed.
View Exam
Use the trackball and the Set button to select an exam to view, and then press Review Exams at the top
of the screen. The screen will switch to the Review screen and show images for the selected exam.
Deleting Exam
Use the trackball and the Set button to select an exam to delete, and then press Delete Exams at the top
of the screen.
6-17
User Manual
Exam Export
Multiple exams can be selected and exported simultaneously.
1. Select exam(s) and press Export to bring up the Export window.
2. Select MO drive, Flash Memory, or ODD as the destination drive for the export. Current directories
and files in the selected drive will be displayed on the screen.
3. Select BMP, JPEG, TIFF, or DICOM as the file format.
4. Specify the file name. Exams and images share the same file name: if there are multiple images in the
exam, each file name will end with a serial number.
5. Specify the directory name. After entering the directory name, press Make Directory to create a
folder in the destination medium. The new folder will be reflected as a directory in the selected drive.
To delete the directory, press Remove Directory.
NOTE: When you use the ODD, Make Directory and Delete Directory are not available.
6. Once all fields have been entered, press Export. To cancel, press X at the top right-hand corner of the
screen.
[Figure 6.8 Exam Export]
6-18
When selecting 2D Cine, an image and a video are saved together. The saved AVI file (*.avi) can be
Tips! played by a video viewer which contains Windows Media Player.
When selecting Hide Patient Information, the function is disabled
Exam Backup
MO, ODD, and Flash Memory can be used.
1. Install the target medium for backup.
▶ MO or ODD: Insert the medium in the drive and wait until the LED light goes out.
▶ If using Flash Memory, connect it to the USB port on the left side or rear panel of the product.
2. Select exam(s) and press Backup Exams
3. At the medium selection window, select MO, ODD or Flash and then press OK.
Once the backup process is complete, you will be prompted whether to delete the exam(s) saved in the
hard disk. Select your response for whether to delete or keep the exam(s). If you select “delete,” all backed
up exam(s) will be deleted from the hard disk completely.
Exam Restore
MO, ODD, and Flash Memory can be used.
1. Connect the MO, ODD, or Flash Memory with exam backup information to the product and wait until
the LED light goes out.
2. Use Source at the top left-hand corner of the screen to select the connected medium.
3. When the saved exam list appears, select appropriate exam(s) and perform Review, Delete, DICOM
Send and other necessary functions. Note that the Delete function cannot be performed when using
ODD.
To move exam(s) to the system hard disk, select the exam(s) and press Restore.
Using USB MO Drive

■■
USB MO drives can be connected to the USB port on the left side or the rear panel. Only one MO drive
can be used at a time, and if two or more drives are connected, only one will be recognized.
When you have finished using the drive, you must use the Eject function from Storage Manager to
remove the MO disk or disconnect the drive after turning the product off.
WARNING: If you are using a new MO disk for the first time, use the ‘MO Format’ function from
Storage Manager to format the disk first.
6-19
User Manual
Using USB Flash Memory

■■
USB flash memory can be connected to the USB port on the left side or the rear panel. Only one flash
memory can be used at a time.
You do not need to format new USB flash memory. If you need to format the USB flash memory, ensure
that the file system type used is ‘FAT’ or ‘FAT32.’
WARNING: To disconnect the USB flash memory from the product, use the ‘Unplug’ function from
Storage Manager to remove it from the product.
Using ODD
■■
Only one ODD drive can be used at a time. After using the ODD, use the Eject function from Storage
Manager to eject the medium.
If using a re-writable ODD, you can erase all recorded data using the Format function from Storage
Manager.
Sending Exam
This function uses the DICOM network. The DICOM Send button will not work if the DICOM function is
not configured.
1. Select exam(s) and press Send at the bottom of the screen.
▶ If you want to add a new server after selecting exam(s), select Add from the DICOM Send window,
enter the necessary information, and then press Ok.
▶ Press Modify to view or edit the server information after selecting exam(s).
▶ Select Delete to delete the server after selecting exam(s), or select Test to check the DICOM
connection to the server.
2. When all steps are complete, press Send to send the selected exam(s) to the selected server.
6-20
[Figure 6.9 DICOM Send]
Printing Exam
This function uses printer(s) on the DICOM network. DICOM Print will not work if the DICOM function is
not configured.
1. Select exam(s) and press DICOM Print.
2. Steps for printing exams are the same as for sending exams.
6-21
User Manual
Exam Review
Saved images can be managed using measurement, printing, sending and many other functions.
[Figure 6.10 Exam Review]
NOTE: If you select an icon on the Exam View screen, the name of icon will be displayed.
Exam Information
Patient names, IDs, and exam dates are displayed in the left-hand center of the Exam Review screen.
Opened Exams
This displays the list of exams currently in progress or exams selected from Exam View.
If multiple exams are selected from Exam View, you can use the trackball and the Set button to quickly
browse through the exams. For example, after selecting multiple exams from Exam View, press Review
Exam to switch to the Review screen and bring up the list of selected exams in Opened Exams.
6-22
Close Exam
Closes the current exam(s).
Exam Search
The Exam View screen appears. You can browse through exams to select, change, save, send, or backup.
For more information, see ‘Exam View.’
Single Exam
■■
This displays all the images for selected exams in the order they are saved.
Use the trackball over the Preview window at the bottom of the screen to select image(s) to show on
the screen. Images will be numbered according to their order.
Compare Exams
■■
This function is useful for comparing multiple images.
Select images in the Preview window at the bottom of the screen. The border of selected images will go
bright.
Place the cursor over the image display window and press the Set button on the control panel to
display the image at the selected location. A maximum of 4 images can be compared at the same time.
Selecting imaages and Full Screen Image View

Selecting Images
■■
Use the trackball on the control panel to move the cursor over an image and press the Set button. To
select multiple images, use the trackball and the Set button while holding down the Ctrl key on the
keyboard.
Full Screen Image View

■■
This displays a full screen view of one selected image.
Place the cursor over the image and press the Set button on the control panel twice. To return to the
Review screen, press the Exit button or press Close on the screen.
When in full screen image view, use the arrows on the screen to navigate to the previous or next images.
Using Preview
This function previews selected exam(s).
Images displayed on the current screen are indicated with white borders. You can use the arrow buttons
on the right to browse through the images if there are 4 or more images.
6-23
User Manual
Printing
This function prints images or simple reports.
1. Press Print from the Exam Review screen.
2. Select settings from the Print window.
▶ Column : sets the number of column of image
▶ Row : sets the number of row of image
▶ Portrait : sets the paper horizontally
▶ Landscape : sets the paper vertically
▶ Image Only : prints only images
▶ Report Only : prints only report
▶ Images and Report : prints both images and report
▶ Copies: sets the number of copies
3. Press Ok and Print screen will be displayed. Select printer and paper.
4. Click Print to start printing. Press Cancel to cancel.
Report
You can query the report for the selected exam or enter new information in it.
1. Press Add Comments from the Exam Review screen.
2. Enter details in the Report window.
3. Press Ok to save the information. Press Cancel to cancel.
DICOM Send (Optional)

This function uses DICOM to send selected images. This button is deactivated for products that do not
support the DICOM option.
1. Select image(s) and press DICOM Send on the Exam Review screen.
2. The number of selected images will be displayed on the screen. Press Ok to bring up the DICOM
window.
3. After confirming the settings, press Send to send the image(s). Press Cancel to cancel.
6-24
DICOM Printing (Optional)

This function uses DICOM to print selected images. This button is deactivated for products that do not
support the DICOM option.
1. Select image(s) and press DICOM Print on the Exam Review screen.
2. The number of selected images will be displayed on the screen. Press Ok to bring up the DICOM
window.
3. After confirming the settings, press Print to print the image(s). Press Cancel to cancel.
For more information on DICOM printers, please refer to the printer manual or the DICOM Conformance
Statement.
E-mail
This function sends e-mails with image attachments.
1. Select image(s) and press E-mail on the Exam Review screen.
2. Enter the user’s name, e-mail address, the recipient’s e-mail address, subject and message. Please
note that server names and e-mail addresses are case-sensitive.
3. Press Send to send the e-mail. Press Cancel to cancel.
In order to use the E-mail function, you must specify the e-mail (SMTP) server and you must own an
e-mail account on the mail server.
You can specify the Outgoing Mail Server on the E-mail Setup screen.
NOTE: If e-mails cannot be sent even though the mail server is functional, check that the ICMP
(ping) is open for the mail server. If the ICMP (ping) is closed, the e-mail function may not work
properly.
Magnification
This function magnifies a part of the image displayed on the screen.
1. Press Magnifier on the Exam Review screen. The mouse cursor changes to a magnifying glass shape.
2. Place the magnifying glass over an area and press the Set button.
6-25
User Manual
Delete
Select image(s) and press Delete Image on the Exam Review screen. To delete many images at once, use
Trackball and Set button during pressing Ctrl key on the keyboard.
WARNING: Current exam cannot be deleted. The deleted exams are not be recovered.
Export
This function saves the images in BMP, JPEG, TIFF or DICOM file formats.
1. Press Export on the Exam Review screen. The mouse cursor changes to a floppy diskette shape.
2. Place the floppy diskette shape over an area and press the Set button. The Export window will be
displayed.
3. Enter the directory and file names for the image file(s) and press Export to save the images in the
selected file format.
NOTE: Do not use blank spaces in file names or directory names. The Export function will not work
for file names or directory names containing blank spaces.
Text
Use this function to insert text into the image.
1. Press Add Text on the Exam Review screen.
2. Place the cursor over the image and press the Set button. The image will be displayed in full screen
view.
3. Move the cursor to a desired location and insert the text. To change the font size or color, press Font
Style.
Distance
This function measures the distance between any two points on 2D images.
1. Press Distance on the Exam Review screen.
view.
3. Move the cursor to a desired location and press the Set button to set the start point.
6-26
4. Use the trackball to move the cursor to another location and press the Set button to set the end
point.
▶ Press the Change button before assigning the end point to change the position of the start point.
The distance between the two points will be displayed on the screen.
▶ You can use the same method to take multiple measurements. Note that the measurement results
are not saved with the image.
5. To finish measurement, press the Exit button on the control panel or Close on the screen.
Ellipse
Use this function to draw an ellipse over the 2D image, and then measure the perimeter and area of the
ellipse.
1. Press Ellipse on the Exam Review screen.
view.
3. Move the cursor to a desired location and press the Set button to set the start point.
4. Use the trackball to move the cursor to another location and press the Set button to set the end
point. Press the Change button before assigning the end point to change the position of the start
point.
5. After adjusting the size of the ellipse, press the Set button to confirm the size of the ellipse. The
perimeter and area of the ellipse will be displayed on the screen.
▶ You can use the same method to take multiple measurements. Note that the measurement results
are not saved with the image.
6. To finish measurement, press the Exit button on the control panel or Close on the screen.
Layout
Use this function to configure the number of images to show on the Exam Review screen.
On the Exam Review screen, press Layout and select items from Single to 3*3 in the Image Layout window.
Closing SONOVIEW
Press the SONOVIEW button or click X on the screen to close SONOVIEW.
6-27
Chapter 7
Utilities
Setting System ................................................ 7-3

General.........................................................................................7-3
Display..........................................................................................7-6
Misc................................................................................................7-8
Setting Measurements.................................7-10
General.......................................................................................7-10
Fetal Echo..................................................................................7-19
Cardiac........................................................................................7-20
Urology Measurement Setup............................................7-21
Vascular......................................................................................7-23
Setting DICOM (Optional)...........................7-24

Setting DICOM Information................................................7-25
Network Setup.........................................................................7-25
Adding or Changing the DICOM Server........................7-25
Editing the DICOM Server Information..........................7-31
Deleting DICOM Server........................................................7-31
Testing DICOM Server...........................................................7-31
DICOM Log................................................................................7-31
Setting Option...............................................7-33
Setting Peripheral Devices..........................7-34

Chapter 7
Information....................................................7-36
Utility ..............................................................7-37
Biopsy..........................................................................................7-37
Monitor Calibration...............................................................7-40
Preset...........................................................................................7-41
Miscellaneous..........................................................................7-41
Chapter 7 Utilities
Setting System
This mode is used for system settings. It does not affect image output. The setup may be modified depending
on specific needs or preferences.
1. Press the Setup key on the keyboard. Setup screen is appeared.

2. Select System in the Setup menu.
3. Set the specific system values according to each item on the screen.
4. Click Ok to finish the setup. To close the screen, click Cancel or X.
General
Select the General tab in the System menu.
[Figure 7.1 System Setup – General]
Institution
■■
Enter the name of the hospital / institution.
7-3
User Manual
Language
■■
This sets the language to be used. English, Deutsch, Français, Italiano, Español, Russian, and Simplified
Chinese are available. To display the screen in the selected language, reboot the system after
completing setup.
The input setup of key button is automatically updated.
Date
■■
Set the date and its format.
Time
■■
Set the time and its format.
How to set the date and time.

Tips!
[Figure 7.2 Date & Time Setup]
XX
Click Set in the Title tab of System menu.
XX
Set the Date/Time using the trackball and Set button.
XX
After finishing setup correctly, click Ok. To cancel setup, click Cancel.
7-4
Chapter 7 Utilities
Boot up caps lock status

■■
This menu sets the initial status of Caps Lock after system boot-up. Its default value is ‘Off’. This Caps
Lock enables capital letter entry without the need to press the Shift key.
Autotext Set
■■
Select Autotext Set to use the Autotext text function. Its default value is ‘Off’.
Using the Autotext text function allows fast and easy input of text statements. For example, to enter the
text ‘Tumor’, you only need to enter ‘Tu’ and the system will search the word from the abbreviation list
and automatically enter the word ‘Tumor’.
How to edit the Autotext Set.

Tips!
Click Edit on the screen. The Autotext Table Edit Table window will be appeared. To add a new
abbreviation, click New, and to completely delete an existing abbreviation, click the entry to be
deleted and then click Delete.
‘Delay (msec)’ sets seconds to input the full word after enter the abbreviation. The unit value is msec,
and 1000msec is 1second.
[Figure 7.3 Autotext Set Edit]
7-5
User Manual
Display
To set the information about images and related data, select the Display tab in the System menu.
Auto Freeze
■■
After the preset time span (Minute) of inactivity, the scan mode is automatically frozen.
Screen Saver
■■
After the preset time span (Minute) of inactivity, the screen saver is automatically started.
Post Map
■■
This sets the display of the Post Map in the Feedback section at the bottom of the screen.
TGC Line
■■
This sets whether or not the TGC line is displayed. If ‘Off’ is selected, the TGC Line is not shown. If ‘Off
after 3 seconds’ is selected, the TGC value appears when a TGC value is adjusted, but disappears after 3
seconds. If ‘On’ is selected, the TGC Line is always shown.
TI (Thermal
■■ Index)Display
The system sets TI values automatically. However, this menu allows the user to choose manually from
one of the three TI parameters as desired: Default, TIs or TIb.
HPRF
■■
Enable or disable High Pulse Repetition Frequency (HPRF) supported in the PW Spectral Doppler mode.
If it is set to ‘On,’ HPRF is supported by default.
BodyMarker After Freeze

■■
Determine whether the system will automatically switch to the BodyMarker mode when the Freeze
button is pressed. If it is set to ‘On,’ a BodyMarker appears when the Freeze button is pressed during
scanning. If it is set to ‘Off,’ a BodyMarker appear only when BodyMarker is pressed during scanning.
2D Image Size
■■
The Image size can be set to 100%, 95% or 90%.
7-6
Chapter 7 Utilities
Display Gender
■■
This sets whether or not the gender of the patient is displayed. If ‘On’ is selected, the patient’s gender is
shown.
Simultaneous Mode
■■
This menu determines whether or not simultaneous mode is enabled in PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
‘Off’: Select this if you do not wish use simultaneous mode.
▶▶
‘Allow 2D/PW : Select this if you wish to use simultaneous mode in 2D/PW mode.
▶▶
‘Allow 2D/C/PW : Select this if you wish to use simultaneous mode in 2D/C/PW mode.
▶▶
[Figure 7.4 System Setup – Display]
7-7
User Manual
Misc.
Select the Misc. tab in the System menu.
[Figure 7.5 System Setup – Misc.]
OB Measure Shortcut Key

■■
Select On to start a desired obstetrics measurement instantly with shortcut keys in the keyboards.
Shortcut Key Setup

■■
Assign commonly used obstetrics measurement items to number keys in the keyboards. Select BPD, FL,
APTD, TTD, AC/FTA, GS, CRL, or HC.
Hibernation
■■
To booting speed up, set this item as ‘On’.
NOTE: The system turns off with normal shutdown after 30th booting with ‘Hibernation On’.
However the system will start with ‘Hibernation On’ on the next booting.
7-8
Chapter 7 Utilities
Thumbnail
■■
To use thumbnail list, set this item as ‘On’. Thumbnails of saved images are showed up on the right side
of the screen.
Set / Exit Key Setup

■■
Set the position of the Set and Exit buttons.
Trackball Speed
■■
Set the trackball speed during scan mode to Slow, Normal or Fast.
7-9
User Manual
Setting Measurements
Select Measure in the Setup menu to set up measurement functions.
1. Press the Setup key on the keyboard. Setup screen is appeared.
2. Select Measure in the Setup menu.
3. Set the specific system values according to each item on the screen.
4. Click Ok to finish the setup. To close the screen, click Cancel or X.
General
Select the General tab in the Measure menu to set general measurement settings.
[Figure 7.6 Measurement Settings- General]
7-10
Chapter 7 Utilities
General
Select General tab.
Measure Item Display Count

■■
Select the number of measurement items to be between 1 and 4. If you select ‘Hide’, measurement
items are not displayed.
Circ/Area Method
■■
Select either the ‘Ellipse’ or ‘Trace’ caliper to be the default tool for measurement.
Default Volume Method

■■
Select either the ‘3 Distance’, ‘1 Distance’ or ‘Distance + Ellipse’ items to be used as the default tool in
volume measurement.
Distance Method
■■
Set either ‘Line’ or ‘Trace’ as the distance measurement method.
Caliper Display Unit

■■
Set either ‘cm’ (centimeter) or ‘mm’ (millimeter) as the caliper display unit.
Trackball Speed
■■
Set the trackball speed to either ‘Fast’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Slow’.
Result Display
■■
Set the output format of measurement results in the report. When ‘Average Value’ is selected, the report
shows the average value of the last three measurement results. When ‘Last Measured Value’ is selected,
the last measurement value is shown.
7-11
User Manual
Doppler
Select the Doppler tab in the General tab.
[Figure 7.7 Measure - Doppler]
Y-Axis Unit
■■
This sets the vertical (Y) axis unit in Spectral Doppler Mode.
Trace Direction
■■
When Auto Trace and Limited Trace functions are used in Spectral Doppler Mode, this sets the range of
the measurement values.
Control Threshold
■■
The trace threshold can be adjusted by rotating the Menu dial-button when tracing is not finished after
Auto trace / Limited trace.
Mean Trace
■■
This menu specifies the use of Mean Trace Line on the screen for Auto trace / Limited trace.
7-12
Chapter 7 Utilities
How to change Doppler setting during measurement

Tips!
Press the space bar after pressing the Calc button to bring up the Setting Measure Method window
shown below.
[Figure 7.8 Setting Measure method]
7-13
User Manual
Report
Select the Report tab in the General tab.
Select items to mark the header on the report. The header will be shown only the item has its data.
[Figure 7.9 Measure - Report]
7-14
Chapter 7 Utilities
OB
Select the OB tab in the Measure menu.
[Figure 7.10 Measure – OB]
Display SD Value
■■
This menu sets whether SD (Standard Deviation) is displayed or not. If ‘Yes’ is selected, the SD value is
shown on the screen and on the report. If ‘No’ is selected, it is not shown and its range value appears on
the report.
HC Auto Calc
■■
This menu is used to set the HC Auto Calculation. ‘Yes’ shows the HC value on the screen and in the report
using the result of OFD and BPD calculation. ‘No’ will not show the HC value on the screen.
Fetal Weight
■■
This menu is used to set the measurement items used for fetal examination. In the fetal weight and fetal
weight growth fields, more measurement items can be added.
Unit: This sets the unit of fetal weight measurement. You can choose from grams [g], ounces [oz],
▶▶
and pounds [lb].
7-15
User Manual
Auxiliary Unit: This sets the auxiliary unit of fetal weight measurement. Unit sets the available
▶▶
auxiliary unit. For instance, set the unit as Gram [g], available units are None, oz, lb, or lb+oz. If you
select lb+oz as an auxiliary unit, the value will be shown like as xx lb yy oz.
Display SD: This menu sets the SD information shown in the result display section: No, SD or
▶▶
Percentile. Both SD and Percentile appear in the report.
Preset
■■
Measurement items used during exams are set.
Set a specific preset in the Name field. If ‘General’ is selected, all items can be used. If ‘Fetal Biometry’ is
selected, only Fetal Biometry-related items can be used.
User Preset
▶▶
If the beside the Name field is selected, a user can set a new preset.
Enter a title in the Preset Name field and an explanation in the Description field. Press Ok.
[Figure 7.11 New Preset]
After a new preset is made, register items in the right-hand list to use in obstetrics measurement.
When is clicked, the items in the right list are moved to the left list to be used with the user
preset. To delete the items from the left list, select them and click .
To delete a user preset, select it and click . Because `General and Fetal Biometry’ are system
presets, cannot be deleted.
Table and Equation

▶▶
The measurement items used in the Preset menu are GA and Fetal Growth. The measurement
values of GA and Fetal Growth are shown in table or equation form.
When is clicked, the contents of the GA or Fetal Growth’s table and equation contents are
shown. When is clicked, a user can set a specific value, and when is clicked, the table and
equation set by the user are erased. However, the default values provided by the system are not
erased.
For more information about each table and equation, refer to the Reference Manual.
7-16
Chapter 7 Utilities
Graph
■■
The user can select graphs to mark on the OB report or print. Press Graph button and select items. After
selecting / deselecting a specific item, click Close.
[Figure 7.12 Graph]
MCA / UA Graph
▶▶
Set MCA/UA graph and reference. Selected graphs will be included in the OB report.
HC / AC Graph
▶▶
Include HC/AC ratio in the graph.
Report Graph
▶▶
Select graph to include in the report. ‘All’ displays all graphs, and ‘Data Exist’ displays only the
graph has its data.
Print Graph
▶▶
Select graph to print. ‘All Graph in Report’ prints all graphs of the report, and ‘Data Exist’ prints only
the graph has its data. ‘Current Page’ prints the current page of report.
7-17
User Manual
Backup / Restore
■■
Backup
▶▶
If you want to back up a new user preset to Mo Media, Flash Memory or a HDD, press Backup
/ Restore on the screen. When the setting window is displayed, select the disk and directory.
Directories can be created or deleted using the New Dir. or Remove Dir. Take care when deleting
directories or files. Once a file or directory is erased, it cannot be restored.
During user-preset backup, all user reference tables/equations are backed up. Separate tables /
equations backup is therefore not necessary.
Restore
▶▶
To bring up the backed up user preset, click Backup/Restore. When the Backup / Restore screen
appears, select the disk and directory which the user preset is to be restored to.
[Figure 7.13 Backup/Restore]
7-18
Chapter 7 Utilities
Fetal Echo
Select the Fetal Echo tab in the Measure menu.
[Figure 7.14 Measurement Setting– Fetal Echo]
During obstetric measurement, Fetal volume can be measured in M Mode. The calculation method is set in
the ‘LV Volume Calculation’.The options are the same as those in the cardiac package (Teichholz, Cubed, or
Gibson).
7-19
User Manual
Cardiac
Select the Cardiac tab in the Measure menu.
2D Circumference and Area Method

■■
Select either the ‘Ellipse’ or ‘Trace’ caliper to be the default tool for area measurement.
LV Volume Calculation
■■
The LV Volume Calculation method is set with this menu.
[Figure 7.15 Measure – Cardiac]
7-20
Chapter 7 Utilities
Urology Measurement Setup

Select the Urology tab in the Measure menu.
[Figure 7.16 Measure– Urology]
Volume Method
■■
3 Distance: The volume value is calculated using three diameters in the longitudinal and transverse
▶▶
planes. (4 / 3 x 3.14 x A x B x C / 8)
3 Distance x Factor: The volume value is calculated using three diameters from the longitudinal
▶▶
plane and transversal plane and a factor (F) value entered by a user. ( A x B x C x F)
Ellipsoid: The volume value is calculated using the lengths of the Main axis and the beside axis. (4 /
▶▶
3 x 3.14 x Main / 2 x (Beside / 2)Λ2)
Sum of 20 Disks: The volume value is calculated by summing the areas in the 20-parallel planes. (d
▶▶
/ 20 x (A1 + A2 + ... A20), d : the sum of distances between disks)
7-21
User Manual
NOTE: 3 Distances: A = 1st Dia. ; B = 2nd Dia. ; C = 3rd Dia.

The default factor value (F) is ‘0.5’. If it is changed, a value between 0 and 100 (0 < factor <= 100)
is recommended.
Predicted PSA Correction Factor

■■
The Predicted PSA Correction Factor can be changed. The default value is 0.12.
7-22
Chapter 7 Utilities
Vascular
Select the Vascular tab in the Measure menu. You can set the peak velocity used in the calculation of the ‘A/B
Ratio’ and ‘ICA/CCA Ratio’.
[Figure 7.17 Measure– Vascular]
7-23
User Manual
Setting DICOM (Optional)

Select the DICOM tab in the Setup menu. This function is used to set up the DICOM server and other DICOM-
related functions.
NOTE: For more information, refer to the user manual of the corresponding server and the DICOM
Conformance Statement.
[Figure 7.18 Setup - DICOM]
7-24
Chapter 7 Utilities
Setting DICOM Information

Enter the DICOM information for the product in use. For automatic DICOM transmission, select ‘Acquisition in
Progress’ after completing the fields. For automatic print out, select ‘Print After Each image’.
AE Title
■■
Enter the DICOM Application Entity title of the ultrasound system. This title uses to distinguish the
ultrasound system in the network. (Ex. US1, US2)
Station Name
■■
Enter a name to differentiate pieces of ultrasound system. (Ex. SONOACE1, SONOACE2)
Port
■■
Enter the Port Number of the server being used.
Network Status
■■
Display the current status of the network.
Network Setup
To set the network like IP address, press System Network Settings. To set the IP value automatically, press ‘Using
Dynamic IP Configuration’. If you enter the wrong IP address, the network will not run.
To finish the network setup, click Apply. To cancel setup, click Close.
Adding or Changing the DICOM Server

Click Add to enter the information related to the DICOM Server.
Store Server Information

Select STORE under Services. Configure the Image Storage Service using DICOM.
7-25
User Manual
Service
■■
Select the kind of server to use. The supported DICOM servers are Store, Print, and Worklist.
Alias
■■
Enter the name of the server being used.
AE Title
■■
Enter the AE title of the server being used.
Transfer Mode
■■
Select any one of the three image transfer methods.
Batch: send all images when you click the End Exam.
▶▶
Send As You Go: send the image whenever you press the Save button.
▶▶
Manual: send the image manually only in the SonoView.
▶▶
Connect Timeout
■■
Set how many seconds the system will wait until get response.
IP Address
■■
Enter the IP address of the server being used.
Port
■■
Enter the Port Number of the server being used.
Retry Interval
■■
Set how many seconds the system will wait if the transmission fails.
Maximum Retries
■■
Set how many times the system will retry.
7-26
Chapter 7 Utilities
[Figure 7.19 DICOM Configuration-Store]
Print Server Information

Select PRINT under Services. Configure the Print Service using DICOM.
NOTE:
XX
You can configure a printer connected to the DICOM network only.
XX
Depending on the printer, some of the following functions may not be available. Before
configuring a printer service, please refer to the user manual for the printer or the DICOM
Conformance Statement.
Color
■■
Specify whether to use colors. Select Grayscale or RGB.
Format
■■
Specify the paper layout. Select from 1ⅹ1, 1ⅹ2, 2ⅹ2, 2ⅹ3, 3ⅹ3, 3ⅹ4, 3ⅹ5, 4ⅹ4, 4ⅹ5 and 4ⅹ6.
Orientation
■■
Specify the paper orientation. Select Landscape or Portrait.
Magnification
■■
When resizing an image to print, specify the interpolation. Select from Replicate, Bilinear, Cubic and
None.
7-27
User Manual
Border Density
■■
Specify the border density of an image to print. Select Black or White.
Empty Density
■■
Specify the background color of an image to print. Select Black or White.
Min Density
■■
Specify the minimum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default value is
applied.
Max Density
■■
Specify the maximum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default value is
applied.
Medium Type
■■
Specify the paper type. Select from Paper, Clear Film, and Blue Film.
Film Size
■■
Specify the paper size. Select from 8inchⅹ10 inch, 10 inchⅹ12 inch, 10 inchⅹ14 inch, 11 inchⅹ14
inch, 14 inchⅹ14 inch, 14 inchⅹ17 inch, 24cmⅹ24cm, 24cmⅹ30cm, and A4.
Destination
■■
Specify the paper pathway. Select Magazine or Processor.
Priority
■■
Specify a priority for the print command. Select from High, Med and Low.
Copies
■■
Enter the number of copies between 1 and 99.
7-28
Chapter 7 Utilities
Configuration Info
■■
Specify the unique value for a printer. Please refer to the DICOM Conformance Statement for the printer.
[Figure 7.20 DICOM Configuration - Print]
Worklist Server Settings

Select WORKLIST under Services. Configure the Modality Worklist Service using DICOM.
Open MWL on Patient key

■■
Sets the screen that appears when pressing the Patient button on the control panel.
If this function is selected, pressing the Patient button opens the Modality Worklist window. If not se-
lected, pressing the Patient button opens the Patient Information screen.
Update Method
■■
Sets the method for updating Worklist.
Only on user Request: Update only when asked by the user.
▶▶
To update a worklist, in the Search tab on the Patient Information screen, select Worklist for
Tips!
Search Source and press Search.
On Startup and Every: Worklist is updated at the system boot-up and then updated continually at
▶▶
a set interval. Note that Worklist is not updated while the Modality Worklist window is open.
7-29
User Manual
Scheduled Station AE Title

■■
Sets the range of AE Title to fetch from the hospital’s Worklist server.
All: Obtains the list of patients saved under all AE Titles within the server.
▶▶
This System: Obtains the list of patients for the AE Titles set under the DICOM tab.
▶▶
Another: Obtains the list of patients for the AE Title directly entered by the user.
▶▶
NOTE: This function is available only if when the Worklist server is configured.
Start Date
■■
Set the range of dates to search.
Today: Obtains the list of patients for the current date.
▶▶
Prior_days, Next_days: Obtains the list of patients for dates between n days prior to the current
▶▶
date and n days after the current date.
Period
▶▶
From Date: Enter a date and the system obtains the list of patients starting from the date entered
up until the current date.
To Date: Enter a date and the system obtains the list of patients starting from the current date up
until the date entered.
From Date To Date: Enter two separate dates and the system obtains the list of patients between
the two dates entered.
[Figure 7.21DICOM Configuration – Worklist]
7-30
Chapter 7 Utilities
Editing the DICOM Server Information

Click Edit in the setting DICOM window to edit the server information already entered.
Deleting DICOM Server

Click Delete in the setting DICOM window to erase the current server information.
Testing DICOM Server

Select a service and click Test on the screen. The connection with the selected service is tested and the results
are shown under the Ping and Verify items. If the result is Normal, it indicates that the connection is normal.
DICOM Log
Click Log in the setting DICOM window, and the screen will be changed. Set or copy the current DICOM log
file.
DICOM log file is the history of all DICOM services performed so far on the product.
Click Close to finish the DICOM log.
Log Settings
■■
Set the DICOM Log.
Delete archived log file after: set the number of days to wait before deleting the archived history.
▶▶
After that period, the log file will be deleted. However there is only one log file, it will not be
deleted.
Log File Maximum Size: set the maximum size of each history file archived. Set the unit as Kbytes.
▶▶
Explanation
■■
View the log setting.
7-31
User Manual
DICOM Log
■■
View, copy, or delete the DICOM log files.
View Selected File: Select the log file from ‘Select log files to copy’ and click View selected file.
▶▶
Copy Selected Files:
▶▶
1. Select the log files and set the storage file format on the ‘Copy to’.
2. Set the ‘Delete files after copy’ whether to delete the log files saved in the hard disk of the
system.
3. Click Copy selected files.
Delete Selected Files: Select the log file and click Delete Selected Files.
▶▶
7-32
Chapter 7 Utilities
Setting Option
The S/W serial No information of the system is shown in this window. You can select / cancel S/W options. A
user cannot modify options. Click Option tab in the Setup menu.
If the password you enter is not correct, the options are not activated. If the password is not correct, click
Cancel.
[Figure 7.22 Setup - Option]
7-33
User Manual
Setting Peripheral Devices

The following describes how to set up the video output type, video input type, printer, foot switch and
network. Select the Peripherals tab in the Setup menu.
[Figure 7.23 Setup - Peripherals]
Video Output Type

■■
Set the video output type as NTSC or PAL.
Foot Switch
■■
Assign functions to the left and right pedals of the foot switch. Four options are available: Dual, Store,
Freeze and Update.
7-34
Chapter 7 Utilities
Printer 1
■■
Select a printer to use. After connecting a USB printer to the USB port of the system, select the printer
type on the screen and click Ok. The printer can then be used immediately.
The USB printer can only be used to print out Report and SonoView screens.
▶ HP Color LaserJet 3600 ▶ HP OfficeJet J5780 ▶HP LaserJetP2015
▶ HP DeskJet 6540 ▶ HP LaserJet 1320 ▶HP DeskJet F2410
▶ HP DeskJet 5650 ▶ HP LaserJet 6980 ▶HP LaserJet P1102
▶ HP DeskJet 5940 ▶HP OfficeJet ProK550 ▶HP LaserJet P1566
▶ HP DeskJet 6940 ▶HP LaserJet2420
Printer 2
■■
Select a printer to use when you press the Print button. Following printers are available;
Analog Printer
▶▶
Sony UP-D897
▶▶
Sony UP-D23MD
▶▶
Sony UP-D25MD
▶▶
7-35
User Manual
Information
The information menu displays information about the system S/W version. Select the Information tab in the
Setup menu. Press the Detail Info. to view more detailed information.
Click License Info. to display license information.
[Figure 7.24 Information]
* The S/W version of your system may be different from that in the figure above.
7-36
Chapter 7 Utilities
Utility
Press Utility key on the keyboard. The Utility menu appears at the left side of the screen. You can select a
menu with the Menu dial-button on the control panel.
[Figure 7.25 Utility menu]
Biopsy
Select Biopsy in Utility menu. For accurate examination, you should set a biopsy guideline before performing
a biopsy.
Before performing biopsy, make sure that the Biopsy Guide Line is adjusted.
[Figure 7.26 Biopsy menu]
7-37
User Manual
Editing Biopsy guide line

NOTE:
XX
Note that the Biopsy Guide Line cannot be edited when the Trapezoidal function is in use for the
Linear Probe.
XX
If the system is rebooted, the Biopsy Guide Line settings are restored to the default.
1. Select Edit in the Biopsy menu. The warning message will appear.
2. If you click Ok, the Biopsy Edit screen appears. Click Cancel to escape from the Biopsy menu.
3. After the Biopsy Edit screen appears, you can adjust the Biopsy Guide Line with the soft menu on the
keyboard.
4. [1] Start: Move the trackball up and down to designate the starting point of the Biopsy Guide Line.
5. [2] Angle: Move the trackball right and left to decide the direction of Biopsy Guide Line movement.
6. Press the Softmenu button [4] Save to setting. The confirmation message will appear before saving
settings.
7. Click OK on the message to apply the changed Biopsy Guide Line. Press the Softmenu button [5]
Cancel to cancel saving.
[Figure 7.27 Biopsy Edit]
7-38
Chapter 7 Utilities
Starting and Finishing Biopsy
NOTE: The biopsy guideline must be adjusted before a biopsy can be performed.
1. Select On in the Biopsy menu. The message below appears. The warning message will appear.
2. Click OK, and the Biopsy Guide Line will appear on the screen.
3. Insert a needle along the Guide Line. And then perform biopsy as desired.
4. To finish the biopsy, click Off in the Biopsy menu.
7-39
User Manual
Monitor Calibration
Select Monitor Calibration in Utility menu. Set the color or brightness of the image.
[Figure 7.28 Monitor Calibration]
Gamma: Set up contrast and brightness.

▶▶
Brightness: Set up brightness.
▶▶
Contrast: Set up contrast.
▶▶
R Gain: Set the red color proportion.
▶▶
G Gain: Set the green color proportion.
▶▶
B Gain: Set the blue color proportion.
▶▶
Default: Go back to default setting.
▶▶
Save: Save the setting.
▶▶
7-40
Chapter 7 Utilities
Preset
Preset allows the user to adjust Image Settings and select a Setting to apply to the system.
Select Preset in the utility menu.
[Figure 7.29 Preset]
Setting: Use the Menu dial-button to make your selection. You can use the default Image Setting or
▶▶
choose from the User1 ~ User5 slots. If you select the value from User1 to User5, you can setup the
image setting.
Load: Select the desired Setting value and press Load to apply the value to the current screen.
▶▶
Save: After Image Setting, select the desired Setting value and press the Save.
▶▶
Miscellaneous
Select Miscellaneous in the utility menu.
[Figure 7.30 Miscellaneous]
7-41
User Manual
Histogram
Shows the brightness level of the selected area in a histogram.
1. Select Histogram in the Miscellaneous menu.
2. Specify an area that a histogram is to cover. Use the trackball and the Set button to specify area 1, 2
and 3.
▶ Press the Change button to change the shape of the selected area into an ellipse.
3. Histogram 1, 2 and 3 will appear on the screen.
[Figure 7.31 Histogram]
7-42
Chapter 8
Maintenance
Operating Environment................................. 8-3
System Maintenance...................................... 8-4

Cleaning and disinfections ..................................................8-4
Accuracy Check.........................................................................8-5
Data Maintenance........................................... 8-6

User Setting Backup................................................................8-6
Patient Data Backup................................................................8-6
Software.......................................................................................8-6
Chapter 8 Maintenance
Operating Environment
When installing the console, please consider the following:
CAUTION: Placing the system near generators, X-Ray machines or broadcast cables may result in
screen noise and abnormal visual images. Sharing the power source with other electrical devices
may also induce noise.
■ Avoid humidity.
■ Avoid direct sunlight.
■ Avoid places with extreme temperature variations.
■ Optimal conditions for the system are temperatures of 10 ~ 35° C and humidity of 30 ~ 75%.
■ Avoid heat sources.
■ Avoid dusty and unventilated areas.
■ Avoid places where the system is likely to be exposed to vibration or impacts.
■ Avoid places where the system is likely to be exposed to chemical substances or gases.
8-3
User Manual
System Maintenance
Cleaning and disinfections

Using inappropriate detergent or disinfectant may damage the product. Please read the following carefully.
WARNING:
XX
Turn off the system and disconnect the system power cord from the wall outlet. Otherwise, it
may result in electric shock or fire.
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting the equipment.
Cleaning
CAUTION:
XX
Do not use a spray directly on the product exterior. It may cause cracks in the appliance, or the
color to deteriorate.
XX
Do not use chemical substances such as wax, benzene, alcohol, paint thinner, insecticide,
aerosol deodorant, lubricant.
■ Console
Use a soft cloth lightly dampened with a mild soap to clean the exterior surfaces of the system.
■ Cleaning Monitor
Gently wipe the LCD surface with a soft, dry cloth.
NOTE: For information on cleaning and disinfection of the probe and biopsy kit, please refer to
'Chapter 9. Probes.'
8-4
Disinfections
CAUTION: Use only recommended disinfectants on system surfaces.
A disinfectant qualified by the FDA 510(k) process is recommended. The following disinfectants are
recommended because of both their biological effectiveness (as qualified through the FDA 510(k) process)
and their chemical compatibility with Samsung Medison ultrasound products.
Solutions Country Type Active ingredient FDA 510(k)
Cidex USA Liquid Gluteraldehyde K934434

Cidex Plus USA Liquid Gluteraldehyde K923744
1. Turn off the system and disconnect the system power cord from the wall outlet.
2. Mix the disinfection solution compatible with your system according to label instructions for solution
strength.
3. Wipe the system surfaces with the disinfectant solution, following the disinfectant label instructions for
wipe durations, solution strength, and disinfectant contact duration.
4. Air dry or towel dry with a sterile cloth according to the instructions on the disinfectant label.
Accuracy Check
NOTE: The user must ensure that safety inspections are performed every 2 years according to the
requirements of safety standard EN 60601-1. Only trained persons are allowed to perform these
safety inspections.
The product’s maintenance status may affect the measurements obtained using the product. The product
should be maintained in an optimal state to ensure reliable measurements.
To ensure optimal operation of the product, perform an accuracy check every year. The equations and table
related to measurement accuracy are included in “Chapter 5 Measurements” in this manual.
8-5
User Manual
Data Maintenance
CAUTION: You may lose information files on user settings or patients, because of shock on the
product or internal error. Thus, back-up on a regular basis.
User Setting Backup

Always keep a backup copy of all information related to the user settings in case of data loss. Backup of user
settings may only be performed by a qualified technician, and not by the user. Please contact Samsung Me-
dison Customer Service when it needs to be backed up. However, the user setting on the GA Table used for
obstetrics diagnosis may be backed up by the user. For more information, please refer to ‘OB Measurement
Setup’ in Chapter 7 ‘Utilities.’
Patient Data Backup

The SONOVEIW program can be used for backing up basic patient information and scanned images. By de-
fault, the data is saved automatically in the system. However, the user can choose to save it manually as well.
If the system needs to be reinstalled due to product failure etc., the Samsung Medison Customer Service staff
will restore basic patient information and scanned images that have been saved in the system. For more infor-
mation, please refer to “Saving and Transferring Images” in Chapter 6 ‘Image Management.’
Software
Changes can be made to the product software to make it suitable for a particular user’s environment. How-
ever, these software changes may not be performed by the user alone. Please contact Samsung Medison
Customer Service for assistance in software changes.
CAUTION: Minor software changes may be carried out without notifying the manufacturer.
8-6
If any error occurs in the operating system (LINUX) or it requires upgrading, please follow the instructions of
the operating system designer.
This product contains Mencoder, which is distributed under the GPL license. Mencoder is free software and
can be modified and redistributed according to the GNU General Public License Version 2 published by the
Free Software Foundation (FSF).
NOTE: The Mencoder source code can be found at www.mplayerhq.hu.
8-7
Chapter 9
Probes
Probes.................................................................9-3
Ultrasound transmission Gel................................................9-9
Sheaths.........................................................................................9-9
Probe Precautions..................................................................9-10
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe..............................9-12
Biopsy.............................................................. 9-20
Biopsy KIT Components.......................................................9-20
Using the Biopsy Kit...............................................................9-21
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit..............................9-23
Assembling the Biopsy Kit..................................................9-25
Chapter 9 Probes
Probes
The probe is a device that sends and receives ultrasound for acquiring image data. It is also called a Transducer
or Scanhead.The ultrasonographic image scanner uses the image data received by the probe to display
the images of each organ on the screen. For best quality images, select the appropriate probe for the each
application.
The system limits patient contact temperature to 43 degrees Celsius, and acoustic power values to their
respective U.S. FDA limits. A power protection fuse circuit protects against over-current conditions. If the
power monitor protection circuit senses an over-current condition, then the drive current to the probe is shut
off immediately, preventing overheating of the probe surfaces and limiting acoustic output. Validation of the
power protection fuse circuit is performed under normal system operation. For invasive probes, additional
protections are designed to keep patient contact surface temperature under 43 degrees Celsius in the event
of a single fault failure.
Probe List
The ultrasound image scanner uses probes to obtain graphic data of the human body and then displays it
on the screen. Always use application-specific probes in order to obtain the best quality images. It is also
important to configure the probe with the best settings for the particular organ being scanned.
■ Probe Application and Preset

Probes, applications and settings available for this product are as follows:
Probe Application
C2-4/20 Abdomen, Cardiac
C2-5 OB, Gynecology , Abdomen, Fetal Heart, Renal
C2-8 OB, Gynecology , Abdomen, Fetal Heart, Renal
CN2-8 OB, Gynecology, Abdomen, Fetal Heart, Renal
CN4-9 Neonatal, Pediatric, Vascular
L5-12/60 Breast, Small Parts, Vascular, Musculoskeletal
LE5-12 Breast, Small Parts, Vascular, Musculoskeletal
LN5-12 Breast, Small Parts, Vascular, Musculoskeletal
LN5-12/40 Breast, Small Parts, Vascular, Musculoskeletal
EC4-9 OB, Gynecology, Urology
EVN4-9 OB, Gynecology, Urology
9-3
User Manual
NOTE:
XX
Besides, user can have or select own preset between User1-5.
XX
Refer to ‘Chapter3. Starting Diagnosis’ for how to set probe and its preset.
Function list

The modes and functions that can be used according to the probes and applications in the
SONOACE R3 are as follows.
Probe Application HAR PI SCI DMR+ Q Scan ECG
Abdomen O X X X O X
C2-4/20
Cardiac O X X X O X
Abdomen O O X X O X
OB O O X X O X
C2-5 Gynecology O O X X O X
Fetal Heart O O X X O X
Renal O O X X O X
Abdomen O O X X O X
OB O O X X O X
C2-8 Gynecology O O X X O X
Fetal Heart O O X X O X
Renal O O X X O X
Abdomen O X X X O X
OB O X X X O X
CN2-8 Gynecology O X X X O X
Fetal Heart O X X X O X
Renal O X X X O X
Neonatal X X X X O X
CN4-9 Pediatric X X X X O X
Vascular X X X X O X
9-4
Chapter 9 Probes
Probe Application HAR PI SCI DMR+ Q Scan ECG
Breast, X X X X O X
Small Parts X X X X O X
L5-12/60
Musculoskeletal X X X X O X
Breast, X X X X O X
LE5-12
Breast, O X X X O X
Small Parts O X X X O X
LN5-12
Vascular O X X X O X
Musculoskeletal O X X X O X
Breast, X X X X O X
LN5-12/40
OB X X X X O X
EC4-9 Gynecology X X X X O X
Urology X X X X O X
OB O X X X O X
EVN4-9 Gynecology O X X X O X
Urology O X X X O X
9-5
User Manual
Probe Application CM TDI PD TDW CW
Abdomen X X O X X
C2-4/20
Cardiac O X O X X
Abdomen X X O X X
OB X X O X X
C2-5 Gynecology X X O X X
Fetal Heart O X O X X
Renal X X O X X
Abdomen X X O X X
OB X X O X X
C2-8 Gynecology X X O X X
Renal X X O X X
Abdomen X X O X X
OB X X O X X
CN2-8 Gynecology X X O X X
Renal X X O X X
Neonatal X X O X X
CN4-9 Pediatric X X O X X
Vascular X X O X X
Breast, X X O X X
Small Parts X X O X X
L5-12/60
Vascular X X O X X
Musculoskeletal X X O X X
9-6
Chapter 9 Probes
Probe Application CM TDI PD TDW CW
Breast, X X O X X
LE5-12
Vascular X X O X X
Breast, X X O X X
LN5-12
Vascular X X O X X
Breast, X X O X X
LN5-12/40
Vascular X X O X X
OB X X O X X
EC4-9 Gynecology X X O X X
Urology X X O X X
OB X X O X X
EVN4-9 Gynecology X X O X X
Urology X X O X X
9-7
User Manual
TI Table
TI (Thermal Index) is displayed on the title of the screen and shows the estimate of the temperature
increase in specific body tissues. The thermal index consists of the following indices: soft tissue (TIs),
bone (TIb), and cranial bone (Tic). This product will show the TI automatically by the probe and
application. See the following table.
Application
Musculoskeletal
Gynecology
Small Parts
Fetal Heart
Obstetrics
Abdomen
Neonatal
Pediatric
Probe
Vascular
Urology
Cardiac
Breast
Renal
C2-4/20 TIs TIs
C2-5 TIb TIs TIs TIb TIs
C2-8 TIb TIs TIs TIb TIs
CN2-8 TIs TIc TIs
CN4-9 TIb TIs TIs TIb TIs
L5-12/60 TIs TIs TIs TIs
LE5-12 TIs TIs TIs TIs
LN5-12 TIs TIs TIs TIs
LN5-12/40 TIs TIs TIs TIs
EC4-9 TIb TIs TIs
EVN4-9 TIb TIs TIs
9-8
Chapter 9 Probes
Ultrasound transmission Gel

Using an inappropriate ultrasound gel may damage the probe. For proper transmission of the acoustic beam,
only use ultrasound transmission gel only approved by Samsung Medison. Refer to the table of ‘Cleaning and
Disinfecting the Probe’ section this chapter for detail.
CAUTION:
XX
The use of inappropriate ultrasound gels could result in damages in the probe. Using damaged
probe could cause injuries such as electric shock in users or patients.
XX
Do not use ultrasound gels or contact media that contain the following contents.
−− Oils such as mineral oil, cooking oil, gasoline, solvents, rust inhibitors, lanolin, paraffin-based
grease, ester and excessive silicon-based release agent.
−− Alcohols such as acetone, methanol, plasticizer (dioctylphtalate) or denatured alcohols.
−− Glacial acetic acid and iodine.
−− All types of lotions or gels that contain aromatic substances.
Sheaths
Sheaths are recommended for clinical applications of an invasive nature, including intraoperative, transrectal,
transvaginal, and biopsy procedures. Samsung Medison does not supply sheaths so that you should purchase
appropriate ones on your own.
WARNING:
XX
Always keep sheaths in a sterile state.
XX
Sheaths are disposable. Do not reuse them.
XX
If sheaths are torn or soiled after use, wash and disinfect the probe.
XX
In neurosurgical applications, a disinfected probe must be used with sterile gel and a sterile
pyrogen-free sheath.
XX
If the sterile sheath becomes compromised during neurosurgical applications involving a patient
with Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, the probe cannot be successfully sterilized by any disinfection
method.
XX
Some sheaths contain natural rubber latex and talc, which can cause allergic reactions in some
individuals. Please refer to the FDA Medical Alert released on March 29, 1991.
9-9
User Manual
Installing the Sheath

1. Use sterile gloves.
2. Unpack the sheath and fill it with acoustic coupling gel.
3. Insert the probe into the sheath and pull the latex tip to cover the probe completely. If possible,
cover the probe cable as well.
4. Ensure that there is no air bubble within the ultrasound gel.
5. If necessary, secure the sheath to the probe and the probe cable.
6. Dispose of the sheath after use.
Probe Precautions
The probe can easily be damaged by improper use or by contacting certain chemical substances. Always
follow the instructions in the user manual to inspect the probe cable, case and lens before and after each use.
Check for cracks, broken parts, leaks and sharp edges. If there is any damage, immediately stop using the
probe and contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department. Using damaged probes may result
in electric shocks and other hazards to the patients and/or users.
CAUTION:
XX
Do not apply mechanical shock to the probe.
XX
Do not place the probe cable on the floor where the cable can be run over by equipment wheels,
etc. Do not apply excessive force to bend or pull the cable.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into any inappropriate substances such as alcohol, bleach, ammonium
chloride, and hydrogen peroxide.
XX
Do not expose the probe to temperatures of +50°C or higher.
9-10
Chapter 9 Probes
Use and Infection Control of the Probe
WARNING: No neurosurgical treatments or examinations should be carried out on a patient

with Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (critical brain disease caused by virus). If the probe has been
used on such a patient, it cannot be sterilized by any method whatsoever.
CAUTION: Sufficient washing and disinfecting must be carried out for preventing infection.
This is the responsibility of the user who manages and maintains the disinfection procedures
for the equipment. Always use legally approved detergents and sheaths.
The ultrasonographic image scanner uses ultrasound, and it makes direct contact with the patient when
in use. Depending on the types of examinations, such contact can be made to a wide variety of locations
including the ordinary skin or the location of blood transfusion during a surgery.
The most effective method to prevent infection among patients is to use each probe only once. However,
probes may need to be re-used as they are complex in design and expensive. Consequently, protective
devices such as sheaths must be used, and the safety instructions must be followed carefully in order to
minimize the risk of infection among patients.
Electric Shocks
The probe uses electrical energy. If it touches conductive materials, there are risks of electric shocks to the
patient or the user.
WARNING:
XX
Regularly receive short-circuit examination from the Samsung Medison Customer Support
Department.Do not immerse the probe into liquid.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into liquid
XX
Do not drop the probe or apply mechanical shocks.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens and seal for damage, and check for any functional problem
before and after each use.
XX
Do not apply excessive force to twist, pull or bend the probe cable. It may result in a short circuit.
XX
The power protection fuse protects the probe and the product from excess current. If the power
monitoring protection circuit detects excess current, it immediately shuts off the current to the
probe in order to prevent the probe surface from overheating and to restrict the ultrasound
power output.
The temperature of the product for making contact with patients is limited under 43°C. The ultrasound
power output (AP&I) is in compliance with US FDA standards.
9-11
User Manual
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe

Using an inappropriate detergent or disinfectant may damage the probe.
WARNING:
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting probes.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens and seal for damage, and check for any functional problem
after cleaning and disinfecting the probe.
NOTE: Only use the disinfect and disinfectants approved by the country’s government in Canada.
Information of Detergent, Disinfectant, and Ultrasound Gel

Use an appropriate one with following tables. All probes are under tested in IPX 7 Criteria.
Disinfectants
Sani-Cloth Germicidal
Clieanisept Wipes
Sani-Cloth Active
Super Sani-Cloth
Transeptic Spray
Sani-Cloth Plus
Asepti-Wipes II
Sani-Cloth HB
Asepti-Wipes
Incidin Foam
Ster-Bac Blu
CaviWipes 7)
MetriWipes
Septiwipes
Cidex 2%
T-Spray II
T-Spray
Names
Type S S W W W W W L S S W W W W W W L
Ammonium
Quaternary
(N-Alkyl)
IPA
NA
Active Ingredient
C2-4/20
C2-5   
C2-8  
CN2-8   
CN4-9  
L5-12/60  
LE5-12   
LN5-12   
LN5-12/40   
EC4-9   
EVN4-9   
9-12
C2-8
C2-5
Type
EC4-9
CN4-9
CN2-8
LE5-12
Names
LN5-12
EVN4-9
C2-4/20
L5-12/60
LN5-12/40
Active Ingredient
L










Ortho-phthalaldehyde Cidex OPA 2), 3), 6), 7)










Cidex Plus 2), 7)
L
Metricide 2), 7)
L
L Omnicide (28)
Omnicide 14NS
L









Omnicide - FG2
L









Nuclean
Glutaraldehyde
L









Wavicide-01 3)
L
Sekusept Extra
Disinfectants
Salvanios pH 7
L
Salvanios pH10
L
Steranios 2%
S
Surfaces Hautes
L
Nonionic surfactant Sekusept Plus

L










Milton
Chapter 9 Probes
Sodium Hypochlorit
L
Bleach 5.25%
9-13
9-14
C2-8
C2-5
Type
EC4-9
CN4-9
CN2-8
LE5-12
Names
LN5-12
EVN4-9
C2-4/20
L5-12/60
LN5-12/40
Active Ingredient
L
NA Virkon
User Manual



Sporox
Hydrogen Peroxide L

Sporox II
L
Gigasept
Succindialdehyde, formaldehyde
L
Gigasept AF 3)
Disinfectants
Bersteinsaure Gigasept FF
L
Chlorhexidine gluconate solution Hibitane

P
Peracetic Acid PeraSave

Dodecylphenolethoxylate, Sodium
Enzol
Xylene Sulfonate
NA Alkazyme
L








Cidezyme
Proteolytic Enzymes
L
Cleaner





Klenzyme
Isopropyl
L









alcohol(70%)
Alcohol
Isopropyl
L
alcohol(80%)
C2-8
C2-5
Type
EC4-9
CN4-9
CN2-8
LE5-12
Names
LN5-12
EVN4-9
C2-4/20
L5-12/60
LN5-12/40
Active Ingredient
L

Alcohol Ethanol 75%









Propylene Glycol Metrizyme
Cleaner
PCMX L









McKesson
(Chloroxylenol)
G
Ammonium Chlorides Natural Image

G











Aquasonics 100 3)
GE Ultrasound
G
Contact Gel
G
NA Clear Image
Gel
Kendall
G
Scan
G
Wavelength
Chapter 9 Probes
Sonogel
9-15
User Manual
Symbols
Tips!
(1) Compatible but no EPA Registration
(2) FDA 510(k) cleared
(3) Has CE mark
(4) Discontinued
(5) Under Development
(6) ANVISA Registered
(7) Health Canada Approved;
CaviWipes (DIN: 02242209), Cidex OPA (DIN: 02239732),
Cidex Plus (DIN: 02158396), Metricide (DIN: 01963996)
S Spray
W Wipe
L Liquid
P Powder
G Gel
x Not compatible(DO NOT USE)
 Compatible
★ Staining may occur on housing parts; however, the acoustic performance and image qualit are
not affected.
■ Must not be used longer than 5 minutes.
◐ Must not be used longer than 10 minutes.
▲ Must not be used longer than 15 minutes.
◆ Must not be used longer than 20 minutes.
◇ Must not be used longer than 25 minutes.
◎ Must not be used longer than 30 minutes.
▣ Must not be used longer than 50minutes.
Blank Untested (DO NOT USE)
9-16
Chapter 9 Probes
Following is information about manufacturer (or Distributor) of Detergent, Disinfectant, and Ultrasound Gel.
Product Manufacturer or Distributor Telephone number
Aquasonics Parker Co. +1-800-631-8888(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Cidex CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Enzol CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
GIgasept AF S&M(Schulke&mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500(UK)
Gigasept FF S&M(Schulke&mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500(UK)
Isopropyl alcohol (70%) Local drugstore None
Klenzyme Steris Co. +1-800-548-4873(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
Metricide CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
Metrizyme Metrex Research Corp. +1-800-841-1428(USA)
Milton Product & Gamble Australia Pty. Ltd. +61-1800-028-280(Australia)
+1-800-526-3867(USA)
Nuclean Nation Diagonostics Co.
+44(0)-148-264-6020(UK)
Omnicide Cottrell Ltd. +1-800-843-3343 (USA)
Sani-cloth PDI Nice/Pak Products Co. +1-914-365-1602(USA)
Sekusept Extra Henkel Hygiene GmbH. +49-0211-797-0(Germany)
Sporox II Sultan Chemist Inc. +1-800-637-8582(USA)
+1-800-445-6741(USA)
T-Spray CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447(Worldwide)
Virkon Antec International LTD. +1-403-286-1771(USA)
Wavicide Wave Energy System Inc. +1-800-252-1125(USA)
9-17
User Manual
Cleaning
Cleaning is an important procedure that is carried out before disinfecting the probe. The probe must be
cleaned after each use.
CAUTION:
XX
Do not use a surgical brush when cleaning probes. The use of even soft brushes can damage the
probe.
XX
During cleaning and disinfection, keep the parts of the probe that must remain dry higher than
the other parts during wetting until all parts are dry. This will help prevent liquid from entering
non-liquid-tight areas of the probe.
1. Disconnect the probe from the system.
2. Remove any biopsy adapters or biopsy needle guides. (Biopsy adapters are re-usable and can be
disinfected).
3. Discard sheaths. (Sheaths are single-use items).
4. Use a soft cloth lightly dampened with mild soap or compatible cleaning solution to remove any
particulate matter and body fluid that remain on the probe or cable.
5. To remove remaining particulates, rinse with water up to the immersion point.
6. Wipe with a dry cloth.
7. If necessary, wipe first with a water-dampened clothe to remove soap residue.
9-18
Chapter 9 Probes
Disinfection
Only disinfect vaginal and rectal probes. A 10-6 reduction in pathogens should be reached following
the disinfection procedures in this Manual and using the following Samsung Medison recommended
solutions.
WARNING:
XX
If a pre-mixed solution is used, be sure to observe the solution expiration date.
XX
The type of tissue it will contact during use dictates the level of disinfection required for a device.
Ensure that the solution strength and duration of contact are appropriate for disinfection.
CAUTION:
XX
Using a non-recommended disinfectant or not following the recommended disinfection
method can damage and/or discolor the probe and will void the probe warranty.
XX
Do not immerse probes for longer than one hour, unless they are sterilizable.
XX
Only sterilize probes using liquid solutions. Avoid using autoclave, gas (EtO), or other non-
Samsung Medison-approved methods.
1. Follow the instructions on the disinfectant label for storage, use and disposition of the disinfectant.
2. Mix the disinfectant compatible with your probe according to instructions for solution strength.
3. Immerse the probe into the disinfectant as shown in the illustration below.
4. Using the instructions on the disinfectant, rinse the probe after the immersion process is
complete.
5. Air dry the probe or towel it dry with a clean cloth.
[Figure 9.1 Disinfection]
9-19
User Manual
Biopsy
A biopsy is an examination method that surgically extracts tissue from the patient for examination. The probe and
the biopsy kit are used together when conducting a biopsy with the ultrasonographic image scanner.
The ultrasound system shows the needle, which penetrates through the skin surface and veins, along with the
examination location, minimizing the risk to the patient.
Biopsy KIT Components

The biopsy kit consists of the adapter, needle guide and needle. The components vary depending on the
probe type.
[Figure 9.2 Biopsy Kit Components]
Adaptor: Secures the needle guide to the probe tightly.

XX
Needle Guide: Guides the angle (direction) of the needle so that it can reach the examination
XX
location accurately. It also secures the needle so that the needle is not loose.
Needle: This is the needle that is inserted into the patient’s body. The biopsy kit supplied by
XX
Samsung Medison does not contain a needle.
Sheath: Prevents the probe and adaptor from getting soiled by any unwanted substances during
XX
the examination (blood and other body fluids).
Ultrasound Gel: The space between the probe and the sheath is filled with the ultrasound gel to
XX
obtain images of the best quality.
9-20
Chapter 9 Probes
Using the Biopsy Kit

WARNING:
XX
Verify the condition of the biopsy needle before use. Do not use a bent biopsy needle.
XX
The biopsy needle may bend during tissue penetration. The precise location of the needle must
be checked by monitoring the echo generated from the needle.
XX
Never use the biopsy kit to biopsy prostate tissue.
XX
Verify the condition of the biopsy needle before use. Do not use a bent biopsy needle.
Before Using Biopsy Kit

Ultrasonographic scanning using the biopsy kit must be conducted by medical doctors or experienced
medical staff with appropriate qualifications. Always, without fail, verify all safety prevention procedures
and disinfection.
Use only Samsung Medison-approved biopsy kits. Other bands may not properly fit Samsung Medison
probes. Improper installation may result in patient discomfort.
Inspect all components. Ensure that the biopsy kit you are using is the correct one for the probe, the system,
and system software.
WARNING:
XX
Do not attempt to use the biopsy until you read the instructions for installing the sheath and
verifying alignment of the needle guide.
XX
Always ensure that the probe and the needle guide are secured on both the left and the
right.
XX
Do not use in IVF, CVS, or PUBS procedures.
Biopsy Procedure
The system generates a needle guideline though the displayed real-time ultrasound images to indicate
the anticipated path of the needle. You can use this guideline to ensure that the needle or instrument
is following the correct path.
1. Ready the patient according to the procedure appropriate for the examination objectives.
2. Install the sheath and the biopsy kit.
3. Set the system controls for the biopsy procedure.If necessary, apply acoustic gel to the patient.
4. Begin scanning the patient. Adjust the patient so that the location for examination fits into the
needle guideline on the screen.
9-21
User Manual
5. Insert the needle into the needle guide. Perform the puncture by sliding the needle through the
groove in the guide until the needle intercepts the target.
6. To keep the needle securely in the needle guide, press down on the top of the biopsy adapter with
your index finger.
7. When the examination location is reached, take the needle out of the needle guide.
8. Detach the needle guide, adapter and sheath from the probe.
9. Dispose of the components that are not designed for reuse.
Needle Guide Alignment

Alignment of the needle guide displayed on the system is for the purpose of verifying whether the needle
and the needle guide are properly installed. This must be done prior to the biopsy examination. Do not use
the needle guide if the needle is not following the intended path. Contact Samsung Medison Customer
Service Department for service.
Reverberation or other tissue artifacts may produce false needle images which can cause confusion. Ensure
the needle path is along the guideline, and that you are not using a false needle image to locate the needle.
WARNING:
XX
The needle used for this alignment verification must not be used for the actual procedure.
Always use a new, sterile needle for each biopsy procedure.
XX
To assist in accurate projection of the needle, use a straight, new needle for each alignment
procedure.
1. Attach the biopsy kit.
2. Set the system depth for the procedure to be performed and select the Biopsy menu.
3. Immerse the probe into the water bath, and insert the needle into the needle guide.
4. Confirm that the needle image is on the needle guidelines. If so, the needle guide is properly aligned.
5. If the needle image is out of the needle guideline, check the needle guide or the probe adapter.
9-22
Chapter 9 Probes
Cleaning and Disinfecting Biopsy Kit

Wash and disinfect the biopsy kit to reduce pathogens to the level of 10-6. Some components of the biopsy kit
may be disposable. Please read the biopsy kit user manual carefully before use.
Refer to the table of ‘Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe’ section in this chapter for detail.
WARNING: Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting biopsy kit.
Cleaning and disinfection of stainless steel biopsy kit
Cleaning

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.
2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable.
3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the biopsy kit.
4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.
Disinfection

1. Disinfect the adapter by autoclaving (Steam) or using gas (Ethylene Oxide).
2. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method
used. (Please refer to the disinfection user manual, etc.)
3. Inspect the biopsy kit for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is evident,
discontinue use of the biopsy kit and contact Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
9-23
User Manual
Cleaning and Disinfection of plastic biopsy kit
Cleaning

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.
2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable. Discard the single-use parts.
These parts cannot be disinfected.
3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the reusable components.
4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.
Disinfection

CAUTION: Plastic biopsy kits can only be disinfected using a chemically compatible cold-
disinfectant. Disinfection by autoclaving or by using gas or radiation will cause damage to these
parts.
1. Please refer to the user manual of the disinfectant for storage, use, and disposition of the
disinfectant.
2. Check the disinfection duration (generally 10 hours) and temperature of the disinfectant.
3. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method
used.
4. Inspect the components for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is evident,
discontinue use of the biopsy kit and contact Samsung Medison Customer Service Department.
9-24
Chapter 9 Probes
Assembling the Biopsy Kit
C2-5 Biopsy Guide (Plastic)
Biopsy Specifications

Model Name BP-KIT-045
Biopsy Bracket 1 EA
Needle Guide(16G) 6 EA
Component Needle Guide(18G) 6 EA
Material Acetal Copolymer
Available Gauges 16G, 18G, 20G, 22G
Installation

1. Mount the adapter onto the probe.
2. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath all the way down to the Adapter.
9-25
User Manual
3. Mount the needle guide for the desired gauge onto the adaptor.
4. Install the needle into the needle guide.
9-26
Chapter 9 Probes
C2-5 Biopsy Guide (Metal)

Model name BP-KIT-042
Biopsy Bracket 1 EA
Component Needle Guide(18G) 6 EA
Material Stainless Steel
Installation

9-27
User Manual
9-28
Chapter 9 Probes
C2-8 Biopsy Guide

Component
Biopsy Bracket 1 EA
Needle Guide 24 EA
Installation

9-29
User Manual
9-30
Chapter 9 Probes
CN2-8 Biopsy Guide

Adapter 1 EA
Component
Verification KIT 1 EA
User Manual 1 EA
Available Gauges 16G, 18G, 22G
Installation

9-31
User Manual
9-32
Chapter 9 Probes
L5-12/60 Biopsy Guide

Adapter 1 EA
Component
Verification KIT 1 EA
User Manual 1 EA
Installation

9-33
User Manual
3. Secure the Needle Guide Clip.
4. Insert the needle into the needle guide for use.
9-34
Chapter 9 Probes
LE5-12 Biopsy Guide

Component Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Installation

9-35
User Manual
9-36
Chapter 9 Probes
LN5-12 Biopsy Guide

Component Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Installation

9-37
User Manual
9-38
Chapter 9 Probes
LN5-12/40 Biopsy Guide

Component
Adapter 1 EA
Needle Guide 24 EA
Installation

9-39
User Manual
9-40
Chapter 9 Probes
EC4-9 Biopsy guide

Component
Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Sheath 2 EA
Material Stainless
Available Gauges 16G
Installation

1. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath all the way down to the adapter. And
then tie with a rubber band.
2. Mount the adapter onto the probe
3. Place the sheath again and tie with the rubber band at a lower point then in step 1.
4. Install the needle into the needle guide for use.
9-41
User Manual
EVN4-9 Biopsy Guide

Component
Biopsy Adapter 1 EA
Sheath 2 EA
Material Stainless
Available Gauges 16G
Installation

1. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath all the way down to the adapter. And
then tie with a rubber band.
2. Mount the adapter onto the probe
3. Place the sheath again and tie with the rubber band at a lower point then in step 1.
4. Install the needle into the needle guide for use.
9-42
SAMSUNG MEDISON
SONOACE R3
Reference Manual
SAMSUNG MEDISON
Version 2.01
SONOACE R3
Reference Manual
English
Table of Contents
PART 1. OB REFERENCE BESSIS 27

CFEF 27
OB REFERENCE 6 CROWN-RUMP LENGTH (CRL)

KOREAN 28
ROBINSON 28
Gestational Age Formula and Table List 6 HANSMANN 28
SHINOZUKA 30
NELSON 31
ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE (AC)
HADLOCK 31
KOREAN 6
OSAKA 33
HADLOCK 6
ASUM(SCW) 33
HANSMANN 7
REMPEN 34
MERZ 8
JEANTY 10
SHINOZUKA 10 FEMUR LENGTH (FL)
CHITTY (D) 11 KOREAN 34
CHITTY (M) 12 HADLOCK 35
CAMPBELL 12 MERZ 35
ASUM(SCW) 13 HANSMANN 36
CFEF 13 HOHLER 37
JEANTY 37
SHINOZUKA 38
BIPARIETAL DIAMETER (BPD)
OSAKA 39
KOREAN 14
CHITTY 42
HANSMANN 14
CAMPBELL 43
HADLOCK 16
ASUM(SCW) 44
MERZ 16
BESSIS 44
JEANTY 18
CFEF 44
SABBAGHA 19
SHINOZUKA 19
OSAKA 20 ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD)
CHITTY (OUT-IN) 23 HANSMANN 45
CHITTY (OUT-OUT) 25
CAMPBELL 26 ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD) AND
KURTZ 26 THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD)
ASUM(SCW) 27 SHINOZUKA 46
Reference Manual 2
THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD) ULNA

HANSMANN 47 JEANTY 59
MERZ 60
GESTATIONAL SAC (GS)
KOREAN 47 HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (HC)
HANSMANN 48 KOREAN 61
HELLMAN 48 HANSMANN 61
NYBERG 48 HADLOCK 62
TOKYO 48 MERZ 63
CHITTY (D) 65
OCCIPITAL FRONTAL DIAMETER (OFD) CHITTY (M) 66
HANSMANN 49 CAMPBELL 67
ASUM(SCW) 50 ASUM(SCW) 67
KOREAN 50 CFEF 68
MERZ 51
FETAL AGE TABLE (FTA)
OUTER OCULAR DISTANCE (OOD) OSAKA 68
JENATY 51
CLAVICLE (CLAV)
HUMERUS (HUM) YARKONI 71
JENATY 52
KOREAN 53 LENGTH OF VERTEBRAL (VERTEBRAL)
MERZ 54 TOKYO 72
OSAKA 55
ASUM(SCW) 55 RADIUS LENGTH (RAD)
MERZ 72
TIBIA (TIB)
JENATY 56 MEAN ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (MAD)
MERZ 57 EIK-NESSH 73
CEREBELLUM MID CEREBRAL ARTERY(MCA)-RESISTANCE INDEX(RI)

HILL 58 SHINOZUKA 74
CHITTY 58
GOLDSTEIN 59 MID CEREBRAL ARTERY(MCA)-PULSATILITY INDEX(PI)
SHINOZUKA 74
Reference Manual 3
UMBILICAL ARTERY(UMA)-RESISTANCE INDEX(RI) Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference 80

SHINOZUKA 75
UMBILICAL ARTERY(UMA)- PULSATILITY INDEX(PI) ESTIMATE FETAL WEIGHT (EFW)

SHINOZUKA 75 BRENNER 80
DOUBILET 81
OSAKA 81
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (APD)
HADLOCK 83
HANSMANN 76
SHINOZUKA 83
BESSIS 76
WILLIAMS 84
TRANSVERSE ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (TAD)

CFEF 76
PART 2. OTHER REFERENCE
HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE(HC) / ABDOMINAL
CIRCUMFERENCE(AC)
Campbell 77 CARDIOLOGY REFERENCE 85
Estimated Fetal Weight Formula 78 Cardiology 2D 85

BSA(Body Surface Area) 85
METHODS USING Simpson’s method 85
BPD, AC 78 LV Vol. (A/L) 85
BPD, FL, FTA 78 Stroke Volume (SV) 85
BPD, APTD, TTD, FL 78 Stroke Volume Index(SI) 85
BPD, APTD, TTD, SL 78 Cardiac Output (CO) 85
BPD, TTD 78 Cardiac Index (CI) 85
AC, FL 79 Ejection Fraction (EF) 86
BPD, AC, FL 79
HC, AC, FL 79
BPD, HC, AC, FL 79
2D Measure 86
AC 80
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 86
BPD, APTD, TTD 80
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 86
LV Mass 86
Fraction Shortening (FS) 86
LV Mass 87
Reference Manual 4
Cardiology M mode 88 UROLOGY REFERENCE 95

Resistivity Index 95
Left Ventricle 88
Pulsatility Index 95
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 88
SD (Ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 95
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 89
Pressure Gradient 95
Stroke Volume (SV) 89
Volume Flow (Area) 96
Stroke Volume Index(SI) 89
Volume Flow (Dist.) 96
Cardiac Output (CO) 89
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances) 96
Cardiac Index (CI) 89
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor) 96
Ejection Fraction (EF) 89
Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid) 96
Fraction Shortening (FS) 89
Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks) 96
LV Mass 89
Prostate Spec. Antigen 96
LV Mass Index 89
Residual Volume 96
MV (Mitral Valve) 90
%STA 96
Ao/LA 90
%STD 96
Cardiology C mode 91
FETAL ECHO REFERENCE 97
AoV Regurg, MV Regurg, TV Regurg, PV Regurg 91
Stroke Volume (SV) 97
Cardiac Output (CO) 97
Cardiology Doppler 92 Ejection Fraction (EF) 97
Cardio-Thorax Area Ratio (CTAR) 97
Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve 92 LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 97
Aortic Valve, LVOT Doppler 93 LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 97
LV Mass 98
Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter 98
VASCULAR REFERENCE 94 Resistivity Index 98
Resistivity Index 94
Preload Index 98
Pressure Gradient 94
%STA 95
%STD 95
Volume Flow(Area) 95
Volume Flow(Dist.) 95
Reference Manual 5
PART 3. ACOUSTIC POWER TABLES FDA Tables 118

Symbols and Definitions 118
ACOUSTIC POWER TABLES 99 Explanatory Notes 119
C2-4/20 120
C2-5 121
IEC 60601-2-37 Tables 99 C2-8 123
CN2-8 124
Symbols and Definitions 99 CN4-9 126
Explanatory Notes 100 EC4-9 127
C2-4/20 101 EVN4-9 129
C2-5 102 L5-12/60 130
C2-8 104 LE5-12 132
CN2-8 105 LN5-12 133
CN4-9 107 LN5-12/40 135
EC4-9 108
EVN4-9 110
L5-12/60 111 Patient-Applied Part Temperature Table 136
LE5-12 113
LN5-12 114
LN5-12/40 116
Reference Manual 6
OB Reference Age (W)

12
Growth (cm)
5.932
±SD (cm)
0.794
Age (W)
32
Growth (cm)
27.738
±SD (cm)
0.799
16 10.793 0.728 34 29.578 0.771
Gestational Age Formula and Table List 20 15.086 0.742 36 31.731 0.583
24 19.300 1.258 38 33.514 0.370
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : KOREAN 28 23.988 0.870 40 34.490 1.608
GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : HADLOCK
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995
GA = 7.403506 + 0.76191 × AC + 0.004492304 × AC2 GA Table
Output Unit : w(weeks) Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted
Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501. (Biometric Age
Input Unit : cm
and Growth Equations)
Min Range : 5.9 cm
GA = 8.14 + 0.753 × AC + 0.0036 × AC2
Max Range : 35.2 cm
Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
Fetal Growth Table
Min Range : 4.83cm
Max Range : 38.04 cm
Standard Deviation :
AC = 13.554085 x MA - 0.059973 x MA2 - 94.588168 (Unit: mm)
Output Unit : cm
Min (w) Max (w) ±2SD Min (w) Max (w) ±2SD
Input Unit : w(week)
12 18 1.66 30 36 2.96
Min Range : 12w
18 24 2.06 36 42 3.04
Max Range : 40w
24 30 2.18
Reference Manual 7
Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table

Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501. (Biometric Age Gynecology” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.
GA (W) Growth (cm) GA (W) Growth (cm)
Graph = 1.61 x MA - 0.00998 x MA2 - 13.3
12 5.30 27 20.20
Output Unit : cm
13 6.30 28 21.10
Input Unit : w(weeks)
14 7.50 29 22.20
Min Range : 12 w
Max Range : 40 w 15 8.50 30 23.00
Standard Deviation: 2SD = 2.68 cm 16 9.70 31 24.00

17 10.70 32 24.90
Min Range (cm) Max Range (cm) SD (cm) 18 11.60 33 25.80
0 100 1.34 19 12.60 34 26.80
20 13.50 35 27.70
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : HANSMANN 21 14.50 36 28.70
22 15.50 37 29.60
GA Table
23 16.50 38 30.60
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431. 24 17.30 39 31.50
25 18.30 40 32.00
AC (cm) GA (W) AC (cm) GA (W) AC (cm) GA (W) AC (cm) GA (W)
26 19.10
5.30 12w 13.50 20w 20.20 27w 26.80 34w
6.30 13w 14.50 21w 21.10 28w 27.70 35w
7.50 14w 15.50 22w 22.20 29w 28.70 36w
8.50 15w 16.50 23w 23.00 30w 29.60 37w
9.70 16w 17.30 24w 24.00 31w 30.60 38w
10.70 17w 18.30 25w 24.90 32w 31.50 39w
11.60 18w 19.10 26w 25.80 33w 32.00 40w
12.60 19w
Reference Manual 8
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : MERZ Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
9.40 15w5d 14w3d 17w1d 24.20 29w6d 27w6d 31w5d
GA Table
9.60 15w6d 14w4d 17w2d 24.40 30w0d 28w1d 31w6d
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Text book
9.80 16w1d 14w6d 17w4d 24.60 30w1d 28w2d 32w1d
and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
10.00 16w2d 14w6d 17w5d 24.80 30w3d 28w3d 32w2d
Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
10.20 16w4d 15w1d 17w6d 25.00 30w4d 28w4d 32w4d
5.60 12w1d 10w6d 13w2d 20.40 26w1d 24w3d 27w6d
10.40 16w5d 15w2d 18w1d 25.20 30w6d 28w6d 32w5d
5.80 12w2d 11w1d 13w4d 20.60 26w3d 24w4d 28w1d
10.60 16w6d 15w4d 18w2d 25.40 30w6d 29w0d 32w6d
6.00 12w4d 11w2d 13w5d 20.80 26w4d 24w6d 28w2d
10.80 17w1d 15w5d 18w3d 25.60 31w1d 29w1d 33w1d
6.20 12w5d 11w4d 13w6d 21.00 26w6d 25w0d 28w4d
11.00 17w2d 15w6d 18w4d 25.80 31w2d 29w3d 33w2d
6.40 12w6d 11w5d 14w1d 21.20 27w0d 25w1d 28w5d
11.20 17w3d 16w0d 18w6d 26.00 31w4d 29w4d 33w4d
6.60 13w1d 11w6d 14w2d 21.40 27w1d 25w2d 28w6d
11.40 17w4d 16w1d 19w0d 26.20 31w5d 29w5d 33w5d
6.80 13w2d 12w0d 14w4d 21.60 27w2d 25w4d 29w1d
11.60 17w6d 16w3d 19w1d 26.40 31w6d 29w6d 33w6d
7.00 13w4d 12w1d 14w5d 21.80 27w4d 25w5d 29w2d
11.80 18w0d 16w4d 19w3d 26.60 32w1d 30w1d 34w1d
7.20 13w4d 12w3d 14w6d 22.00 27w5d 25w6d 29w4d
12.00 18w1d 16w6d 19w4d 26.80 32w2d 30w2d 34w2d
7.40 13w6d 12w4d 15w1d 22.20 27w6d 26w1d 29w5d
12.20 18w3d 17w0d 19w6d 27.00 32w4d 30w4d 34w4d
7.60 14w0d 12w6d 15w2d 22.40 28w1d 26w2d 29w6d
12.40 18w4d 17w1d 20w0d 27.20 32w5d 30w4d 34w5d
7.80 14w1d 12w6d 15w4d 22.60 28w2d 26w3d 30w1d
12.60 18w6d 17w2d 20w1d 27.40 32w6d 30w6d 34w6d
8.00 14w3d 13w1d 15w5d 22.80 28w4d 26w4d 30w2d
12.80 19w0d 17w4d 20w3d 27.60 33w0d 31w0d 35w1d
8.20 14w4d 13w2d 15w6d 23.00 28w5d 26w6d 30w4d
13.00 19w1d 17w5d 20w4d 27.80 33w1d 31w1d 35w2d
8.40 14w6d 13w4d 16w1d 23.20 28w6d 27w0d 30w5d
13.20 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 28.00 33w3d 31w3d 35w4d
8.60 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 23.40 29w0d 27w1d 30w6d
13.40 19w4d 18w0d 21w0d 28.20 33w4d 31w4d 35w5d
8.80 15w1d 13w6d 16w4d 23.60 29w1d 27w3d 31w1d
13.60 19w5d 18w1d 21w1d 28.40 33w6d 31w5d 35w6d
9.00 15w3d 14w0d 16w5d 23.80 29w3d 27w4d 31w2d
13.80 19w6d 18w3d 21w3d 28.60 34w0d 31w6d 36w1d
9.20 15w4d 14w1d 16w6d 24.00 29w4d 27w5d 31w4d
14.00 20w1d 18w4d 21w4d 28.80 34w1d 32w1d 36w2d
Reference Manual 9
Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (w) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
14.20 20w2d 18w6d 21w6d 29.00 34w3d 32w2d 36w4d 19.00 24w6d 23w1d 26w4d 33.80 38w6d 36w5d 41w1d
15.40 21w3d 19w6d 23w0d 30.20 35w4d 33w3d 37w4d 20.20 26w0d 24w2d 27w6d
15.60 21w4d 20w1d 23w1d 30.40 35w5d 33w4d 37w6d
15.80 21w6d 20w1d 23w3d 30.60 35w6d 33w5d 38w0d Fetal Growth Table
16.00 22w0d 20w3d 23w4d 30.80 36w1d 33w6d 38w1d E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook
16.20 22w1d 20w4d 23w6d 31.00 36w2d 34w1d 38w3d
Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
16.40 22w3d 20w6d 24w0d 31.20 36w4d 34w2d 38w4d
12 5.80 4.00 7.60 27 21.20 18.70 23.80
16.60 22w4d 21w0d 24w1d 31.40 36w4d 34w4d 38w6d
13 6.80 5.00 8.70 28 22.30 19.70 24.80
16.80 22w6d 21w1d 24w3d 31.60 36w6d 34w4d 39w0d
14 7.90 6.00 9.80 29 23.30 20.70 25.90
17.00 23w0d 21w2d 24w4d 31.80 37w0d 34w6d 39w1d
15 8.90 6.90 10.90 30 24.30 21.70 27.00
17.20 23w1d 21w4d 24w6d 32.00 37w1d 35w0d 39w3d
16 9.90 7.90 11.90 31 25.30 22.70 28.00
17.40 23w2d 21w5d 25w0d 32.20 37w3d 35w1d 39w4d
17 11.00 8.90 13.00 32 26.40 23.70 29.10
17.60 23w4d 21w6d 25w1d 32.40 37w4d 35w3d 39w6d
18 12.00 9.90 14.10 33 27.40 24.60 30.20
17.80 23w5d 22w1d 25w3d 32.60 37w6d 35w4d 40w0d
19 13.00 10.80 15.20 34 28.40 25.60 31.20
18.00 23w6d 22w1d 25w4d 32.80 38w0d 35w5d 40w1d
20 14.00 11.80 16.20 35 29.50 26.60 32.30
18.20 24w1d 22w3d 25w6d 33.00 38w1d 35w6d 40w3d
21 15.10 12.80 17.30 36 30.50 27.60 33.40
18.40 24w2d 22w4d 26w0d 33.20 38w3d 36w1d 40w4d
22 16.10 13.80 18.40 37 31.50 28.60 34.40
18.60 24w4d 22w6d 26w1d 33.40 38w4d 36w2d 40w6d
23 17.10 14.80 19.50 38 32.50 29.60 35.50
18.80 24w5d 23w0d 26w3d 33.60 38w5d 36w4d 41w0d
24 18.20 15.80 20.50 39 33.60 30.60 36.50
Reference Manual 10
Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Abdominal Circumference (AC) : SHINOZUKA
25 19.20 16.70 21.60 40 34.60 31.60 37.60
GA Table
26 20.20 17.70 22.70
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : JEANTY
AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
Fetal Growth Table 10.0 15w3d 1w1d 22.0 27w3d 1w5d
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics 10.5 16w0d 1w1d 22.5 28w0d 1w5d
and Gynecology.” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p179 11.0 16w4d 1w1d 23.0 28w4d 1w5d
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) 11.5 17w0d 1w1d 23.5 29w0d 1w5d
12 5.70 3.50 8.00 27 21.50 19.30 23.80 12.0 17w4d 1w2d 24.0 29w4d 1w6d
13 6.70 4.50 9.00 28 22.50 20.30 24.80 12.5 18w0d 1w2d 24.5 30w1d 1w6d
14 7.70 5.50 10.00 29 23.50 21.30 25.70 13.0 18w4d 1w2d 25.0 30w5d 1w6d
15 8.80 6.50 11.00 30 24.40 22.20 26.70 13.5 19w0d 1w2d 25.5 31w2d 1w6d
16 9.80 7.60 12.00 31 25.40 23.10 27.60 14.0 19w4d 1w2d 26.0 31w6d 1w6d
17 10.90 8.60 13.10 32 26.20 24.00 28.50 14.5 20w0d 1w2d 26.5 32w3d 1w6d
18 11.90 9.70 14.20 33 27.10 24.80 29.30 15.0 20w3d 1w3d 27.0 33w1d 1w6d
19 13.00 10.80 15.20 34 27.90 25.60 30.10 15.5 21w0d 1w3d 27.5 33w5d 2w0d
20 14.10 11.90 16.30 35 28.60 26.40 30.90 16.0 21w3d 1w3d 28.0 34w2d 2w0d
21 15.20 12.90 17.40 36 29.30 27.10 31.60 16.5 22w0d 1w3d 28.5 35w0d 2w0d
22 16.30 14.00 18.50 37 30.00 27.80 32.20 17.0 22w3d 1w3d 29.0 35w4d 2w0d
23 17.30 15.10 19.60 38 30.60 28.30 32.80 17.5 22w6d 1w3d 29.5 36w2d 2w0d
24 18.40 16.20 20.60 39 31.10 28.90 33.30 18.0 23w3d 1w4d 30.0 37w0d 2w0d
25 19.50 17.20 21.70 40 31.60 29.40 33.80 18.5 23w6d 1w4d 30.5 37w5d 2w0d
26 20.50 18.30 22.70 19.0 24w3d 1w4d 31.0 38w2d 2w1d
Reference Manual 11
AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CHITTY (D)
19.5 24w6d 1w4d 31.5 39w0d 2w1d
Fetal Growth Table
20.0 25w3d 1w4d 32.0 39w6d 2w1d
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al. : Charts of fetal size: 3. Abdominal measurements Bri. J Obstet &
20.5 25w6d 1w4d 32.5 40w4d 2w1d
Gyn. Vol 101, 125-131, 1994
21.0 26w3d 1w5d 33.0 41w2d 2w1d
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
21.5 27w0d 1w5d
12 5.58 5.05 6.11 28 23.06 21.29 24.82
13 6.74 6.13 7.35 29 24.06 22.22 25.90
Fetal Growth Table
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” 14 7.89 7.20 8.57 30 25.04 23.13 26.96
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 15 9.03 8.27 9.79 31 26.01 24.02 28.01
Age (wd) Growth (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) 16 10.16 9.33 11.00 32 26.97 24.90 29.04
16w3d 10.90 9.50 12.40 30 w3d 24.70 22.20 27.10 17 11.29 10.38 12.21 33 27.91 25.76 30.06
17 w3d 12.00 10.40 13.50 31 w3d 25.60 23.00 28.10 18 12.41 11.42 13.40 34 28.84 26.61 31.06
18 w3d 13.00 11.40 14.60 32 w3d 26.50 23.80 29.00 19 13.52 12.45 14.59 35 29.75 27.45 32.05
19 w3d 14.00 12.30 15.70 33 w3d 27.30 24.50 29.90 20 14.62 13.48 15.77 36 30.64 28.26 33.02
20 w3d 15.10 13.30 16.80 34 w3d 28.10 25.30 30.70 21 15.72 14.49 16.94 37 31.52 29.06 33.97
21 w3d 16.10 14.20 17.80 35 w3d 28.90 26.00 31.60 22 16.80 15.50 18.10 38 32.38 29.84 34.91
22 w3d 17.10 15.10 18.90 36 w3d 29.70 26.60 32.40 23 17.87 16.49 19.25 39 33.22 30.61 35.83
23 w3d 18.10 16.10 20.00 37 w3d 30.40 27.30 33.20 24 18.93 17.48 20.39 40 34.04 31.35 36.73
24 w3d 19.10 17.00 21.10 38 w3d 31.10 27.90 34.00 25 19.98 18.45 21.51 41 34.84 32.08 37.61
25 w3d 20.10 17.90 22.10 39 w3d 31.80 28.50 34.70 26 21.02 19.41 22.63 42 35.63 32.78 38.47
26 w3d 21.00 18.80 23.10 40 w3d 32.40 29.10 35.40 27 22.04 20.36 23.73
27 w3d 22.00 19.70 24.20 41 w3d 33.00 29.60 36.10

28 w3d 22.90 20.50 25.20 42 w3d 33.60 30.10 36.70
29 w3d 23.80 21.40 26.10
Reference Manual 12
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CHITTY (M) Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CAMPBELL
Fetal Growth Table GA Table

Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al. : Charts of fetal size: 3. Abdominal measurements Bri. J Obstet & Campbell Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris Birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital
Gyn. Vol 101, 125-131, 1994
AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) AC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
12 5.89 5.13 6.66 28 23.90 22.20 25.61 10.10 15w0d 02w1d 25.30 29w0d 02w6d
13 7.08 6.26 7.91 29 24.93 23.17 26.70 11.20 16w0d 02w1d 26.40 30w0d 03w0d
14 8.27 7.38 9.15 30 25.95 24.13 27.77 12.30 17w0d 02w1d 27.50 31w0d 03w1d
15 9.44 8.50 10.38 31 26.95 25.07 28.83 13.40 18w0d 02w1d 28.60 32w0d 03w1d
16 10.61 9.61 11.61 32 27.94 26.00 29.88 14.50 19w0d 02w1d 29.70 33w0d 03w4d
17 11.77 10.71 12.83 33 28.91 26.92 30.91 15.60 20w0d 02w2d 30.80 34w0d 04w0d
18 12.93 11.81 14.04 34 29.87 27.81 31.92 16.70 21w0d 02w2d 31.70 35w0d 04w2d
19 14.07 12.90 15.25 35 30.81 28.69 32.92 17.80 22w0d 02w2d 32.50 36w0d 04w2d
20 15.21 13.97 16.44 36 31.73 29.56 33.90 18.80 23w0d 02w3d 33.10 37w0d 04w2d
21 16.33 15.04 17.63 37 32.63 30.40 34.86 19.90 24w0d 02w4d 33.80 38w0d 04w2d
22 17.45 16.10 18.80 38 33.52 31.23 35.81 21.00 25w0d 02w5d 34.40 39w0d 04w2d
23 18.55 17.14 19.97 39 34.39 32.04 36.74 22.10 26w0d 02w5d 35.00 40w0d 04w2d
24 19.65 18.18 21.12 40 35.24 32.83 37.64 23.10 27w0d 02w6d
25 20.73 19.20 22.26 41 36.07 33.60 38.53
26 21.80 20.22 23.39 42 36.88 34.36 39.40 Fetal Growth Table
27 22.86 21.21 24.50 Chitty, L., Campbell, S., “Charts of Fetal Size : Abdominal measurements,”
British J of OB and Gyn., February 1994, vol. 101, ppl 125-131, Table1.
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm)
12w0d 6.00 22w0d 17.03 32w0d 27.98
Reference Manual 13
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm)
13w0d 7.02 23w0d 18.51 33w0d 29.21 19 140.00 15.00 35 315.00 30.00
14w0d 8.43 24w0d 19.54 34w0d 30.14 20 151.00 15.00 36 325.00 35.00
15w0d 9.43 25w0d 20.46 35w0d 31.09 21 164.00 20.00 37 333.00 35.00
16w0d 10.96 26w0d 21.54 36w0d 31.85 22 176.00 20.00 38 342.00 35.00
17w0d 11.75 27w0d 22.62 37w0d 32.94 23 186.00 20.00 39 356.00 35.00
18w0d 13.06 28w0d 24.12 38w0d 33.10 24 201.00 20.00 40 362.00 35.00
19w0d 14.44 29w0d 25.35 39w0d 34.26 25 212.00 20.00 41 367.00 35.00
20w0d 15.20 30w0d 26.22 40w0d 36.04 26 223.00 25.00
21w0d 16.53 31w0d 27.30 41w0d 36.89
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CFEF
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : ASUM(SCW)
Fetal Growth Table
Fetal Growth Table J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
May 2001) Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
11 52.00 10.00 27 230.00 25.00 15 9.50 8.53 10.44 28 23.44 21.51 25.36
12 63.00 10.00 28 242.00 25.00 16 10.64 9.61 11.68 29 24.40 22.40 26.40
13 74.00 10.00 29 259.00 25.00 17 11.80 10.68 12.90 30 25.36 23.28 27.42
14 84.00 10.00 30 262.00 25.00 18 12.92 11.74 14.10 31 26.30 24.16 28.42
15 96.00 10.00 31 272.00 30.00 19 14.04 12.80 15.30 32 27.22 25.00 29.43
16 106.00 10.00 32 283.00 30.00 20 15.14 13.80 16.47 33 28.12 25.84 30.40
17 120.00 15.00 33 294.00 30.00 21 16.23 14.82 17.63 34 29.02 26.67 31.38
18 131.00 15.00 34 305.00 30.00 22 17.30 15.82 18.78 35 29.88 27.47 32.33
Reference Manual 14
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
23 18.36 16.82 19.90 36 30.74 28.26 33.25 12 1.970 0.219 32 8.122 0.263
24 19.40 17.78 21.03 37 31.60 29.03 34.17 16 3.483 0.213 34 8.496 0.244
25 20.44 18.73 22.13 38 32.47 29.80 35.07 20 4.783 0.231 36 8.849 0.225
26 21.45 19.67 23.23 39 33.24 30.53 35.96 24 5.978 0.287 38 9.093 0.121
27 22.45 20.60 24.30 40 33.90 31.10 36.70 28 7.164 0.256 40 9.401 0.188
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : KOREAN Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : HANSMANN
GA Table GA Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational Hansmann, Hackeloer, Stauch, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology”
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986. p.440
GA = 1.20007 x BPD + 0.2076 × BPD2 + 9.209216 BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
2.90 13w3d 12w2d 14w3d 6.80 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
Input Unit : cm
3.00 13w5d 12w5d 14w5d 6.90 26w1d 24w6d 27w4d
Min Range : 1.9 cm
3.10 14w0d 12w6d 15w1d 7.00 26w3d 25w0d 27w6d
Max Range : 9.4 cm
3.20 14w2d 13w2d 15w3d 7.10 26w5d 25w2d 28w3d
3.30 14w4d 13w3d 15w6d 7.20 27w1d 25w4d 28w4d
Fetal Growth Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational 3.40 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 7.30 27w3d 26w0d 29w2d
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 3.50 15w2d 14w1d 16w3d 7.40 27w6d 26w1d 29w4d
BPD = 5.106104 x MA - 0.046719 x MA2 - 35.053334 (Unit: mm) 3.60 15w4d 14w3d 16w6d 7.50 28w1d 26w3d 29w6d
Output Unit : cm 3.70 16w0d 14w6d 17w1d 7.60 28w4d 26w5d 30w2d
Input Unit : w(week) 3.80 16w2d 15w0d 17w4d 7.70 28w6d 27w1d 30w5d
Min Range : 12w
3.90 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 7.80 29w2d 27w2d 31w3d
Max Range : 40w
4.00 17w0d 15w5d 18w1d 7.90 29w5d 27w3d 32w0d
Reference Manual 15
BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
4.40 18w1d 16w6d 19w3d 8.30 31w2d 29w0d 33w5d
4.60 18w6d 17w4d 20w1d 8.50 32w2d 29w6d 34w4d Hansmann, Hackeloer, Stauch, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and Gynecology”
Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986. p.176
4.70 19w1d 17w6d 20w4d 8.60 32w5d 30w1d 35w1d
4.80 19w3d 18w0d 20w6d 8.70 33w2d 30w2d 36w1d
12 2.00 2.00 2.00 27 7.10 6.60 7.70
4.90 19w5d 18w1d 21w1d 8.80 33w5d 31w0d 36w3d
13 2.40 1.90 2.90 28 7.40 6.80 8.00
5.00 20w0d 18w4d 21w1d 8.90 34w2d 31w4d 37w0d
14 2.80 2.30 3.20 29 7.70 7.10 8.30
5.10 20w3d 19w0d 21w6d 9.00 34w5d 32w0d 37w3d
15 3.20 2.70 3.50 30 8.00 7.30 8.60
5.20 20w5d 19w2d 22w1d 9.10 35w1d 32w1d 38w5d
16 3.50 3.10 3.90 31 8.20 7.50 8.80
5.30 21w0d 19w3d 22w4d 9.20 35w6d 33w2d 39w2d
17 3.80 3.40 4.20 32 8.50 7.80 9.10
5.40 21w3d 20w0d 22w6d 9.30 36w5d 33w5d 39w5d
18 4.20 3.80 4.60 33 8.70 8.00 9.30
5.50 21w5d 20w2d 23w0d 9.40 37w3d 34w5d 40w1d
19 4.60 4.10 5.00 34 8.90 8.20 9.50
5.60 22w0d 20w5d 23w2d 9.50 38w3d 35w2d 41w0d
20 4.90 4.40 5.30 35 9.10 8.40 9.70
5.70 22w2d 21w0d 23w4d 9.60 38w6d 35w2d 41w3d
21 5.20 4.80 5.70 36 9.30 8.60 9.90
5.80 22w5d 21w3d 23w6d 9.70 39w0d 35w6d 42w0d
22 5.60 5.10 6.00 37 9.50 8.80 10.10
5.90 23w0d 21w4d 24w3d 9.80 39w2d 36w3d 42w0d
23 5.90 5.40 6.40 38 9.60 8.90 10.20
6.00 23w2d 21w6d 24w4d 9.90 39w3d 36w4d 42w4d
24 6.20 5.70 6.70 39 9.80 9.00 10.40
6.10 23w4d 22w1d 25w0d 10.00 39w4d 36w5d 42w2d
25 6.50 6.00 7.10 40 9.90 9.20 10.50
6.20 24w0d 22w4d 25w3d 10.10 39w5d 37w1d 42w4d
26 6.80 6.30 7.40 41 10.00 9.30 10.60
6.30 24w2d 22w6d 25w4d 10.20 39w6d 37w1d 42w2d
6.40 24w4d 23w1d 26w0d 10.30 40w0d 37w2d 42w2d
Reference Manual 16
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : HADLOCK Standard Deviation : 2SD = 0.6 cm
Min Range (cm) Max Range (cm) SD (cm)

GA Table 0 100 0.6
Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : MERZ
GA = 9.54 + 1.482 × BPD + 0.1676 × BPD2
GA Table
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Textbook
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 1.36 cm
BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
Max Range : 10.18 cm
2.10 12w1d 10w5d 13w5d 6.20 24w1d 22w1d 26w1d
2.20 12w3d 10w6d 13w6d 6.30 24w4d 22w4d 26w4d
Min Range(w) Max Range(w) ±2SD(w)
2.30 12w5d 11w1d 14w1d 6.40 24w6d 22w6d 26w6d
12 18 1.19
2.40 13w0d 11w4d 14w4d 6.50 25w1d 23w1d 27w1d
18 24 1.73
2.50 13w1d 11w5d 14w5d 6.60 25w4d 23w4d 27w4d
24 30 2.18
2.60 13w4d 12w0d 15w0d 6.70 25w6d 23w6d 27w6d
30 36 3.08
2.70 13w6d 12w1d 15w3d 6.80 26w1d 24w1d 28w2d
36 42 3.20
2.80 14w1d 12w4d 15w5d 6.90 26w4d 24w3d 28w4d
2.90 14w2d 12w5d 15w6d 7.00 26w6d 24w5d 28w6d
Fetal Growth Table
Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted 3.00 14w4d 13w0d 16w1d 7.10 27w1d 25w1d 29w2d
Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501. 3.10 14w6d 13w2d 16w4d 7.20 27w4d 25w4d 29w5d
Equation = 0.41 x MA – 0.000061 x MA3 – 3.08 3.20 15w1d 13w4d 16w6d 7.30 27w6d 25w6d 30w0d
Output Unit : cm 3.30 15w3d 13w6d 17w0d 7.40 28w2d 26w1d 30w3d
Input Unit : w(weeks) 3.40 15w5d 14w0d 17w3d 7.50 28w4d 26w4d 30w5d
Min Range : 12 w
3.50 16w0d 14w2d 17w5d 7.60 29w0d 26w6d 31w1d
Max Range : 40 w
Reference Manual 17
BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
3.80 16w6d 15w1d 18w4d 7.90 30w1d 27w6d 32w2d
4.10 17w5d 15w6d 19w4d 8.20 31w2d 29w1d 33w4d
4.20 18w0d 16w1d 19w6d 8.30 31w5d 29w4d 33w6d Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
12 2.00 1.50 2.40 27 7.20 6.60 7.70
4.30 18w2d 16w4d 20w1d 8.40 32w1d 29w6d 34w2d
13 2.40 1.90 2.80 28 7.40 6.90 8.00
4.40 18w4d 16w6d 20w3d 8.50 32w4d 30w2d 34w5d 14 2.80 2.30 3.20 29 7.70 7.10 8.30
4.50 18w6d 17w1d 20w5d 8.60 32w6d 30w5d 35w1d 15 3.10 2.70 3.60 30 7.90 7.40 8.50
4.60 19w1d 17w3d 21w0d 8.70 33w2d 31w0d 35w4d 16 3.50 3.00 4.00 31 8.20 7.60 8.80
17 3.90 3.40 4.40 32 8.40 7.80 9.00
4.70 19w3d 17w4d 21w1d 8.80 33w6d 31w4d 36w1d
18 4.30 3.80 4.80 33 8.60 8.00 9.20
4.80 19w5d 17w6d 21w4d 8.90 34w1d 31w6d 36w4d
19 4.60 4.10 5.10 34 8.90 8.20 9.50
4.90 20w0d 18w1d 21w6d 9.00 34w4d 32w2d 36w6d 20 5.00 4.50 5.50 35 9.10 8.40 9.70
5.00 20w3d 18w4d 22w1d 9.10 35w1d 32w6d 37w3d 21 5.30 4.80 5.80 36 9.30 8.60 9.90
22 5.60 5.10 6.20 37 9.40 8.80 10.10
5.10 20w5d 18w6d 22w4d 9.20 35w4d 33w1d 37w6d
23 6.00 5.40 6.50 38 9.60 9.00 10.30
5.20 21w0d 19w1d 22w6d 9.30 35w6d 33w4d 38w1d
24 6.30 5.70 6.80 39 9.80 9.10 10.40
5.30 21w2d 19w3d 23w1d 9.40 36w3d 34w0d 38w6d 25 6.60 6.00 7.10 40 9.90 9.30 10.60
5.40 21w4d 19w5d 23w4d 9.50 36w6d 34w4d 39w2d 26 6.90 6.30 7.40
5.50 21w6d 20w0d 23w6d 9.60 37w2d 34w6d 39w5d
5.60 22w1d 20w2d 24w1d 9.70 37w6d 35w3d 40w1d
5.70 22w4d 20w4d 24w3d 9.80 38w2d 35w6d 40w5d
5.80 22w6d 20w6d 24w5d 9.90 38w6d 36w3d 41w1d
5.90 23w1d 21w1d 25w1d 10.00 39w2d 36w6d 41w6d
Reference Manual 18
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : JEANTY BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
2.90 14w1d 11w4d 16w6d 7.20 27w6d 25w1d 30w4d
GA Table
3.00 14w4d 11w6d 17w1d 7.30 28w2d 25w4d 30w6d
Jeanty, P., Romero, R. “Obstetrical Ultrasound” McGraw-Hill Book Company, pages 57-61,
3.10 14w6d 12w1d 17w3d 7.40 28w5d 26w0d 31w2d
1984.
3.20 15w1d 12w2d 17w5d 7.50 29w1d 26w3d 31w5d
3.30 15w2d 12w4d 18w0d 7.60 29w4d 26w6d 32w1d
1.00 09w1d 06w4d 11w6d 5.30 21w1d 18w4d 23w6d
3.40 15w4d 12w6d 18w2d 7.70 29w6d 27w1d 32w4d
1.10 09w4d 06w6d 12w1d 5.40 21w4d 18w6d 24w1d
3.50 15w6d 13w1d 18w4d 7.80 30w2d 27w4d 33w0d
1.20 09w5d 07w0d 12w3d 5.50 21w6d 19w1d 24w4d
3.60 16w1d 13w4d 18w6d 7.90 30w5d 28w0d 33w3d
1.30 10w0d 07w2d 12w5d 5.60 22w1d 19w4d 24w6d
3.70 16w3d 13w5d 19w1d 8.00 31w1d 28w4d 33w6d
1.40 10w2d 07w4d 12w6d 5.70 22w4d 19w6d 25w1d
3.80 16w5d 14w0d 19w3d 8.10 31w4d 28w6d 34w2d
1.50 10w4d 07w6d 13w1d 5.80 22w6d 20w1d 25w4d
3.90 17w0d 14w2d 19w5d 8.20 32w0d 29w2d 34w5d
1.60 10w6d 08w1d 13w3d 5.90 23w1d 20w4d 25w6d
4.00 17w2d 14w4d 19w6d 8.30 32w4d 29w6d 35w1d
1.70 11w1d 08w3d 13w5d 6.00 23w4d 20w6d 26w1d
4.10 17w4d 14w6d 20w1d 8.40 32w6d 30w1d 35w4d
1.80 11w2d 08w4d 14w0d 6.10 23w6d 21w1d 26w4d
4.20 17w6d 15w1d 20w4d 8.50 33w3d 30w5d 36w0d
1.90 11w4d 08w6d 14w1d 6.20 24w1d 21w4d 26w6d
4.30 18w1d 15w3d 20w6d 8.60 33w6d 31w1d 36w4d
2.00 11w6d 09w1d 14w4d 6.30 24w4d 21w6d 27w1d
4.40 18w3d 15w5d 21w1d 8.70 34w2d 31w4d 37w0d
2.10 12w1d 09w3d 14w6d 6.40 24w6d 22w1d 27w4d
4.50 18w5d 16w0d 21w3d 8.80 34w6d 32w1d 37w3d
2.20 12w3d 09w5d 15w0d 6.50 25w2d 22w4d 27w6d
4.60 19w0d 16w2d 21w5d 8.90 35w2d 32w4d 37w6d
2.30 12w4d 09w6d 15w2d 6.60 25w4d 22w6d 28w2d
4.70 19w2d 16w4d 22w0d 9.00 35w5d 33w0d 38w3d
2.40 12w6d 10w1d 15w4d 6.70 26w0d 23w2d 28w4d
4.80 19w4d 16w6d 22w2d 9.10 36w1d 33w4d 38w6d
2.50 13w1d 10w4d 15w6d 6.80 26w3d 23w5d 29w0d
4.90 19w6d 17w1d 22w4d 9.20 36w5d 34w0d 39w3d
2.60 13w3d 10w5d 16w1d 6.90 26w5d 24w0d 29w3d
5.00 20w2d 17w4d 22w6d 9.30 37w1d 34w4d 39w6d
2.70 13w5d 11w0d 16w3d 7.00 27w1d 24w3d 29w6d
5.10 20w4d 17w6d 23w1d 9.40 37w5d 35w0d 40w3d
2.80 14w0d 11w2d 16w4d 7.10 27w4d 24w6d 31w0d
5.20 20w6d 18w1d 23w4d 9.50 38w2d 35w4d 40w6d
Reference Manual 19
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : SABBAGHA BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
1.30 10w1d 09w4d 10w5d 5.20 21w6d 20w6d 22w6d
GA Table
1.40 10w3d 09w6d 11w0d 5.30 22w1d 21w0d 23w2d
Sabbagha, R.E., et. al. “Standardization of Sonar Cephalometry and Gestational Age”
1.50 10w5d 10w1d 11w2d 5.40 22w3d 21w2d 23w4d
Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 52, No.4: 403, October, 1978
1.60 11w0d 10w3d 11w4d 5.50 22w5d 21w4d 23w6d
1.70 11w2d 10w5d 11w6d 5.60 23w1d 22w0d 24w2d
3.10 15w3d 14w5d 16w1d 7.00 28w0d 26w4d 29w3d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : SHINOZUKA 3.20 15w5d 15w0d 16w3d 7.10 28w3d 27w0d 29w6d
3.30 16w0d 15w2d 16w5d 7.20 28w5d 27w1d 30w2d
GA Table
3.40 16w2d 15w4d 17w0d 7.30 29w1d 27w4d 30w5d
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 3.50 16w4d 15w6d 17w2d 7.40 29w4d 28w0d 31w1d
3.60 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 7.50 30w0d 28w3d 31w4d
Reference Manual 20
BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (wd) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) Age (W) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm)
3.70 17w1d 16w2d 18w0d 7.60 30w3d 28w6d 32w0d 14w3d 2.78 2.40 3.16 31w3d 7.85 7.33 8.38
4.90 20w6d 19w6d 21w6d 8.80 36w5d 34w5d 38w5d 26w3d 6.60 6.12 7.08
5.00 21w1d 20w1d 22w1d 8.90 37w4d 35w4d 39w4d
5.10 21w3d 20w3d 22w3d 9.00 38w3d 36w2d 40w4d Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : OSAKA

Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka
BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd)
Age (wd) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) Age (W) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) 1.30 10w0d 3.40 15w4d 5.50 22w0d 7.60 29w3d
10w3d 1.43 1.08 1.77 27w3d 6.87 6.38 7.36 1.40 10w1d 3.50 16w0d 5.60 22w3d 7.70 29w6d
11w3d 1.76 1.41 2.12 28w3d 7.14 6.64 7.63 1.50 10w3d 3.60 16w2d 5.70 22w5d 7.80 30w2d
12w3d 2.10 1.74 2.47 29w3d 7.39 6.88 7.89 1.60 10w5d 3.70 16w4d 5.80 23w0d 7.90 30w4d
13w3d 2.44 2.07 2.82 30w3d 7.63 7.11 8.14 1.70 11w0d 3.80 16w6d 5.90 23w3d 8.00 31w0d
Reference Manual 21
BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
1.80 11w1d 3.90 17w1d 6.00 23w5d 8.10 31w3d 10w4d 1.55 0.19 25w5d 6.59 0.33
1.90 11w3d 4.00 17w3d 6.10 24w0d 8.20 32w0d 10w5d 1.61 0.19 25w6d 6.63 0.33
2.00 11w5d 4.10 17w5d 6.20 24w3d 8.30 32w3d 10w6d 1.66 0.20 26w0d 6.67 0.33
2.10 12w0d 4.20 18w0d 6.30 24w5d 8.40 32w6d 11w0d 1.72 0.20 26w1d 6.71 0.33
2.20 12w2d 4.30 18w2d 6.40 25w0d 8.50 33w3d 11w1d 1.77 0.20 26w2d 6.75 0.33
2.30 12w4d 4.40 18w4d 6.50 25w3d 8.60 33w6d 11w2d 1.83 0.20 26w3d 6.80 0.33
2.40 12w6d 4.50 18w6d 6.60 25w5d 8.70 34w0d 11w3d 1.88 0.20 26w4d 6.84 0.33
2.50 13w1d 4.60 19w2d 6.70 26w0d 8.80 35w0d 11w4d 1.93 0.20 26w5d 6.88 0.33
2.60 13w3d 4.70 19w4d 6.80 26w3d 8.90 35w4d 11w5d 1.99 0.21 26w6d 6.92 0.34
2.70 13w5d 4.80 19w6d 6.90 26w5d 9.00 36w2d 11w6d 2.04 0.21 27w0d 6.95 0.34
2.80 14w0d 4.90 20w1d 7.00 27w1d 9.10 37w0d 12w0d 2.09 0.21 27w1d 6.99 0.34
2.90 14w1d 5.00 20w3d 7.10 27w4d 9.20 37w6d 12w1d 2.15 0.21 27w2d 7.03 0.34
3.00 14w3d 5.10 20w5d 7.20 27w6d 9.30 39w0d 12w2d 2.20 0.21 27w3d 7.07 0.34
3.10 14w5d 5.20 21w1d 7.30 28w2d 9.40 40w0d 12w3d 2.25 0.21 27w4d 7.11 0.34
3.20 15w0d 5.30 21w3d 7.40 28w4d 12w4d 2.31 0.21 27w5d 7.15 0.34
3.30 15w2d 5.40 21w5d 7.50 29w0d 12w5d 2.36 0.22 27w6d 7.19 0.34
12w6d 2.41 0.22 28w0d 7.23 0.34
Fetal Growth Table
13w0d 2.46 0.22 28w1d 7.27 0.34
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka
13w1d 2.52 0.22 28w2d 7.30 0.34
GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) 13w2d 2.57 0.22 28w3d 7.34 0.34
10w0d 1.33 0.19 25w1d 6.43 0.32 13w3d 2.62 0.22 28w4d 7.38 0.35
10w1d 1.38 0.19 25w2d 6.47 0.33 13w4d 2.67 0.23 28w5d 7.42 0.35
10w2d 1.44 0.19 25w3d 6.51 0.33 13w5d 2.72 0.23 28w6d 7.45 0.35
10w3d 1.50 0.19 25w4d 6.55 0.33 13w6d 2.77 0.23 29w0d 7.49 0.35
Reference Manual 22
GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
14w0d 2.82 0.23 29w1d 7.53 0.35 17w3d 4.01 0.26 32w4d 8.34 0.37
14w1d 2.87 0.23 29w2d 7.56 0.35 17w4d 4.05 0.26 32w5d 8.37 0.37
14w2d 2.93 0.23 29w3d 7.60 0.35 17w5d 4.10 0.27 32w6d 8.40 0.37
14w3d 2.98 0.23 29w4d 7.64 0.35 17w6d 4.15 0.27 33w0d 8.43 0.37
14w4d 3.03 0.24 29w5d 7.67 0.35 18w0d 4.20 0.27 33w1d 8.46 0.37
14w5d 3.08 0.24 29w6d 7.71 0.35 18w1d 4.24 0.27 33w2d 8.48 0.37
14w6d 3.13 0.24 30w0d 7.74 0.35 18w2d 4.29 0.27 33w3d 8.51 0.37
15w0d 3.18 0.24 30w1d 7.78 0.35 18w3d 4.34 0.27 33w4d 8.54 0.37
15w1d 3.23 0.24 30w2d 7.81 0.35 18w4d 4.39 0.27 33w5d 8.57 0.37
15w2d 3.28 0.24 30w3d 7.85 0.36 18w5d 4.43 0.27 33w6d 8.60 0.37
15w3d 3.33 0.24 30w4d 7.88 0.36 18w6d 4.48 0.28 34w0d 8.62 0.37
15w4d 3.38 0.25 30w5d 7.92 0.36 19w0d 4.53 0.28 34w1d 8.65 0.37
15w5d 3.42 0.25 30w6d 7.95 0.36 19w1d 4.57 0.28 34w2d 8.68 0.37
15w6d 3.47 0.25 31w0d 7.98 0.36 19w2d 4.62 0.28 34w3d 8.70 0.37
16w0d 3.52 0.25 31w1d 8.02 0.36 19w3d 4.67 0.28 34w4d 8.73 0.37
16w1d 3.57 0.25 31w2d 8.05 0.36 19w4d 4.71 0.28 34w5d 8.75 0.37
16w2d 3.62 0.25 31w3d 8.08 0.36 19w5d 4.76 0.28 34w6d 8.78 0.37
16w3d 3.67 0.25 31w4d 8.12 0.36 19w6d 4.80 0.28 35w0d 8.80 0.37
16w4d 3.72 0.25 31w5d 8.15 0.36 20w0d 4.85 0.29 35w1d 8.83 0.38
16w5d 3.77 0.26 31w6d 8.18 0.36 20w1d 4.90 0.29 35w2d 8.85 0.38
16w6d 3.81 0.26 32w0d 8.21 0.36 20w2d 4.94 0.29 35w3d 8.87 0.38
17w0d 3.86 0.26 32w1d 8.24 0.36 20w3d 4.99 0.29 35w4d 8.90 0.38
17w1d 3.91 0.26 32w2d 8.27 0.36 20w4d 5.03 0.29 35w5d 8.92 0.38
17w2d 3.96 0.26 32w3d 8.31 0.36 20w5d 5.08 0.29 35w6d 8.94 0.38
Reference Manual 23
GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) GA (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
20w6d 5.12 0.29 36w0d 8.96 0.38 24w2d 6.17 0.32 39w3d 9.33 0.39
21w0d 5.17 0.29 36w1d 8.98 0.38 24w3d 6.22 0.32 39w4d 9.34 0.39
21w1d 5.21 0.29 36w2d 9.00 0.38 24w4d 6.26 0.32 39w5d 9.35 0.39
21w2d 5.26 0.30 36w3d 9.02 0.38 24w5d 6.30 0.32 39w6d 9.36 0.39
21w3d 5.30 0.30 36w4d 9.04 0.38 24w6d 6.34 0.32 40w0d 9.36 0.39
21w4d 5.35 0.30 36w5d 9.06 0.38 25w0d 6.39 0.32
21w5d 5.39 0.30 36w6d 9.08 0.38
21w6d 5.44 0.30 37w0d 9.10 0.38 Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CHITTY (OUT-IN)
22w0d 5.48 0.30 37w1d 9.12 0.38
22w1d 5.52 0.30 37w2d 9.14 0.38 GA Table
Altman DG, Chitty LS: New Charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy. Ultrasound in
22w2d 5.57 0.30 37w3d 9.15 0.38
Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997
22w3d 5.61 0.30 37w4d 9.17 0.38
BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
22w4d 5.66 0.31 37w5d 9.18 0.38
2.10 12w5d 11w6d 13w5d 5.60 23w1d 21w2d 25w2d
22w5d 5.70 0.31 37w6d 9.20 0.38
2.20 13w0d 12w1d 14w0d 5.70 23w4d 21w4d 25w4d
22w6d 5.74 0.31 38w0d 9.21 0.38
2.30 13w2d 12w3d 14w2d 5.80 23w6d 21w6d 26w0d
23w0d 5.79 0.31 38w1d 9.23 0.38
2.40 13w4d 12w4d 14w4d 5.90 24w1d 22w1d 26w3d
23w1d 5.83 0.31 38w2d 9.24 0.38
2.50 13w6d 12w6d 14w6d 6.00 24w4d 22w3d 26w6d
23w2d 5.87 0.31 38w3d 9.26 0.39
2.60 14w1d 13w1d 15w1d 6.10 24w6d 22w5d 27w1d
23w3d 5.92 0.31 38w4d 9.27 0.39
2.70 14w3d 13w3d 15w3d 6.20 25w2d 23w1d 27w4d
23w4d 5.96 0.31 38w5d 9.28 0.39
2.80 14w5d 13w4d 15w5d 6.30 25w4d 23w3d 28w0d
23w5d 6.00 0.31 38w6d 9.29 0.39
2.90 14w6d 13w6d 16w0d 6.40 26w0d 23w5d 28w3d
23w6d 6.05 0.32 39w0d 9.30 0.39
3.00 15w1d 14w1d 16w2d 6.50 26w2d 24w0d 28w6d
24w0d 6.09 0.32 39w1d 9.31 0.39
3.10 15w3d 14w3d 16w5d 6.60 26w5d 24w2d 29w1d
24w1d 6.13 0.32 39w2d 9.32 0.39
Reference Manual 24
BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Fetal Growth Table
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J Obstet. & GYN
3.20 15w5d 14w4d 17w0d 6.70 27w0d 24w4d 29w4d
Vol. 101, 35-43, 1994
3.30 16w0d 14w6d 17w2d 6.80 27w3d 25w0d 30w0d
3.40 16w2d 15w1d 17w4d 6.90 27w5d 25w2d 30w3d
12 1.83 1.57 2.09 28 7.05 6.65 7.46
3.50 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 7.00 28w1d 25w4d 30w6d
13 2.20 1.93 2.47 29 7.32 6.90 7.73
3.60 16w6d 15w5d 18w2d 7.10 28w3d 25w6d 31w2d
14 2.57 2.29 2.85 30 7.57 7.15 7.99
3.70 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 7.20 28w6d 26w2d 31w5d
15 2.93 2.64 3.22 31 7.81 7.38 8.24
3.80 17w3d 16w1d 18w6d 7.30 29w2d 26w4d 32w1d
16 3.28 2.99 3.58 32 8.04 7.60 8.48
3.90 17w6d 16w3d 19w2d 7.40 29w4d 26w6d 32w4d
17 3.64 3.33 3.94 33 8.26 7.82 8.71
4.00 18w1d 16w5d 19w4d 7.50 30w0d 27w2d 33w0d
18 3.98 3.67 4.30 34 8.47 8.02 8.93
4.10 18w3d 17w0d 19w6d 7.60 30w2d 27w4d 33w3d
19 4.32 4.00 4.65 35 8.67 8.21 9.14
4.20 18w5d 17w2d 20w2d 7.70 30w5d 27w6d 33w6d
20 4.65 4.32 4.99 36 8.86 8.39 9.33
4.30 19w0d 17w4d 20w4d 7.80 31w1d 28w2d 34w2d
21 4.98 4.64 5.32 37 9.03 8.55 9.52
4.40 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 7.90 31w4d 28w4d 34w5d
22 5.30 4.95 5.65 38 9.20 8.71 9.69
4.50 19w4d 18w1d 21w2d 8.00 31w6d 28w6d 35w1d
23 5.61 5.25 5.97 39 9.35 8.85 9.85
4.60 19w6d 18w3d 21w4d 8.10 32w2d 29w2d 35w5d
24 5.92 5.55 6.29 40 9.48 8.98 9.99
4.70 20w2d 18w5d 22w0d 8.20 32w5d 29w4d 36w1d
25 6.22 5.84 6.59 41 9.61 9.09 10.13
4.80 20w4d 19w0d 22w2d 8.30 33w1d 30w0d 36w4d
26 6.50 6.12 6.89 42 9.72 9.19 10.25
4.90 20w6d 19w2d 22w5d 8.40 33w3d 30w2d 37w0d
27 6.78 6.39 7.18
5.00 21w1d 19w4d 23w0d 8.50 33w6d 30w5d 37w3d
5.10 21w4d 19w6d 23w3d 8.60 34w2d 31w0d 38w0d
5.20 21w6d 20w1d 23w5d 8.70 34w5d 31w2d 38w3d
5.30 22w1d 20w3d 24w1d 8.80 35w1d 31w5d 38w6d
5.40 22w4d 20w5d 24w4d 8.90 35w4d 32w0d 39w3d
5.50 22w6d 21w0d 24w6d
Reference Manual 25
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CHITTY (OUT-OUT) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
4.10 17w5d 16w3d 19w2d 7.60 29w2d 26w4d 32w2d
GA Table
4.20 18w0d 16w4d 19w4d 7.70 29w5d 26w6d 32w5d
Altman DG, Chitty LS: New Charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy. Ultrasound in
4.30 18w2d 16w6d 19w6d 7.80 30w0d 27w1d 33w1d
Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997
4.40 18w4d 17w1d 20w2d 7.90 30w3d 27w4d 33w4d
BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) BPD (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
4.50 19w0d 17w3d 20w4d 8.00 30w5d 27w6d 34w0d
2.20 12w4d 11w5d 13w4d 5.70 22w5d 20w5d 24w5d
4.60 19w2d 17w5d 20w6d 8.10 31w1d 28w1d 34w3d
2.30 12w6d 12w0d 13w6d 5.80 23w0d 21w0d 25w1d
4.70 19w4d 18w0d 21w2d 8.20 31w4d 28w3d 34w6d
2.40 13w1d 12w1d 14w1d 5.90 23w2d 21w2d 25w4d
4.80 19w6d 18w2d 21w4d 8.30 31w6d 28w6d 35w2d
2.50 13w3d 12w3d 14w3d 6.00 23w5d 21w4d 25w6d
4.90 20w1d 18w4d 22w0d 8.40 32w2d 29w1d 35w6d
2.60 13w4d 12w5d 14w5d 6.10 24w0d 21w6d 26w2d
5.00 20w3d 18w5d 22w2d 8.50 32w5d 29w4d 36w2d
2.70 13w6d 12w6d 15w0d 6.20 24w2d 22w1d 26w5d
5.10 20w5d 19w0d 22w4d 8.60 33w1d 29w6d 36w5d
2.80 14w1d 13w1d 15w2d 6.30 24w5d 22w4d 27w0d
5.20 21w1d 19w2d 23w0d 8.70 33w3d 30w1d 37w1d
2.90 14w3d 13w3d 15w4d 6.40 25w0d 22w6d 27w3d
5.30 21w3d 19w4d 23w2d 8.80 33w6d 30w4d 37w4d
3.00 14w5d 13w4d 15w6d 6.50 25w2d 23w1d 27w6d
5.40 21w5d 19w6d 23w5d 8.90 34w2d 30w6d 38w1d
3.10 15w0d 13w6d 16w1d 6.60 25w5d 23w3d 28w2d
5.50 22w0d 20w1d 24w0d 9.00 34w5d 31w1d 38w4d
3.20 15w2d 14w1d 16w3d 6.70 26w0d 23w5d 28w4d
5.60 22w2d 20w3d 24w3d 9.10 35w1d 31w4d 39w0d
3.30 15w4d 14w3d 16w5d 6.80 26w3d 24w0d 29w0d
3.40 15w5d 14w4d 17w0d 6.90 26w5d 24w2d 29w3d
Fetal Growth Table
3.50 16w0d 14w6d 17w2d 7.00 27w1d 24w4d 29w6d Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J Obstet. & GYN
3.60 16w2d 15w1d 17w5d 7.10 27w3d 25w0d 30w2d Vol. 101, 35-43, 1994
3.70 16w4d 15w3d 18w0d 7.20 27w6d 25w2d 30w4d Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
3.80 16w6d 15w4d 18w2d 7.30 28w1d 25w4d 31w0d 12 1.97 1.68 2.25 28 7.34 6.93 7.74
3.90 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 7.40 28w4d 25w6d 31w3d 13 2.35 2.06 2.65 29 7.60 7.19 8.01
4.00 17w3d 16w1d 19w0d 7.50 28w6d 26w2d 31w6d 14 2.73 2.43 3.03 30 7.86 7.43 8.28
Reference Manual 26
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
15 3.10 2.80 3.41 31 8.10 7.67 8.53 4.40 18w0d 01w0d 8.50 32w0d 02w0d
16 3.47 3.16 3.79 32 8.33 7.90 8.77 4.70 19w0d 01w1d 8.70 33w0d 02w1d
17 3.83 3.51 4.16 33 8.55 8.11 9.00 5.10 20w0d 01w1d 8.90 34w0d 02w3d
18 4.19 3.86 4.52 34 8.76 8.31 9.21 5.40 21w0d 01w1d 9.10 35w0d 02w5d
19 4.54 4.20 4.88 35 8.96 8.50 9.42 5.80 22w0d 01w1d 9.30 36w0d 02w6d
20 4.88 4.54 5.23 36 9.14 8.68 9.61 6.10 23w0d 01w2d 9.50 37w0d 03w0d
21 5.22 4.86 5.57 37 9.32 8.84 9.79 6.40 24w0d 01w2d 9.70 38w0d 03w0d
22 5.55 5.19 5.91 38 9.47 8.99 9.96 6.70 25w0d 01w2d 9.90 39w0d 03w0d
23 5.87 5.50 6.23 39 9.62 9.13 10.11 7.00 26w0d 01w3d 10.00 40w0d 03w0d
24 6.18 5.80 6.55 40 9.75 9.25 10.25
25 6.48 6.10 6.86 41 9.87 9.36 10.37 Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : KURTZ
26 6.78 6.38 7.17 42 9.97 9.46 10.48
27 7.06 6.66 7.46 GA Table
Biometric in der Fruhgravidiatat (l.Trmenon) Der Frauenarzt, 32, 4/1991
GA=5.6546870 + 4.3971500 × BPD + (-0.9223110 × BPD²) + 0.2162220 × BPD³ +
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CAMPBELL
(-0.0222450 × BPD4) + 0.000921 × BPD5
Output Unit : w (weeks)
GA Table
Input Unit : cm
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital
Min Range : 2.7 cm
BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Max Range : 9.5 cm
2.40 13w0d 01w0d 7.30 27w0d 01w3d
2.80 14w0d 01w0d 7.50 28w0d 01w4d
3.20 15w0d 01w0d 7.80 29w0d 01w4d
3.70 16w0d 01w0d 8.00 30w0d 01w5d
4.10 17w0d 01w0d 8.30 31w0d 01w6d
Reference Manual 27
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : ASUM(SCW) BIparietal Diameter (BPD) : BESSIS

Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch.
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001) Gahwiler dated , June 23, 1983)
Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) BPD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
11 16.00 2.00 27 68.00 5.00 1.90 11w4d 0w6d 7.20 29w0d 1w5d
12 20.00 4.00 28 72.00 4.00 2.35 13w0d 0w6d 8.15 33w0d 2w4d
13 24.00 4.00 29 75.00 4.00 3.65 17w0d 0w6d 8.75 37w0d 4w4d
14 28.00 4.00 30 76.00 4.00 4.90 21w0d 1w0d 9.70 39w6d 4w4d
15 31.00 4.00 31 80.00 6.00 6.05 25w0d 1w2d
16 36.00 5.00 32 81.00 4.00

17 39.00 5.00 33 84.00 6.00 Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CFEF
18 42.00 4.00 34 86.00 6.00
Fetal Growth Table
19 45.00 5.00 35 88.00 6.50
J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
20 47.00 4.00 36 90.00 6.00
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
21 49.00 4.00 37 92.00 6.50 ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
22 52.00 5.00 38 93.00 6.00 Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
23 57.00 5.00 39 95.00 8.00 Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
24 60.00 6.00 40 96.00 8.00 11 1.54 1.31 1.76 27 6.86 6.42 7.29
25 64.00 6.00 41 98.00 8.00 12 1.94 1.70 2.18 28 7.10 6.66 7.55
26 67.00 4.00 13 2.33 2.07 2.59 29 7.35 6.90 7.80
14 2.71 2.44 2.99 30 7.58 7.12 8.04
15 3.09 2.79 3.38 31 7.80 7.34 8.26
16 3.45 3.14 3.76 32 8.02 7.55 8.48
Reference Manual 28

Min Range : 7w
17 3.81 3.49 4.14 33 8.21 7.75 8.68
Max Range : 11w
18 4.16 3.82 4.50 34 8.41 7.94 8.88
19 4.50 4.15 4.85 35 8.59 8.11 9.06 Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm)
20 4.82 4.46 5.19 36 8.76 8.29 9.24 7 1.045 0.287 10 3.307 0.297
21 5.14 4.77 5.52 37 8.92 8.45 9.40 8 1.589 0.304 11 4.286 0.346
22 5.45 5.06 5.84 38 9.07 8.60 9.54 9 2.339 0.291
23 5.75 5.35 6.15 39 9.21 8.74 9.69

24 6.04 5.63 6.46 40 9.35 8.88 9.81
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : ROBINSON
25 6.33 5.90 6.75 41 9.40 8.90 9.90
GA Table
26 6.59 6.16 7.02
Robinson HP, Fleming JEE British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 82:702-710, September 1975
GAdays = 8.052 × + 23.73

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : KOREAN
Output Unit : d(days)
Input Unit : mm
GA Table
Min Range : 0.70 cm
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 Max Range : 7.96 cm
GA = CRL × 1.08815 + 6.321988
Output Unit : w(weeks) Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : HANSMANN
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 0.9 cm GA Table
Max Range : 5.4 cm Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obsterics and
Gynecology.” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.439.
Fetal Growth Table Conversion: This table is converted from German age to American age notation by the
following equation.
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 America age days = ( German weeks – 1 ) x 7 + ( German days – 1)
Output Unit : cm
Reference Manual 29
CRL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
1.40 07w6d 06w6d 08w6d 7.60 13w6d 12w2d 15w3d
1.60 08w2d 07w2d 09w1d 8.30 14w2d 12w5d 16w0d Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology.” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
1.70 08w3d 07w3d 09w2d 8.60 14w4d 12w6d 16w2d
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
1.80 08w4d 07w4d 09w4d 9.00 14w6d 13w1d 16w4d
06w1d 0.69 0.23 1.15 12w2d 5.56 4.00 7.13
1.90 08w5d 07w5d 09w5d 9.30 15w1d 13w3d 16w6d
06w2d 0.76 0.28 1.25 12w4d 5.94 4.32 7.55
2.00 08w6d 07w6d 09w6d 9.60 15w3d 13w4d 17w1d
06w3d 0.83 0.32 1.34 12w6d 6.31 4.64 7.98
2.10 09w0d 08w0d 10w0d 10.00 15w5d 13w6d 17w3d
06w4d 0.90 0.36 1.43 13w2d 6.88 5.13 8.63
2.20 09w1d 08w1d 10w1d 10.30 16w0d 14w1d 17w6d
06w5d 0.96 0.39 1.52 13w4d 7.26 5.56 9.06
2.40 09w3d 08w3d 10w3d 10.60 16w2d 14w3d 18w1d
06w6d 1.02 0.43 1.61 13w6d 7.63 5.78 9.48
2.60 09w5d 08w5d 10w5d 11.00 16w4d 14w5d 18w4d
07w0d 1.08 0.47 1.69 14w2d 8.18 6.25 10.11
2.80 10w0d 08w6d 11w1d 11.30 17w0d 15w0d 19w0d
07w1d 1.14 0.50 1.78 14w4d 8.54 6.56 10.52
3.00 10w2d 09w1d 11w2d 11.60 17w2d 15w2d 19w2d
07w2d 1.21 0.54 1.87 14w6d 8.89 6.86 10.92
3.20 10w3d 09w2d 11w4d 12.00 17w4d 15w4d 19w4d
07w3d 1.27 0.58 1.96 15w2d 9.39 7.28 11.50
3.40 10w5d 09w4d 11w5d 12.30 18w0d 16w0d 20w0d
07w4d 1.33 0.62 2.05 15w4d 9.71 7.55 11.87
3.60 10w6d 09w5d 12w0d 12.60 18w2d 16w2d 20w3d
Reference Manual 30
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : SHINOZUKA
07w5d 1.40 0.66 2.14 15w6d 10.01 7.80 12.22
GA Table
07w6d 1.47 0.70 2.24 16w2d 10.44 8.15 12.73
N.Shinozuka. “Fetal biometry standard values” http://www.shinozuka.com, 1996
08w0d 1.54 0.75 2.34 16w4d 10.70 8.36 13.04
08w1d 1.62 0.80 2.44 16w6d 10.95 8.56 13.34 CRL (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) CRL (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
08w3d 1.78 0.91 2.65 17w2d 11.30 8.83 13.77 0.50 06w3d 00w3d 3.00 10w2d 01w0d
08w5d 1.96 1.03 2.88 17w4d 11.51 8.99 14.04 1.00 07w3d 00w4d 3.50 10w6d 01w1d
09w0d 2.15 1.17 3.12 17w6d 11.72 9.15 14.29 1.50 08w1d 00w5d 4.00 11w3d 01w1d
09w2d 2.36 1.33 3.39 18w2d 12.00 9.35 14.65 2.00 08w6d 00w6d 4.50 11w6d 01w2d
09w4d 2.59 1.51 3.66 18w4d 12.19 9.48 14.89 2.50 09w4d 00w6d 5.00 12w2d 01w3d
09w6d 2.83 1.70 3.96 18w6d 12.37 9.62 15.12

Fetal Growth Table
10w2d 3.24 2.03 4.44 19w1d 12.55 9.75 15.36
N.Shinozuka. “Fetal biometry standard values” http://www.shinozuka.com, 1996
10w4d 3.53 2.27 4.79 19w3d 12.74 9.89 15.60
10w6d 3.83 2.52 5.14 19w5d 12.94 10.03 15.85 Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
11w2d 4.32 2.93 5.71 20w0d 13.16 10.20 16.12 07w0d 0.79 0.51 1.07 10w1d 2.93 2.09 3.76
11w4d 4.66 3.22 6.13 20w1d 13.28 10.29 16.26 07w1d 0.86 0.55 1.17 10w2d 3.05 2.19 3.91
11w6d 5.02 3.53 6.51 20w2d 13.40 10.40 16.41 07w2d 0.93 0.60 1.27 10w3d 3.18 2.29 4.06
07w3d 1.01 0.65 1.37 10w4d 3.31 2.40 4.22
07w4d 1.09 0.71 1.47 10w5d 3.44 2.51 4.38
07w5d 1.17 0.76 1.58 10w6d 3.58 2.62 4.54
07w6d 1.25 0.82 1.69 11w0d 3.71 2.73 4.70
08w0d 1.34 0.88 1.80 11w1d 3.85 2.84 4.86
08w1d 1.43 0.95 1.91 11w2d 4.00 2.96 5.03
08w2d 1.52 1.01 2.03 11w3d 4.14 3.08 5.20
08w3d 1.61 1.08 2.15 11w4d 4.29 3.20 5.37
Reference Manual 31
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : HADLOCK
08w4d 1.71 1.15 2.27 11w5d 4.44 3.33 5.55
GA Table
08w5d 1.81 1.22 2.39 11w6d 4.59 3.45 5.73
Frank P. Hadlock, Yogesh P. Shah, Donna J. Kanon, Joshua V. Lindsey,. “Fetal Crown-Rump
08w6d 1.91 1.30 2.52 12w0d 4.74 3.58 5.91
Length: Reevaluation of Relation to Menstrual Age(5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-
09w0d 2.01 1.38 2.65 12w1d 4.90 3.72 6.09 Time US” Radiology, 1992; 182:501-505
09w1d 2.12 1.46 2.78 12w2d 5.06 3.85 6.27
CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd)
09w2d 2.23 1.54 2.91 12w3d 5.22 3.99 6.46
0.2 5w5d 5w2d 6w1d 6.2 12w4d 11w4d 13w4d
09w3d 2.34 1.63 3.05 12w4d 5.39 4.13 6.65
0.3 5w6d 5w3d 6w3d 6.3 12w5d 11w5d 13w5d
09w4d 2.45 1.72 3.18 12w5d 5.55 4.27 6.84
0.4 6w1d 5w4d 6w4d 6.4 12w6d 11w5d 13w6d
09w5d 2.57 1.81 3.32 12w6d 5.72 4.41 7.03
0.5 6w1d 5w5d 6w5d 6.5 12w6d 11w5d 13w6d
09w6d 2.68 1.90 3.47 13w0d 5.89 4.56 7.23
0.6 6w3d 5w6d 6w6d 6.6 12w6d 11w6d 14w0d
10w0d 2.80 1.99 3.61
0.7 6w4d 6w1d 7w1d 6.7 13w0d 12w0d 14w0d
0.8 6w5d 6w1d 7w2d 6.8 13w1d 12w0d 14w1d
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : NELSON 0.9 6w6d 6w2d 7w3d 6.9 13w1d 12w0d 14w1d
1.0 7w1d 6w4d 7w5d 7.0 13w1d 12w1d 14w2d
GA Table
1.1 7w1d 6w4d 7w5d 7.1 13w2d 12w2d 14w3d
Nelson, L. “Comparison of Methods for Determining Crown-Rump Measurement by Real-
Time Ultrasound.” Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 9:67-70, February, 1981. 1.2 7w3d 6w6d 8w0d 7.2 13w3d 12w2d 14w3d
GAdays = 51.0008 + 0.6 × CRLmm 1.3 7w4d 6w6d 8w1d 7.3 13w3d 12w2d 14w3d
Output Unit : d(days) 1.4 7w5d 7w1d 8w2d 7.4 13w4d 12w3d 14w4d
Input Unit : mm 1.5 7w6d 7w2d 8w4d 7.5 13w4d 12w4d 14w5d
Min Range : 0.67 cm 1.6 8w0d 7w3d 8w4d 7.6 13w5d 12w4d 14w6d
Max Range : 8.24 cm 1.7 8w1d 7w3d 8w5d 7.7 13w6d 12w5d 14w6d
1.8 8w2d 7w4d 9w0d 7.8 13w6d 12w5d 14w6d
1.9 8w3d 7w5d 9w1d 7.9 13w6d 12w6d 15w0d
2.0 8w4d 7w6d 9w2d 8.0 14w0d 12w6d 15w1d
Reference Manual 32
CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) -2SD (wd) +2SD (wd)
3.8 10w5d 9w6d 11w4d 9.8 15w4d 14w2d 16w6d
3.9 10w6d 10w0d 11w5d 9.9 15w5d 14w3d 17w0d
4.0 10w6d 10w0d 11w5d 10.0 15w6d 14w4d 17w1d
4.1 11w0d 10w1d 11w6d 10.1 16w0d 14w5d 17w2d
4.2 11w1d 10w1d 11w7d 10.2 16w1d 14w6d 17w3d
4.3 11w1d 10w2d 12w1d 10.3 16w1d 14w6d 17w3d
4.4 11w1d 10w2d 12w1d 10.4 16w2d 14w7d 17w4d
Reference Manual 33
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : OSAKA Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm)
8 1.41 0.19 12 5.32 0.31
GA Table
9 2.11 0.24
CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : ASUM(SCW)
0.90 07w1d 2.30 09w2d 3.70 10w4d 5.10 11w6d
Fetal Growth Table
1.00 07w3d 2.40 09w3d 3.80 10w5d 5.20 11w6d
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine
1.10 07w4d 2.50 09w3d 3.90 10w6d 5.30 12w0d Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised May 2001)
1.20 07w6d 2.60 09w4d 4.00 10w6d 5.40 12w1d
Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm)
1.30 08w0d 2.70 09w5d 4.10 11w0d 5.50 12w1d
05w2d 1.00 07w5d 14.00 10w1d 36.00 12w4d 63.00
1.40 08w1d 2.80 09w6d 4.20 11w0d 5.60 12w2d
05w3d 2.00 07w6d 15.00 10w2d 37.00 12w5d 64.00
1.50 08w2d 2.90 09w6d 4.30 11w1d 5.70 12w2d
05w4d 3.00 08w0d 17.00 10w3d 38.00 12w6d 65.00
1.60 08w3d 3.00 10w0d 4.40 11w2d 5.80 12w3d
05w5d 3.00 08w1d 18.00 10w4d 39.00 13w0d 68.00
1.70 08w4d 3.10 10w1d 4.50 11w2d 5.90 12w3d
05w6d 4.00 08w2d 19.00 10w5d 39.00 13w1d 70.00
1.80 08w5d 3.20 10w1d 4.60 11w3d 6.00 12w4d
06w0d 4.00 08w3d 20.00 10w6d 40.00 13w2d 72.00
1.90 08w6d 3.30 10w2d 4.70 11w3d 6.10 12w5d
06w1d 5.00 08w4d 21.00 11w0d 44.00 13w3d 74.00
2.00 09w0d 3.40 10w3d 4.80 11w4d 6.20 12w5d
06w2d 6.00 08w5d 22.00 11w1d 45.00 13w4d 76.00
2.10 09w0d 3.50 10w3d 4.90 11w5d 6.30 12w6d
06w3d 7.00 08w6d 22.00 11w2d 47.00 13w5d 77.00
2.20 09w1d 3.60 10w4d 5.00 11w6d
06w4d 8.00 09w0d 23.00 11w3d 48.00 13w6d 80.00
Fetal Growth Table 06w5d 9.00 09w1d 24.00 11w4d 52.00 14w0d 81.00
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 06w6d 10.00 09w2d 26.00 11w5d 55.00 14w1d 84.00
Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) 07w0d 11.00 09w3d 27.00 11w6d 56.00 14w2d 85.00
6 0.52 0.10 10 2.99 0.28 07w1d 11.00 09w4d 28.00 12w0d 57.00 14w3d 86.00
7 0.90 0.14 11 4.06 0.31 07w2d 12.00 09w5d 29.00 12w1d 58.00 14w4d 87.00
Reference Manual 34
Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm) Age (wd) Growth (mm) Femur Length (FL) : KOREAN
07w3d 12.00 09w6d 31.00 12w2d 60.00 GA Table
07w4d 13.00 10w0d 34.00 12w3d 61.00 Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational
GA = FL × 2.36855 + 0.2089 × FL2 + 10.513242
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : REMPEN
GA Table
Input Unit : cm
CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) CRL (cm) GA (wd) Min Range : 0.7 cm
0.20 6w0d 1.70 8w0d 3.20 9w6d 4.70 11w3d Max Range : 7.3 cm
0.30 6w1d 1.80 8w1d 3.30 9w6d 4.80 11w4d

Fetal Growth Table
0.40 6w2d 1.90 8w2d 3.40 10w0d 4.90 11w4d
0.50 6w3d 2.00 8w3d 3.50 10w1d 5.00 11w5d Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995
0.60 6w4d 2.10 8w4d 3.60 10w2d 5.10 11w6d FL = 4.221513 x MA - 0.035314 x MA2 - 38.929993 (Unit: mm)
0.70 6w5d 2.20 8w5d 3.70 10w2d 5.20 11w6d Output Unit : cm
0.80 6w6d 2.30 8w5d 3.80 10w3d 5.30 12w0d Input Unit : w(week)
0.90 7w0d 2.40 8w6d 3.90 10w4d 5.40 12w1d Min Range : 12 w
1.00 7w1d 2.50 9w0d 4.00 10w5d 5.50 12w2d Max Range : 40 w
1.10 7w2d 2.60 9w1d 4.10 10w5d 5.60 12w2d

Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
1.20 7w3d 2.70 9w2d 4.20 10w6d 5.70 12w3d
12 0.790 0.142 32 6.100 0.205
1.30 7w4d 2.80 9w2d 4.30 11w0d 5.80 12w4d
16 1.900 0.133 34 6.461 0.226
1.40 7w5d 2.90 9w3d 4.40 11w1d 5.90 12w5d
20 3.000 0.204 36 6.710 0.222
1.50 7w6d 3.00 9w4d 4.50 11w1d 6.00 12w5d
24 4.100 0.198 38 7.013 0.245
1.60 8w0d 3.10 9w5d 4.60 11w2d
28 5.100 0.209 40 7.287 0.216
Reference Manual 35
Femur Length (FL) : HADLOCK Max Range : 40 w

Standard Deviation : 2SD = 0.6 cm
GA Table Min Range (cm) Max Range (cm) SD (cm)
Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted 0 100 0.6
Femur Length (FL) : MERZ
GA = 10.35 + 2.460 × FL + 0.170 × FL2
GA Table
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 0.64 cm and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
Max Range : 8.20 cm
FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
1.00 12w2d 01w1d 3.40 20w6d 01w5d 5.80 30w1d 02w0d
Min Range(w) Max Range(w) ±2SD(w) 1.10 12w5d 01w1d 3.50 21w1d 01w4d 5.90 30w4d 02w0d
12 18 1.38 1.20 13w0d 01w1d 3.60 21w4d 01w4d 6.00 31w0d 02w0d
18 24 1.80 1.30 13w2d 01w1d 3.70 21w6d 01w4d 6.10 31w4d 02w0d
24 30 2.08 1.40 13w5d 01w2d 3.80 22w2d 01w4d 6.20 31w6d 02w0d
30 36 2.96 1.50 14w0d 01w2d 3.90 22w5d 01w5d 6.30 32w2d 02w0d
36 42 3.12 1.60 14w3d 01w2d 4.00 23w1d 01w5d 6.40 32w6d 02w0d
1.70 14w5d 01w2d 4.10 23w3d 01w5d 6.50 33w1d 02w0d
Fetal Growth Table
1.80 15w1d 01w2d 4.20 23w6d 01w5d 6.60 33w4d 02w0d
1.90 15w3d 01w2d 4.30 24w1d 01w4d 6.70 34w1d 02w1d
and Growth Equations) 2.00 15w6d 01w2d 4.40 24w4d 01w5d 6.80 34w4d 02w1d
Equation = 0.427 x MA - 0.0034 x MA - 3.91
2
2.10 16w1d 01w2d 4.50 25w0d 01w6d 6.90 35w0d 02w1d
Output Unit : cm 2.20 16w4d 01w3d 4.60 25w3d 01w6d 7.00 35w3d 02w1d
Input Unit : w(weeks) 2.30 16w6d 01w3d 4.70 25w6d 01w6d 7.10 35w6d 02w0d
Min Range : 12 w 2.40 17w1d 01w2d 4.80 26w1d 01w5d 7.20 36w2d 02w1d
Reference Manual 36
FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
2.50 17w4d 01w3d 4.90 26w4d 01w6d 7.30 36w6d 02w2d 22 3.80 3.40 4.20 37 7.30 6.80 7.80
2.60 17w6d 01w3d 5.00 26w6d 01w5d 7.40 37w2d 02w1d 23 4.10 3.60 4.50 38 7.50 6.90 8.00
2.70 18w2d 01w3d 5.10 27w2d 01w5d 7.50 37w5d 02w1d 24 4.30 3.90 4.80 39 7.60 7.10 8.20
2.80 18w4d 01w3d 5.20 27w5d 01w6d 7.60 38w1d 02w1d 25 4.60 4.10 5.10 40 7.80 7.30 8.40
2.90 19w0d 01w3d 5.30 28w1d 02w0d 7.70 38w5d 02w1d 26 4.90 4.40 5.30
3.00 19w3d 01w4d 5.40 28w4d 02w0d 7.80 39w1d 02w1d
3.10 19w5d 01w4d 5.50 29w0d 02w0d 7.90 39w4d 02w1d Femur Length (FL) : HANSMANN
3.20 20w1d 01w4d 5.60 29w3d 02w0d 8.00 40w1d 02w1d
3.30 20w4d 01w5d 5.70 29w6d 02w0d GA Table
Gynecology” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431
Fetal Growth Table
Merz, E., Grupner, A., Kern, F. “Mathematical Modeling of Fetal Limb Growth.” Journal of FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
Clinical Ultrasound. 17: 179-185, March/April, 1989 1.00 13w0d 1w0d 4.90 27w0d 2w1d
12 0.90 0.50 1.30 27 5.10 4.60 5.60 1.60 15w0d 1w0d 5.40 29w0d 2w2d
13 1.20 0.80 1.60 28 5.30 4.90 5.80 1.80 16w0d 1w1d 5.60 30w0d 2w4d
14 1.50 1.10 1.90 29 5.60 5.10 6.10 2.20 17w0d 1w2d 5.90 31w0d 2w4d
15 1.80 1.40 2.20 30 5.80 5.30 6.30 2.50 18w0d 1w3d 6.10 32w0d 2w5d
16 2.10 1.70 2.50 31 6.00 5.60 6.50 2.80 19w0d 1w3d 6.30 33w0d 2w6d
17 2.40 2.00 2.80 32 6.30 5.80 6.80 3.10 20w0d 1w4d 6.50 34w0d 3w0d
18 2.70 2.20 3.10 33 6.50 6.00 7.00 3.40 21w0d 1w4d 6.70 35w0d 3w1d
19 3.00 2.50 3.40 34 6.70 6.20 7.20 3.60 22w0d 1w5d 6.90 36w0d 3w2d
20 3.20 2.80 3.70 35 6.90 6.40 7.40 3.90 23w0d 1w6d 7.10 37w0d 3w2d
21 3.50 3.10 4.00 36 7.10 6.60 7.60 4.10 24w0d 2w0d 7.30 38w0d 3w2d
Reference Manual 37
FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Femur Length (FL) : HOHLER
4.40 25w0d 2w0d 7.40 39w0d 3w2d
GA Table
4.70 26w0d 2w1d 7.50 40w0d 3w2d
Hohler, C.W., Quetel, T.A. “Fetal Femur Length: Equations for Computer Calculation of
Gestational Age from Ultrasound Measurements.” American Journal of Obsterics and
Fetal Growth Table Gynecology, Vol. 143, No. 4: 479-481, June 15, 1982
GA = 9.18 + 2.67 × FL + 0.16 × FL2
Gynecology” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.176.
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Input Unit : cm
13 1.00 1.00 1.00 27 4.90 4.40 5.50 Min Range : 1.0 cm
14 1.20 1.20 1.20 28 5.10 4.60 5.70 Max Range : 8.0 cm
15 1.60 1.30 2.10 29 5.40 4.90 5.90
16 1.80 1.50 2.30 30 5.60 5.10 6.20 Femur Length (FL) : JEANTY
17 2.20 1.80 2.60 31 5.90 5.30 6.40
18 2.50 2.10 2.90 32 6.10 5.50 6.60 GA Table
Jeanty, P., Rodesch, F., Delbeke, D., Dumont, J. “Estimation of Gestational Age from
19 2.80 2.40 3.20 33 6.30 5.70 6.80
Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultrasound Medicine, 3: 75-79, February, 1984
20 3.10 2.70 3.50 34 6.50 5.90 7.00
GA = 9.5411757 + 2.977451 × FL + 0.10388013 × FL2
21 3.40 2.90 3.80 35 6.70 6.10 7.20
22 3.60 3.20 4.10 36 6.90 6.30 7.40 Input Unit : cm
23 3.90 3.40 4.40 37 7.10 6.50 7.70 Min Range : 1.0 cm
24 4.10 3.70 4.70 38 7.30 6.70 7.90 Max Range : 8.0 cm
25 4.40 3.90 4.90 39 7.40 6.80 8.10 Standard Deviation : 1.4 weeks
26 4.70 4.20 5.20 40 7.50 7.00 8.40
Fetal Growth Table
Jeanty, P. and Romero, R. (1983) Normal values for the leg. In Romero, R., Pilu, G., Jeanty, P.,
Chidini, A. and Hobbins, J.C. (eds.) Prenatal Diagnosis of congenital Anomalies, Table 10-4,
p.324, (Norwalk: Appleton & Lange)
Reference Manual 38
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
14 1.20 0.60 1.90 28 4.50 3.80 5.30 2.30 17w1d 16w1d 18w1d 4.90 27w5d 26w2d 29w1d
15 1.50 0.90 2.10 29 4.70 4.10 5.40 2.40 17w3d 16w3d 18w3d 5.00 28w2d 26w6d 29w5d
16 1.80 1.30 2.30 30 4.90 4.30 5.60 2.50 17w6d 16w6d 18w6d 5.10 28w5d 27w2d 30w1d
17 2.10 1.30 2.80 31 5.10 4.20 5.90 2.60 18w1d 17w1d 19w1d 5.20 29w2d 27w5d 30w6d
18 2.30 1.50 3.10 32 5.20 4.20 6.30 2.70 18w3d 17w3d 19w3d 5.30 29w5d 28w1d 31w2d
19 2.60 1.90 3.30 33 5.40 4.60 6.20 2.80 18w6d 17w6d 19w6d 5.40 30w2d 28w5d 31w6d
20 2.80 2.10 3.60 34 5.50 4.60 6.50 2.90 19w1d 18w1d 20w1d 5.50 30w5d 29w1d 32w2d
21 3.10 2.40 3.70 35 5.70 5.10 6.20 3.00 19w4d 18w3d 20w5d 5.60 31w2d 29w5d 32w6d
22 3.30 2.70 3.90 36 5.80 5.40 6.30 3.10 20w0d 18w6d 21w1d 5.70 31w6d 30w2d 33w3d
23 3.50 2.80 4.20 37 5.90 5.40 6.50 3.20 20w2d 19w1d 21w3d 5.80 32w3d 30w6d 34w0d
24 3.70 2.90 4.50 38 6.10 5.60 6.50 3.30 20w5d 19w4d 21w6d 5.90 33w0d 31w2d 34w5d
25 4.00 3.40 4.50 39 6.20 5.60 6.70 3.40 21w1d 20w0d 22w2d 6.00 33w3d 31w5d 35w1d
26 4.20 3.60 4.70 40 6.30 5.90 6.70 3.50 21w3d 20w2d 22w4d 6.10 34w0d 32w2d 35w5d
27 4.40 3.70 5.00 3.60 21w6d 20w5d 23w0d 6.20 34w4d 32w6d 36w2d
3.70 22w2d 21w0d 23w4d 6.30 35w1d 33w3d 36w6d
Femur Length (FL) : SHINOZUKA 3.80 22w5d 21w3d 24w0d 6.40 35w5d 34w0d 37w3d
3.90 23w1d 21w6d 24w3d 6.50 36w2d 34w4d 38w0d
GA Table 4.00 23w3d 22w1d 24w5d 6.60 37w0d 35w2d 38w5d
4.10 24w0d 22w5d 25w2d 6.70 37w4d 35w5d 39w3d
4.20 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d 6.80 38w1d 36w2d 40w0d
FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
4.30 24w6d 23w4d 26w1d 6.90 38w5d 36w6d 40w4d
2.00 16w1d 15w2d 17w0d 4.60 26w2d 24w6d 27w5d
4.40 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d 7.00 39w3d 37w4d 41w2d
2.10 16w3d 15w4d 17w2d 4.70 26w5d 25w2d 28w1d
4.50 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
2.20 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 4.80 27w2d 25w6d 28w5d
Reference Manual 39
Fetal Growth Table FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd)
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
1.00 13w2d 2.60 18w4d 4.20 24w4d 5.80 31w6d
1.10 13w4d 2.70 18w6d 4.30 25w0d 5.90 32w3d
Age (wd) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm) Age (wd) Mean (cm) -1.5SD (cm) +1.5SD (cm)
1.20 13w6d 2.80 19w2d 4.40 25w3d 6.00 32w6d
16w3d 2.14 1.74 2.54 30w3d 5.48 5.01 5.95
1.30 14w1d 2.90 19w4d 4.50 25w6d 6.10 33w4d
17w3d 2.40 1.99 2.80 31w3d 5.68 5.21 6.16
1.40 14w4d 3.00 20w0d 4.60 26w2d 6.20 34w1d
18w3d 2.65 2.25 3.06 32w3d 5.87 5.39 6.35
1.50 14w6d 3.10 20w2d 4.70 26w4d 6.30 34w4d
19w3d 2.91 2.50 3.32 33w3d 6.05 5.57 6.54
1.60 15w1d 3.20 20w5d 4.80 27w1d 6.40 35w2d
20w3d 3.16 2.74 3.58 34w3d 6.22 5.73 6.71
1.70 15w3d 3.30 21w0d 4.90 27w4d 6.50 35w5d
21w3d 3.41 2.99 3.84 35w3d 6.38 5.89 6.88
1.80 15w5d 3.40 21w3d 5.00 28w0d 6.60 36w3d
22w3d 3.66 3.23 4.09 36w3d 6.53 6.03 7.03
1.90 16w1d 3.50 21w5d 5.10 28w3d 6.70 36w6d
23w3d 3.91 3.47 4.34 37w3d 6.67 6.17 7.18
2.00 16w3d 3.60 22w1d 5.20 28w6d 6.80 37w1d
24w3d 4.15 3.71 4.59 38w3d 6.80 6.29 7.31
2.10 16w6d 3.70 22w4d 5.30 29w2d 6.90 38w3d
25w3d 4.39 3.94 4.83 39w3d 6.91 6.40 7.43
2.20 17w1d 3.80 23w1d 5.40 29w6d 7.00 39w1d
26w3d 4.62 4.17 5.07 40w3d 7.01 6.49 7.53
2.30 17w3d 3.90 23w2d 5.50 30w2d 7.10 39w6d
27w3d 4.84 4.39 5.30 41w3d 7.10 6.57 7.62
2.40 18w0d 4.00 23w5d 5.60 30w6d
28w3d 5.06 4.61 5.52 42w3d 7.17 6.64 7.70
29w3d 5.28 4.81 5.74 Fetal Growth Table
Femur Length (FL) : OSAKA Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
13w0d 0.94 0.21 26w4d 4.69 0.26
GA Table
13w1d 0.98 0.21 26w5d 4.72 0.27
13w2d 1.03 0.21 26w6d 4.75 0.27
FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd)
13w3d 1.07 0.21 27w0d 4.78 0.27
0.90 13w0d 2.50 18w1d 4.10 24w1d 5.70 31w3d
13w4d 1.12 0.21 27w1d 4.82 0.27
Reference Manual 40
Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
13w5d 1.17 0.21 27w2d 4.85 0.27 17w1d 2.22 0.23 30w5d 5.57 0.28
13w6d 1.21 0.22 27w3d 4.88 0.27 17w2d 2.26 0.23 30w6d 5.60 0.28
14w0d 1.26 0.22 27w4d 4.91 0.27 17w3d 2.30 0.23 31w0d 5.63 0.28
14w1d 1.30 0.22 27w5d 4.91 0.27 17w4d 2.34 0.23 31w1d 5.66 0.28
14w2d 1.35 0.22 27w6d 4.97 0.27 17w5d 2.39 0.23 31w2d 5.69 0.28
14w3d 1.39 0.22 28w0d 5.01 0.27 17w6d 2.43 0.23 31w3d 5.71 0.28
14w4d 1.44 0.22 28w1d 5.04 0.27 18w0d 2.47 0.23 31w4d 5.74 0.28
14w5d 1.48 0.22 28w2d 5.07 0.27 18w1d 2.51 0.23 31w5d 5.77 0.28
14w6d 1.53 0.22 28w3d 5.10 0.27 18w2d 2.55 0.23 31w6d 5.80 0.29
15w0d 1.57 0.22 28w4d 5.13 0.27 18w3d 2.59 0.23 32w0d 5.82 0.29
15w1d 1.61 0.22 28w5d 5.16 0.27 18w4d 2.63 0.23 32w1d 5.85 0.29
15w2d 1.66 0.22 28w6d 5.19 0.27 18w5d 2.67 0.23 32w2d 5.88 0.29
15w3d 1.70 0.22 29w0d 5.22 0.27 18w6d 2.71 0.23 32w3d 5.90 0.29
15w4d 1.75 0.22 29w1d 5.25 0.27 19w0d 2.75 0.24 32w4d 5.93 0.29
15w5d 1.79 0.22 29w2d 5.28 0.28 19w1d 2.79 0.24 32w5d 5.96 0.29
15w6d 1.83 0.22 29w3d 5.31 0.28 19w2d 2.83 0.24 32w6d 5.98 0.29
16w0d 1.88 0.22 29w4d 5.34 0.28 19w3d 2.87 0.24 33w0d 6.01 0.29
16w1d 1.92 0.22 29w5d 5.37 0.28 19w4d 2.91 0.24 33w1d 6.04 0.29
16w2d 1.96 0.22 29w6d 5.40 0.28 19w5d 2.95 0.24 33w2d 6.06 0.29
16w3d 2.01 0.23 30w0d 5.43 0.28 19w6d 2.99 0.24 33w3d 6.09 0.29
16w4d 2.05 0.23 30w1d 5.46 0.28 20w0d 3.03 0.24 33w4d 6.11 0.29
16w5d 2.09 0.23 30w2d 5.49 0.28 20w1d 3.07 0.24 33w5d 6.14 0.29
16w6d 2.13 0.23 30w3d 5.52 0.28 20w2d 3.11 0.24 33w6d 6.16 0.29
17w0d 2.18 0.23 30w4d 5.54 0.28 20w3d 3.15 0.24 34w0d 6.19 0.29
Reference Manual 41
Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
20w4d 3.19 0.24 34w1d 6.21 0.29 24w0d 4.08 0.25 37w4d 6.77 0.31
20w5d 3.23 0.24 34w2d 6.24 0.29 24w1d 4.11 0.26 37w5d 6.79 0.31
20w6d 3.27 0.24 34w3d 6.26 0.30 24w2d 4.15 0.26 37w6d 6.82 0.31
21w0d 3.30 0.24 34w4d 6.29 0.30 24w3d 4.18 0.26 38w0d 6.84 0.31
21w1d 3.34 0.24 34w5d 6.31 0.30 24w4d 4.22 0.26 38w1d 6.86 0.31
21w2d 3.38 0.24 34w6d 6.34 0.30 24w5d 4.25 0.26 38w2d 6.88 0.31
21w3d 3.42 0.24 35w0d 6.36 0.30 24w6d 4.28 0.26 38w3d 6.90 0.31
21w4d 3.46 0.25 35w1d 6.39 0.30 25w0d 4.32 0.26 38w4d 6.92 0.31
21w5d 3.49 0.25 35w2d 6.41 0.30 25w1d 4.35 0.26 38w5d 6.94 0.31
21w6d 3.53 0.25 35w3d 6.43 0.30 25w2d 4.39 0.26 38w6d 6.96 0.31
22w0d 3.57 0.25 35w4d 6.46 0.30 25w3d 4.42 0.26 39w0d 6.98 0.31
22w1d 3.61 0.25 35w5d 6.48 0.30 25w4d 4.45 0.26 39w1d 7.00 0.31
22w2d 3.64 0.25 35w6d 6.50 0.30 25w5d 4.49 0.26 39w2d 7.02 0.31
22w3d 3.68 0.25 36w0d 6.53 0.30 25w6d 4.52 0.26 39w3d 7.04 0.31
22w4d 3.72 0.25 36w1d 6.55 0.30 26w0d 4.56 0.26 39w4d 7.06 0.32
22w5d 3.75 0.25 36w2d 6.57 0.30 26w1d 4.59 0.26 39w5d 7.08 0.32
22w6d 3.79 0.25 36w3d 6.60 0.30 26w2d 4.62 0.26 39w6d 7.10 0.32
23w0d 3.83 0.25 36w4d 6.62 0.30 26w3d 4.65 0.26 40w0d 7.12 0.32
23w1d 3.86 0.25 36w5d 6.64 0.30
23w2d 3.90 0.25 36w6d 6.66 0.30
23w3d 3.93 0.25 37w0d 6.69 0.31
23w4d 3.97 0.25 37w1d 6.71 0.31
23w5d 4.01 0.25 37w2d 6.73 0.31
23w6d 4.04 0.25 37w3d 6.75 0.31
Reference Manual 42
Femur Length (FL) : CHITTY FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
2.90 18w6d 17w4d 20w3d 5.80 30w4d 28w0d 33w4d
GA Table
3.00 19w2d 17w6d 20w5d 5.90 31w1d 28w3d 34w1d
Altman DG, Chitty LS: New Charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy.
3.10 19w4d 18w1d 21w1d 6.00 31w4d 28w6d 34w4d
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997
3.20 20w0d 18w3d 21w4d 6.10 32w1d 29w2d 35w1d
FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
3.30 20w2d 18w5d 22w0d 6.20 32w4d 29w5d 35w5d
1.00 13w0d 12w1d 13w6d 3.90 22w4d 20w5d 24w3d
3.40 20w5d 19w1d 22w2d 6.30 33w1d 30w1d 36w2d
1.10 13w2d 12w3d 14w1d 4.00 22w6d 21w1d 24w6d
3.50 21w0d 19w3d 22w5d 6.40 33w4d 30w4d 36w6d
1.20 13w4d 12w5d 14w4d 4.10 23w2d 21w3d 25w2d
3.60 21w3d 19w5d 23w1d 6.50 34w1d 31w0d 37w3d
1.30 13w6d 13w0d 14w6d 4.20 23w5d 21w6d 25w5d
3.70 21w5d 20w1d 23w4d 6.60 34w4d 31w3d 38w0d
1.40 14w1d 13w1d 15w1d 4.30 24w1d 22w1d 26w1d
3.80 22w1d 20w3d 24w0d 6.70 35w1d 32w0d 38w5d
1.50 14w3d 13w4d 15w3d 4.40 24w3d 22w4d 26w4d
1.70 15w0d 14w0d 16w1d 4.60 25w2d 23w2d 27w4d Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al. : Charts of fetal size:4. Femur Length Bri. J Obstet & Gyn. Vol 101,
1.80 15w2d 14w2d 16w3d 4.70 25w5d 23w4d 28w0d 132-135, 1994
2.00 16w0d 14w6d 17w1d 4.90 26w4d 24w3d 29w0d 12 0.77 0.55 1.00 28 5.27 4.93 5.61
2.10 16w2d 15w1d 17w3d 5.00 27w0d 24w5d 29w3d 13 1.09 0.86 1.33 29 5.49 5.14 5.85
2.20 16w4d 15w3d 17w6d 5.10 27w3d 25w1d 30w0d 14 1.41 1.17 1.65 30 5.71 5.35 6.07
2.30 16w6d 15w5d 18w1d 5.20 27w6d 25w4d 30w3d 15 1.72 1.47 1.97 31 5.92 5.55 6.29
2.40 17w2d 16w0d 18w4d 5.30 28w2d 26w0d 31w0d 16 2.03 1.77 2.28 32 6.12 5.74 6.49
2.50 17w4d 16w2d 18w6d 5.40 28w5d 26w2d 31w3d 17 2.33 2.07 2.59 33 6.31 5.93 6.69
2.60 17w6d 16w4d 19w2d 5.50 29w2d 26w5d 32w0d 18 2.63 2.36 2.90 34 6.49 6.10 6.88
2.70 18w2d 16w6d 19w5d 5.60 29w5d 27w1d 32w3d 19 2.92 2.64 3.20 35 6.66 6.26 7.06
2.80 18w4d 17w1d 20w0d 5.70 30w1d 27w4d 33w0d 20 3.21 2.92 3.49 36 6.82 6.41 7.22
Reference Manual 43
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
21 3.49 3.19 3.78 37 6.97 6.56 7.38 4.90 26w0d 01w3d 7.40 39w0d 03w1d
22 3.76 3.46 4.06 38 7.11 6.69 7.53 5.20 27w0d 01w3d 7.50 40w0d 03w1d
23 4.03 3.72 4.34 39 7.24 6.81 7.66
25 4.55 4.23 4.87 41 7.46 7.02 7.90 Chitty, I., Campbell, Stuart, “Charts of Fetal Size : 4 Femur Length,”
British J of OB and Gyn., February 1994, Vol. 101, pp. 132-135, Table1.
26 4.80 4.47 5.13 42 7.55 7.11 8.00
27 5.04 4.70 5.37 Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm)
12w0d 0.85 23w0d 4.06 34w0d 6.43
Femur Length (FL) : CAMPBELL 13w0d 1.10 24w0d 4.35 35w0d 6.62
14w0d 1.41 25w0d 4.61 36w0d 6.83
GA Table 15w0d 1.71 26w0d 4.69 37w0d 6.99
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital 16w0d 2.05 27w0d 5.02 38w0d 7.08
FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) 17w0d 2.27 28w0d 5.24 39w0d 7.17
1.80 15w0d 00w6d 5.40 28w0d 01w4d 18w0d 2.69 29w0d 5.63 40w0d 7.47
2.20 16w0d 00w6d 5.60 29w0d 01w5d 19w0d 2.98 30w0d 5.80 41w0d 7.48
2.50 17w0d 00w6d 5.80 30w0d 01w6d 20w0d 3.22 31w0d 5.97 42w0d 7.60
2.80 18w0d 01w0d 6.10 31w0d 02w0d 21w0d 3.54 32w0d 6.13
3.00 19w0d 01w0d 6.30 32w0d 02w1d 22w0d 3.72 33w0d 6.28
3.30 20w0d 01w0d 6.50 33w0d 02w3d
3.60 21w0d 01w0d 6.60 34w0d 02w4d
3.90 22w0d 01w1d 6.80 35w0d 02w6d
4.20 23w0d 01w1d 6.90 36w0d 03w1d
4.40 24w0d 01w1d 7.10 37w0d 03w1d
4.70 25w0d 01w2d 7.20 38w0d 03w1d
Reference Manual 44
Femur Length (FL) : ASUM(SCW) FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)

2.22 17w0d 1w1d
Fetal Growth Table
3.37 21w0d 1w1d
Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine
4.45 25w0d 1w3d
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised
5.42 29w0d 1w4d
May 2001)
6.42 33w0d 2w1d
Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (w) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm)
6.90 37w0d 2w6d
11 8.00 2.00 22 37.00 5.00 33 65.00 4.00
7.34 41w0d 4w0d
12 10.00 2.50 23 43.00 5.00 34 66.00 4.00
13 11.00 2.50 24 45.00 4.00 35 67.00 6.00
Femur Length (FL) : CFEF
14 15.00 3.00 25 48.00 5.00 36 69.00 6.00
15 17.00 3.50 26 49.00 5.00 37 72.00 5.00
Fetal Growth Table
16 22.00 4.00 27 50.00 5.00 38 73.00 5.50 J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
17 25.00 4.00 28 54.00 4.00 39 75.00 6.00 Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
18 28.00 5.00 29 55.00 5.50 40 76.00 4.00 ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
19 30.00 5.00 30 58.00 6.00 41 77.00 5.00 Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
20 32.00 6.00 31 59.00 5.50 Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
21 34.00 6.00 32 62.00 6.00 12 0.63 0.39 0.88 27 5.05 4.67 5.43
13 0.99 0.73 1.24 28 5.28 4.89 5.66
Femur Length (FL) : BESSIS 14 1.33 1.07 1.60 29 5.49 5.11 5.89
15 1.67 1.39 1.94 30 5.71 5.31 6.11
GA Table 16 2.00 1.70 2.28 31 5.92 5.51 6.31
The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch.
17 2.31 2.01 2.61 32 6.11 5.70 6.52
Gahwiler dated , June 23, 1983)
18 2.62 2.31 2.93 33 6.30 5.89 6.71
FL (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
19 2.93 2.61 3.24 34 6.48 6.06 6.89
1.04 13w0d 1w0d
Reference Manual 45
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Fetal Growth Table
20 3.22 2.89 3.55 35 6.65 6.23 7.07
Gynecology” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
21 3.51 3.17 3.84 36 6.81 6.39 7.23
22 3.79 3.44 4.13 37 6.96 6.54 7.39
14 2.25 2.25 2.25 29 6.70 5.70 7.70
23 4.05 3.70 4.40 38 7.11 6.68 7.54
15 2.58 2.21 2.95 30 7.01 6.01 8.01
24 4.32 3.96 4.68 39 7.25 6.82 7.68
16 2.85 2.45 3.25 31 7.25 6.10 8.40
25 4.57 4.20 4.94 40 7.38 6.95 7.81
17 3.11 2.61 3.61 32 7.62 6.52 8.72
26 4.82 4.44 5.19 41 7.40 7.00 7.90
18 3.46 3.02 3.90 33 7.93 6.81 9.05
19 3.75 3.25 4.25 34 8.15 6.90 9.40
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) : HANSMANN
20 4.00 3.40 4.60 35 8.40 7.08 9.72
GA Table 21 4.34 3.76 4.92 36 8.75 7.40 10.10

Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and 22 4.65 4.04 5.26 37 9.02 7.62 10.42
Gynecology” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986 23 4.90 4.20 5.60 38 9.30 7.90 10.70
APTD (cm) GA (W) APTD (cm) GA (W) APTD (cm) GA (W) APTD (cm) GA (W) 24 5.15 4.35 5.95 39 9.53 8.06 11.00
2.25 14w 4.65 22w 7.01 30w 9.30 38w 25 5.48 4.68 6.28 40 9.68 8.16 11.20
2.58 15w 4.90 23w 7.25 31w 9.53 39w 26 5.80 4.95 6.65 41 9.84 8.32 11.35
2.85 16w 5.15 24w 7.62 32w 9.68 40w 27 6.15 5.30 7.00 42 9.91 8.41 11.40
3.11 17w 5.48 25w 7.93 33w 9.84 41w 28 6.39 5.43 7.35
3.46 18w 5.80 26w 8.15 34w 9.91 42w
3.75 19w 6.15 27w 8.40 35w
4.00 20w 6.39 28w 8.75 36w
4.34 21w 6.70 29w 9.02 37w
Reference Manual 46
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) and Thorax Transverse APTD x TTD (cm2) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) APTD x TTD (cm2) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
Diameter (TTD) : SHINOZUKA 46.00 28w0d 01w5d 88.00 38w5d 02w5d
48.00 28w4d 01w5d 90.00 39w2d 02w5d
GA Table
50.00 29w0d 01w5d
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of
Obstetrics and Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics
23(12) 877-888,1996 Fetal Growth Table
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of
APTD x TTD (cm2) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) APTD x TTD (cm2) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
Obstetrics and Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics
10.00 16w1d 01w1d 52.00 29w3d 01w6d 23(12) 877-888,1996
12.00 17w0d 01w1d 54.00 30w0d 01w6d Age (wd) -1.28SD (cm) Mean (cm) +1.28SD (cm) Age (wd) -1.28SD (cm) Mean (cm) +1.28SD (cm)
14.00 17w6d 01w1d 56.00 30w3d 01w6d 16w3d 7.9 11.2 14.6 30w3d 46.2 55.7 65.3
16.00 18w4d 01w1d 58.00 31w0d 02w0d 17w3d 9.7 13.3 17.0 31w3d 49.6 59.7 69.9
18.00 19w3d 01w1d 60.00 31w3d 02w0d 18w3d 11.6 15.6 19.6 32w3d 53.0 63.8 74.5
20.00 20w1d 01w1d 62.00 31w6d 02w0d 19w3d 13.7 18.1 22.4 33w3d 56.5 67.8 79.2
22.00 20w6d 01w2d 64.00 32w3d 02w1d 20w3d 16.1 20.8 25.5 34w3d 59.9 71.9 83.9
24.00 21w4d 01w2d 66.00 32w6d 02w1d 21w3d 18.5 23.6 28.8 35w3d 63.3 75.9 88.6
26.00 22w2d 01w2d 68.00 33w3d 02w1d 22w3d 21.2 26.7 32.2 36w3d 66.6 79.9 93.3
28.00 22w6d 01w2d 70.00 33w6d 02w2d 23w3d 23.9 29.9 35.9 37w3d 69.8 83.9 97.9
30.00 23w4d 01w2d 72.00 34w2d 02w2d 24w3d 26.8 33.2 39.7 38w3d 72.9 87.7 102.5
32.00 24w1d 01w3d 74.00 34w6d 02w3d 25w3d 29.8 36.7 43.6 39w3d 76.0 91.5 107.0
34.00 24w5d 01w3d 76.00 35w3d 02w3d 26w3d 33.0 40.3 47.7 40w3d 78.9 95.1 111.4
36.00 25w2d 01w3d 78.00 35w6d 02w3d 27w3d 36.2 44.1 52.0 41w3d 81.6 98.6 115.7
38.00 25w6d 01w3d 80.00 36w3d 02w4d 28w3d 39.4 47.9 56.3 42w3d 84.1 102.0 119.8
40.00 26w3d 01w4d 82.00 37w0d 02w4d 29w3d 42.8 51.8 60.8
42.00 27w0d 01w4d 84.00 37w4d 02w4d
44.00 27w3d 01w4d 86.00 38w1d 02w4d
Reference Manual 47
Thorax Transverse Diameter (TTD) : HANSMANN Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
13 2.00 2.00 2.00 28 6.90 6.20 7.70
GA Table
14 2.40 2.00 2.80 29 7.20 6.40 8.00
TTD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) TTD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) 15 2.70 2.30 3.10 30 7.40 6.70 8.30
1.70 12w0d 01w0d 6.50 27w0d 02w3d 16 3.10 2.70 3.50 31 7.80 7.00 8.60
2.00 13w0d 01w0d 6.90 28w0d 02w3d 17 3.40 3.00 3.80 32 8.10 7.30 8.90
2.40 14w0d 01w0d 7.20 29w0d 02w4d 18 3.70 3.30 4.20 33 8.30 7.50 9.30
2.70 15w0d 01w1d 7.40 30w0d 02w5d 19 4.00 3.60 4.60 34 8.60 7.80 9.60
3.10 16w0d 01w1d 7.80 31w0d 02w6d 20 4.40 3.90 4.90 35 8.90 8.00 9.90
3.40 17w0d 01w2d 8.10 32w0d 03w0d 21 4.70 4.20 5.30 36 9.20 8.30 10.20
3.70 18w0d 01w2d 8.30 33w0d 03w1d 22 5.00 4.50 5.60 37 9.40 8.50 10.50
4.00 19w0d 01w3d 8.60 34w0d 03w4d 23 5.30 4.80 6.00 38 9.70 8.70 10.80
4.40 20w0d 01w4d 8.90 35w0d 04w0d 24 5.60 5.00 6.30 39 9.90 8.90 11.10
4.70 21w0d 01w5d 9.20 36w0d 04w3d 25 5.90 5.30 6.70 40 10.10 9.10 11.40
5.00 22w0d 01w6d 9.40 37w0d 04w3d 26 6.20 5.60 7.00 41 10.20 9.20 11.70
5.30 23w0d 02w0d 9.70 38w0d 04w3d
5.60 24w0d 02w1d 9.90 39w0d 04w3d Gestational Sac (GS) : KOREAN
5.90 25w0d 02w1d 10.10 40w0d 04w3d
6.20 26w0d 02w2d GA Table
Fetal Growth Table
GA = GS × 0.71887 + 6.156004
Gynecology” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986 Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
Min Range : 2.5 cm
12 1.70 1.70 1.70 27 6.50 5.90 7.30
Max Range : 6.1 cm
Reference Manual 48
Gestational Sac (GS) : HANSMANN GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd)
1.30 05w3d 2.80 07w4d 4.30 09w5d 5.80 11w6d
GA Table
1.40 05w4d 2.90 07w5d 4.40 09w6d 5.90 12w0d
Hansmann M., Hackeloer BJ, Staudach A, Wittman. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
1.50 05w5d 3.00 07w6d 4.50 10w0d 6.00 12w1d
Gynecology.” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986.
1.60 05w6d 3.10 08w0d 4.60 10w1d
GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd)
1.70 06w0d 3.20 08w1d 4.70 10w2d
0.70 04w6d 1.50 06w5d
1.80 06w1d 3.30 08w2d 4.80 10w3d
0.90 05w5d 2.40 07w3d
1.00 06w0d 2.80 08w2d Gestational Sac (GS) : NYBERG
1.30 06w2d 3.40 09w0d
GA Table
Gestational Sac (GS) : HELLMAN Nyberg, David, A., Hill, Lyndon, M., Bohm-Vele, Marcela., Mendelson, Ellen, B. “Transvaginal
Ultrasound.” Mosby Yearbook, 76. 1992
GA Table GA = 0.132 × GSmm + 4.299
Hellman LM, Kobayashi M, Fillisti l, et al. Growth and development of the human fetus prior to Output Unit : w(weeks)
the 20th week of gestation. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology Input Unit : mm
GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) Min Range : 0.14 cm
0.40 04w1d 1.90 06w2d 3.40 08w3d 4.90 10w4d Max Range : 5.54 cm
0.50 04w2d 2.00 06w3d 3.50 08w4d 5.00 10w5d

0.60 04w3d 2.10 06w4d 3.60 08w5d 5.10 11w0d
Gestational Sac (GS) : TOKYO
0.70 04w4d 2.20 06w5d 3.70 08w6d 5.20 11w1d
GA Table
0.80 04w5d 2.30 06w6d 3.80 09w0d 5.30 11w2d
Tokyo University Takashi Okai, et al. Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol.38, No.8
0.90 04w6d 2.40 07w0d 3.90 09w1d 5.40 11w3d
GS (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
1.00 05w0d 2.50 07w1d 4.00 09w2d 5.50 11w4d
1.0 4w0d 1w0d 4.1 9w0d 2w0d
1.10 05w1d 2.60 07w2d 4.10 09w3d 5.60 11w5d
1.6 5w0d 1w1d 4.8 10w0d 2w1d
1.20 05w2d 2.70 07w3d 4.20 09w4d 5.70 11w6d
Reference Manual 49
GS (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) GS (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Fetal Growth Table
2.2 6w0d 1w4d 5.7 11w0d 2w2d
2.7 7w0d 1w5d 6.7 12w0d 2w3d
3.4 8w0d 1w6d
14 3.10 3.10 3.10 28 9.10 8.30 9.80
15 3.80 3.20 4.20 29 9.50 8.70 10.10
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : HANSMANN
16 4.10 3.60 4.60 30 9.80 8.90 10.50
GA Table 17 4.60 4.10 5.10 31 10.00 9.20 10.70

18 5.00 4.50 5.50 32 10.30 9.50 11.00
OFD (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd) OFD (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd)
19 5.40 4.90 6.00 33 10.50 9.70 11.20
3.10 14w0d 01w3d 9.10 28w0d 02w3d
20 5.80 5.30 6.40 34 10.70 9.90 11.50
3.80 15w0d 01w2d 9.50 29w0d 02w5d
21 6.30 5.70 6.90 35 10.90 10.10 11.70
4.10 16w0d 01w1d 9.80 30w0d 03w0d
22 6.70 6.10 7.30 36 11.10 10.30 11.80
4.60 17w0d 01w1d 10.00 31w0d 03w2d
23 7.20 6.50 7.80 37 11.20 10.40 12.00
5.00 18w0d 01w1d 10.30 32w0d 03w5d
24 7.60 6.90 8.20 38 11.30 10.50 12.10
5.40 19w0d 01w2d 10.50 33w0d 04w4d
25 8.00 7.30 8.70 39 11.40 10.60 12.30
5.80 20w0d 01w2d 10.70 34w0d 04w4d
26 8.40 7.60 9.10 40 11.50 10.70 12.40
6.30 21w0d 01w3d 10.90 35w0d 04w4d
27 8.80 8.00 9.50
6.70 22w0d 01w3d 11.10 36w0d 04w4d
7.20 23w0d 01w4d 11.20 37w0d 04w4d
7.60 24w0d 01w5d 11.30 38w0d 04w4d
8.00 25w0d 02w0d 11.40 39w0d 05w0d
8.40 26w0d 02w1d 11.50 40w0d 05w4d
8.80 27w0d 02w2d
Reference Manual 50
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : ASUM(SCW) Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : KOREAN

Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational
Policies and Statements - [D7] Statement On Normal Ultrasonic Fetal Measurements (Revised Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995
May 2001) GA = OFD ×1.55941 + 0.07730580 × OFD2 + 7.937391
Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
11 21.00 2.00 27 86.00 4.50
Min Range : 2.4 cm
12 24.00 2.00 28 95.00 5.00
Max Range : 12.4 cm
13 29.00 3.00 29 97.00 5.50
14 34.00 3.00 30 98.00 5.50
Fetal Growth Table
15 38.00 3.00 31 101.00 5.00
16 46.00 3.00 32 102.00 5.00 Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995
17 50.00 3.00 33 107.00 5.50 OFD = 5.956658 x MA - 0.045874 x MA2 - 40.707331(Unit: mm)
18 54.00 3.50 34 108.00 5.50 Output Unit : cm
19 57.00 3.50 35 109.00 5.50 Input Unit : w(week)
20 61.00 3.50 36 112.00 5.50 Min Range : 12w

Max Range : 40w
21 63.00 4.00 37 113.00 6.00
22 68.00 3.50 38 116.00 5.50 Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (wd)
23 76.00 4.00 39 119.00 6.00 12 2.503 0.391 32 10.283 0.357
24 79.00 4.00 40 120.00 6.00 16 4.250 0.269 34 10.716 0.390
25 82.00 4.50 41 122.00 6.00 20 5.918 0.303 36 11.553 0.365
26 84.00 4.50 24 7.479 0.564 38 12.053 0.233

28 9.173 0.393 40 12.059 0.598
Reference Manual 51
Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : MERZ Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
18 5.20 4.70 5.60 33 10.50 9.90 11.10
GA Table
19 5.60 5.10 6.10 34 10.70 10.10 11.30
OFD (cm) GA (wd) OFD (cm) GA (wd) OFD (cm) GA (wd) OFD (cm) GA (wd) 20 6.00 5.60 6.50 35 10.90 10.30 11.50
3.00 12w5d 5.60 19w0d 8.20 25w5d 10.20 32w0d 21 6.50 6.00 6.90 36 11.00 10.40 11.60
3.20 13w0d 5.80 19w5d 8.40 26w0d 10.40 32w5d 22 6.90 6.40 7.40 37 11.20 10.50 11.80
3.40 13w5d 6.00 20w0d 8.60 26w5d 10.50 33w0d 23 7.30 6.80 7.80 38 11.30 10.60 11.90
3.50 14w0d 6.30 20w5d 8.80 27w0d 10.60 33w5d 24 7.70 7.20 8.20 39 11.40 10.70 12.00
3.70 14w5d 6.50 21w0d 9.00 27w5d 10.70 34w0d 25 8.10 7.50 8.60 40 11.40 10.80 12.10
3.90 15w0d 6.70 21w5d 9.10 28w0d 10.80 34w5d 26 8.40 7.90 9.00 41 11.50 10.80 12.10
4.10 15w5d 6.90 22w0d 9.30 28w5d 10.90 35w0d 27 8.80 8.20 9.30
4.30 16w0d 7.10 22w5d 9.40 29w0d 11.00 35w5d
4.50 16w5d 7.30 23w0d 9.60 29w5d 11.10 36w5d Outer Ocular Distance (OOD) : JENATY
4.70 17w0d 7.50 23w5d 9.70 30w0d 11.20 37w0d
5.00 17w5d 7.70 24w0d 9.90 30w5d 11.30 38w0d GA Table
5.20 18w0d 7.90 24w5d 10.00 31w0d 11.40 39w0d Jeanty, P., Rodesch, F., Delbeke, D., Dumont, J. “Estimation of Gestational Age
5.40 18w5d 8.10 25w0d 10.10 31w5d 11.50 41w5d from Measurements of Fetal Long Bones” Journal of Ultrasound Medicine, 3:
75-79, February, 1984
Fetal Growth Table OOD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) OOD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (w) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) 1.50 10w3d 07w1d 13w6d 4.10 25w6d 23w1d 29w1d
13 3.20 2.80 3.60 28 9.10 8.60 9.70 1.60 11w0d 07w5d 14w3d 4.20 26w4d 23w1d 29w6d
14 3.50 3.10 4.00 29 9.40 8.90 10.00 1.70 11w4d 08w2d 15w0d 4.30 27w1d 23w6d 30w3d
15 3.90 3.50 4.30 30 9.70 9.20 10.30 1.80 12w1d 08w6d 15w4d 4.40 27w5d 24w3d 31w0d
16 4.30 3.90 4.80 31 10.00 9.40 10.60 1.90 12w6d 09w4d 16w1d 4.50 28w2d 25w0d 31w4d
17 4.70 4.30 5.20 32 10.20 9.70 10.80 2.00 13w3d 10w1d 16w5d 4.60 28w6d 25w4d 32w1d
Reference Manual 52
OOD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) OOD (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Humerus (HUM) : JENATY
2.10 14w0d 10w5d 17w2d 4.70 29w4d 26w1d 32w6d
GA Table
2.20 14w4d 11w2d 17w6d 4.80 30w1d 26w6d 33w3d
Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Mumont J, “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements
2.30 15w1d 11w6d 18w4d 4.90 30w5d 27w2d 34w0d
of Fetal Long Bones.” J Ultrasound Med 3:75-79, 1984
2.40 15w6d 12w4d 19w1d 5.00 31w2d 27w6d 34w4d
Humerus (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Humerus (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
2.50 16w3d 13w1d 19w5d 5.10 31w6d 28w4d 35w1d
1.00 12w4d 02w5d 4.00 24w2d 02w6d
2.60 17w0d 13w5d 20w2d 5.20 32w4d 29w1d 35w6d
1.10 12w6d 02w5d 4.10 24w6d 02w5d
2.70 17w4d 14w2d 20w6d 5.30 33w0d 29w5d 36w3d
1.20 13w1d 02w5d 4.20 25w2d 02w5d
2.80 18w1d 14w6d 21w4d 5.40 33w4d 30w2d 37w0d
1.30 13w4d 02w5d 4.30 25w5d 02w6d
2.90 18w6d 15w4d 22w1d 5.50 34w1d 30w6d 37w4d
1.40 13w6d 02w5d 4.40 26w1d 02w6d
3.00 19w3d 16w1d 22w5d 5.60 34w6d 31w4d 38w1d
1.50 14w1d 02w5d 4.50 26w5d 02w6d
3.10 20w0d 16w4d 23w2d 5.70 35w3d 32w1d 38w5d
1.60 14w4d 02w5d 4.60 27w1d 02w6d
3.20 20w4d 17w1d 23w6d 5.80 36w0d 32w5d 39w2d
1.70 14w6d 02w5d 4.70 27w5d 02w6d
3.30 21w1d 17w6d 24w4d 5.90 36w4d 33w2d 39w6d
1.80 15w1d 02w6d 4.80 28w1d 02w6d
3.40 21w5d 18w3d 25w1d 6.00 37w1d 33w6d 40w4d
1.90 15w4d 02w5d 4.90 28w6d 02w5d
3.50 22w2d 19w0d 25w5d 6.10 37w6d 34w4d 41w1d
2.00 15w6d 02w6d 5.00 29w2d 02w5d
3.60 22w6d 19w4d 26w2d 6.20 38w3d 35w1d 41w4d
2.10 16w2d 02w6d 5.10 29w6d 02w5d
3.70 23w4d 20w1d 26w6d 6.30 39w0d 35w5d 42w2d
2.20 16w5d 02w6d 5.20 30w2d 02w6d
3.80 24w1d 20w6d 27w3d 6.40 39w4d 36w2d 42w6d
2.30 17w1d 02w6d 5.30 30w6d 02w5d
3.90 24w5d 21w3d 28w0d 6.50 40w1d 36w6d 43w4d
2.40 17w3d 02w5d 5.40 31w3d 02w5d
4.00 25w2d 22w0d 28w4d
2.50 17w6d 02w5d 5.50 32w0d 02w5d
2.60 18w1d 02w6d 5.60 32w4d 02w5d
2.70 18w4d 02w6d 5.70 33w1d 02w5d
2.80 19w0d 02w6d 5.80 33w4d 02w6d
Reference Manual 53
Humerus (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Humerus (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
2.90 19w3d 02w5d 5.90 34w1d 02w5d 22 3.50 3.00 4.00 36 6.10 5.60 6.50
3.00 19w6d 02w5d 6.00 34w6d 02w5d 23 3.80 3.30 4.20 37 6.20 5.70 6.70
3.10 20w2d 02w5d 6.10 35w2d 02w6d 24 4.00 3.50 4.50 38 6.30 5.90 6.80
3.20 20w5d 02w6d 6.20 35w6d 02w6d 25 4.20 3.70 4.70 39 6.50 6.00 7.00
3.30 21w1d 02w5d 6.30 36w4d 02w5d 26 4.40 3.90 4.90 40 6.60 6.10 7.10
3.40 21w4d 02w5d 6.40 37w1d 02w5d
3.50 22w0d 02w6d 6.50 37w5d 02w6d Humerus (HUM) : KOREAN
3.60 22w4d 02w4d 6.60 38w2d 02w6d
3.70 22w6d 02w6d 6.70 38w6d 02w6d GA Table
3.80 23w3d 02w5d 6.80 39w4d 02w5d
3.90 23w6d 02w5d 6.90 40w1d 02w5d
GA = HUM x 3.02718 + 0.2005 x HUM2 + 9.907522
Fetal Growth Table
Input Unit : cm
Jeanty, P., Romero, R. “Obstetrical Ultrasound.” New York, McGraw-hill, 1983, p.190
Min Range : 0.7 cm
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Max Range : 7.3 cm
13 1.10 0.60 1.60 27 4.60 4.10 5.10
15 1.70 1.20 2.20 29 5.00 4.50 5.50 Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational
16 2.00 1.50 2.50 30 5.10 4.70 5.60
HUM = 3.679948 x MA - 0.029359 x MA2 - 33.413660 (Unit: mm)
17 2.20 1.80 2.70 31 5.30 4.80 5.80
Output Unit : cm
18 2.50 2.00 3.00 32 5.50 5.00 6.00
19 2.80 2.30 3.30 33 5.60 5.10 6.10
Min Range : 12w
20 3.00 2.50 3.50 34 5.80 5.30 6.30
Max Range : 40w
21 3.30 2.80 3.80 35 5.90 5.40 6.40
Reference Manual 54
Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Fetal Growth Table
Merz, Eberband, “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third
12 0.690 0.118 32 5.495 0.212
Trimesters.” J Clin Ultrasound 15: 175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987
16 1.796 0.122 34 5.800 0.253
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (wd)
20 2.803 0.129 36 6.114 0.249
12 0.80 0.40 1.10 27 4.60 4.20 5.00
24 3.802 0.169 38 6.396 0.256
13 1.10 0.70 1.40 28 4.80 4.40 5.20
28 4.605 0.178 40 6.579 0.316
14 1.40 1.00 1.70 29 5.00 4.60 5.40
15 1.60 1.30 2.00 30 5.20 4.80 5.60
Humerus (HUM) : MERZ
16 1.90 1.60 2.30 31 5.40 4.90 5.80
GA Table 17 2.20 1.80 2.60 32 5.50 5.10 6.00

Merz, Eberband, “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third 18 2.50 2.10 2.80 33 5.70 5.30 6.20
Trimesters.” J Clin Ultrasound 15: 175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987 19 2.70 2.40 3.10 34 5.90 5.40 6.30
Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) 20 3.00 2.60 3.40 35 6.00 5.50 6.50
1.00 13w0d 3.70 23w0d 5.60 33w0d 21 3.20 2.90 3.60 36 6.10 5.70 6.60
1.20 14w0d 3.80 24w0d 5.80 34w0d 22 3.50 3.10 3.90 37 6.30 5.80 6.70
1.40 15w0d 4.20 25w0d 5.90 35w0d 23 3.70 3.30 4.10 38 6.40 5.90 6.90
1.70 16w0d 4.30 26w0d 6.00 36w0d 24 4.00 3.60 4.40 39 6.50 6.00 7.00
2.00 17w0d 4.50 27w0d 6.10 37w0d 25 4.20 3.80 4.60 40 6.60 6.20 7.10
2.30 18w0d 4.70 28w0d 6.40 38w0d 26 4.40 4.00 4.80
2.60 19w0d 4.80 29w0d 6.50 39w0d
2.90 20w0d 5.00 30w0d 6.60 40w0d
3.20 21w0d 5.30 31w0d
3.30 22w0d 5.40 32w0d
Reference Manual 55
Humerus (HUM) : OSAKA Fetal Growth Table

GA Table Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 13 1.12 0.21 27 4.48 0.42
Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) Humerus (cm) G.A (wd) 14 1.33 0.24 28 4.67 0.41
1.00 13w0d 2.80 19w4d 4.60 28w0d 15 1.56 0.27 29 4.86 0.40
1.10 13w2d 2.90 20w0d 4.70 28w4d 16 1.81 0.30 30 5.03 0.39
1.20 13w5d 3.00 20w3d 4.80 29w1d 17 2.06 0.33 31 5.19 0.38
1.30 14w0d 3.10 20w5d 4.90 29w5d 18 2.32 0.36 32 5.34 0.37
1.40 14w2d 3.20 21w2d 5.00 30w3d 19 2.57 0.38 33 5.48 0.36
1.50 14w5d 3.30 21w4d 5.10 31w0d 20 2.83 0.40 34 5.61 0.34
1.60 15w0d 3.40 22w1d 5.20 31w5d 21 3.09 0.41 35 5.72 0.33
1.70 15w3d 3.50 22w4d 5.30 32w3d 22 3.34 0.42 36 5.83 0.32
1.80 15w5d 3.60 23w0d 5.40 33w1d 23 3.59 0.43 37 5.93 0.31
1.90 16w1d 3.70 23w3d 5.50 33w6d 24 3.83 0.43 38 6.03 0.29
2.00 16w3d 3.80 23w6d 5.60 34w4d 25 4.05 0.43 39 6.11 0.28
2.10 16w5d 3.90 24w2d 5.70 35w3d 26 4.27 0.47 40 6.19 0.28
2.20 17w2d 4.00 24w6d 5.80 36w2d
2.30 17w4d 4.10 25w3d 5.90 37w1d Humerus (HUM) : ASUM(SCW)
2.40 18w0d 4.20 26w0d 6.00 38w1d
2.50 18w3d 4.30 26w3d 6.10 39w2d Fetal Growth Table
2.60 18w6d 4.40 26w6d 6.20 40w0d Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine
2.70 19w1d 4.50 27w3d
May 2001)
Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
11 8.00 3.00 27 47.00 4.00
Reference Manual 56
Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
12 9.00 2.00 28 50.00 5.00 1.20 14w1d 11w1d 17w0d 4.20 26w1d 23w2d 29w1d
13 11.00 3.00 29 51.00 5.00 1.30 14w3d 11w4d 17w2d 4.30 26w4d 23w5d 29w4d
14 14.00 4.00 30 52.00 5.00 1.40 14w6d 11w6d 17w5d 4.40 27w1d 24w1d 30w0d
15 17.00 5.50 31 54.00 5.00 1.50 15w1d 12w1d 18w0d 4.50 27w4d 24w4d 30w4d
16 21.00 4.00 32 56.00 5.00 1.60 15w4d 12w4d 18w3d 4.60 28w0d 25w1d 30w6d
17 25.00 5.00 33 57.00 6.00 1.70 15w6d 13w0d 18w6d 4.70 28w4d 25w4d 31w3d
18 27.00 5.50 34 59.00 5.50 1.80 16w1d 13w2d 19w1d 4.80 29w0d 26w1d 31w6d
19 29.00 5.00 35 60.00 6.00 1.90 16w4d 13w5d 19w4d 4.90 29w3d 26w4d 32w2d
20 31.00 5.00 36 62.00 5.00 2.00 17w0d 14w1d 19w6d 5.00 29w6d 27w0d 32w6d
21 32.00 6.00 37 63.00 6.00 2.10 17w3d 14w4d 20w2d 5.10 30w3d 27w4d 33w2d
22 35.00 6.00 38 64.00 6.00 2.20 17w6d 14w6d 20w5d 5.20 30w6d 28w0d 33w6d
23 38.00 4.00 39 65.00 5.50 2.30 18w1d 15w1d 21w1d 5.30 31w3d 28w4d 34w2d
24 40.00 6.00 40 66.00 6.00 2.40 18w4d 15w4d 21w3d 5.40 31w6d 29w0d 34w6d
25 43.00 5.00 41 68.00 6.00 2.50 18w6d 16w0d 21w6d 5.50 32w3d 29w4d 35w2d
26 44.00 4.00 2.60 19w2d 16w3d 22w1d 5.60 32w6d 30w0d 35w6d
2.70 19w5d 16w6d 22w4d 5.70 33w3d 30w4d 36w2d
Tibia (TIB) : JENATY 2.80 20w1d 17w1d 23w0d 5.80 33w6d 31w0d 36w6d
2.90 20w4d 17w4d 23w4d 5.90 34w3d 31w4d 37w2d
3.10 21w3d 18w4d 24w2d 6.10 35w3d 32w4d 38w2d
3.20 21w6d 18w6d 24w5d 6.20 35w6d 33w0d 38w6d
Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
3.30 22w1d 19w2d 25w1d 6.30 36w4d 33w4d 39w3d
1.00 13w3d 10w4d 16w2d 4.00 25w2d 22w3d 28w1d
3.40 22w4d 19w5d 25w4d 6.40 37w0d 34w1d 39w6d
1.10 13w5d 10w6d 16w4d 4.10 25w5d 22w6d 28w4d
3.50 23w1d 20w1d 26w0d 6.50 37w4d 34w4d 40w3d
Reference Manual 57
Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Tibia (cm) G.A (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Tibia (TIB) : MERZ
3.60 23w4d 20w4d 26w3d 6.60 38w0d 35w1d 41w0d
GA Table
3.70 23w6d 21w0d 26w6d 6.70 38w4d 35w5d 41w4d
Merz, E., et al. “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third Trimesters.”
3.80 24w3d 21w4d 27w2d 6.80 39w1d 36w1d 42w0d
J Clin Ultrasound 15: 175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987
3.90 24w6d 21w6d 27w5d 6.90 39w5d 36w6d 42w4d
Tibia (cm) GA (wd) Tibia (cm) GA (wd) Tibia (cm) GA (wd) Tibia (cm) GA (wd)
0.90 13w0d 3.00 21w0d 4.60 29w0d 6.10 37w0d
Fetal Growth Table
Jeanty, P., Romero, R. “Obstetrical Ultrasound.” New York, McGraw-hill, 1983, p.192 1.00 14w0d 3.20 22w0d 4.80 30w0d 6.20 38w0d
1.30 15w0d 3.60 23w0d 5.10 31w0d 6.40 39w0d
1.60 16w0d 3.70 24w0d 5.20 32w0d 6.50 40w0d
14 1.20 0.70 1.70 28 4.60 4.10 5.10
1.80 17w0d 4.00 25w0d 5.40 33w0d 6.60 41w0d
15 1.50 0.90 2.00 29 4.80 4.30 5.30
2.20 18w0d 4.20 26w0d 5.70 34w0d 6.80 42w0d
16 1.70 1.20 2.20 30 5.00 4.50 5.50
2.50 19w0d 4.40 27w0d 5.80 35w0d
17 2.00 1.50 2.50 31 5.20 4.70 5.70
2.70 20w0d 4.50 28w0d 6.00 36w0d
18 2.20 1.70 2.70 32 5.40 4.80 5.90
19 2.50 2.00 3.00 33 5.50 5.00 6.00
Fetal Growth Table
20 2.70 2.20 3.30 34 5.70 5.20 6.20
Merz, E., Grupner, A., Kern, F. “Mathematical Modeling of Fetal Limb Growth.” Journal of
21 3.00 2.50 3.50 35 5.80 5.30 6.40 Clinical Ultrasound. 17: 179-185, March/April, 1989.
22 3.20 2.70 3.80 36 6.00 5.50 6.50
23 3.50 3.00 4.00 37 6.10 5.60 6.70
12 0.70 0.40 1.00 27 4.50 4.00 4.90
24 3.70 3.20 4.20 38 6.30 5.80 6.80
13 1.00 0.60 1.30 28 4.70 4.20 5.10
25 4.00 3.40 4.50 39 6.40 5.90 6.90
14 1.20 0.90 1.60 29 4.90 4.40 5.30
26 4.20 3.70 4.70 40 6.60 6.10 7.10
15 1.50 1.20 1.90 30 5.00 4.60 5.50
27 4.40 3.90 4.90
16 1.80 1.40 2.10 31 5.20 4.80 5.70
17 2.10 1.70 2.40 32 5.40 5.00 5.80
18 2.30 2.00 2.70 33 5.60 5.10 6.00
Reference Manual 58
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) CEREB (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd) CEREB (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd)
19 2.60 2.20 3.00 34 5.70 5.30 6.20 2.30 21w3d 01w6d 4.50 34w5d 02w3d
20 2.80 2.50 3.20 35 5.90 5.40 6.30 2.40 22w1d 01w6d 4.60 35w2d 02w3d
21 3.10 2.70 3.50 36 6.00 5.60 6.50 2.50 22w5d 01w6d 4.70 35w5d 02w3d
22 3.30 2.90 3.70 37 6.20 5.70 6.60 2.60 23w4d 01w6d 4.80 36w1d 03w1d
23 3.60 3.20 4.00 38 6.30 5.90 6.80 2.70 24w1d 02w0d 4.90 36w4d 03w1d
24 3.80 3.40 4.20 39 6.40 6.00 6.90 2.80 24w6d 02w0d 5.00 36w5d 03w1d
25 4.00 3.60 4.40 40 6.60 6.10 7.00 2.90 25w4d 02w0d 5.10 37w1d 03w1d
26 4.20 3.80 4.60 3.00 26w1d 02w0d 5.20 37w4d 03w1d
3.10 26w6d 02w0d 5.30 37w5d 03w1d
Cerebellum : HILL 3.20 27w4d 02w0d 5.40 38w0d 03w1d
3.30 28w1d 02w0d 5.50 38w2d 03w1d
GA Table 3.40 28w5d 02w0d 5.60 38w4d 03w1d
Hill L M, Guzick D, Fries J, Hixson J, Rivello D, “The Transverse Cerebellar Diameter in Estimation
3.50 29w3d 02w0d
Gestational Age in the Large-for-Gestational-Age-Fetus.” Obsterics and Gynecology 1990.
75:938
Cerebellum : CHITTY
CEREB (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd) CEREB (cm) G.A (wd) ±SD (wd)
1.40 15w1d 01w0d 3.60 30w0d 02w3d
GA Table
1.50 15w5d 01w0d 3.70 30w4d 02w3d
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al. : Charts of fetal size:2. Head Measurements Bri. J Obstet & Gyn.
1.60 16w4d 01w0d 3.80 31w1d 02w3d Vol 101, 35-43, 1994
1.70 17w1d 01w0d 3.90 31w5d 02w3d
CEREB (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) CEREB (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
1.80 17w6d 01w0d 4.00 32w2d 02w3d
1.30 14w3d 13w1d 16w0d 2.50 24w2d 22w2d 26w3d
1.90 18w4d 01w6d 4.10 32w5d 02w3d
1.40 15w2d 14w0d 16w6d 2.60 25w0d 23w0d 27w3d
2.00 19w2d 01w6d 4.20 33w3d 02w3d
1.50 16w2d 14w6d 17w5d 2.70 25w6d 23w4d 28w2d
2.10 20w0d 01w6d 4.30 33w6d 02w3d
1.60 17w0d 15w4d 18w4d 2.80 26w4d 24w1d 29w2d
2.20 20w5d 01w6d 4.40 34w3d 02w3d
Reference Manual 59
CEREB (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) CEREB (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
1.70 17w6d 16w3d 19w3d 2.90 27w2d 24w5d 30w2d 23 2.40 2.20 2.60 36 4.30 3.60 5.50
1.80 18w5d 17w2d 20w2d 3.00 28w0d 25w1d 31w2d 24 2.50 2.20 2.80 37 4.50 3.70 5.50
1.90 19w4d 18w0d 21w1d 3.10 28w6d 25w5d 32w2d 25 2.80 2.30 2.90 38 4.85 4.00 5.50
2.00 20w3d 18w6d 22w0d 3.20 29w4d 26w1d 33w3d 26 2.90 2.50 3.20 39 5.20 5.20 5.50
2.10 21w1d 19w4d 22w6d 3.30 30w2d 26w4d 34w4d 27 3.00 2.60 3.20
2.20 22w0d 20w2d 23w5d 3.40 31w0d 26w6d 35w5d
2.30 22w5d 21w0d 24w4d 3.50 31w5d 27w2d 36w6d Ulna : JEANTY
2.40 23w4d 21w5d 25w4d 3.60 32w3d 27w4d 38w1d
GA Table
Cerebellum : GOLDSTEIN
Fetal Growth Table Ulna (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Ulna (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
Cerebellar measurements with ultrasonography in the evaluation of fetal growth and 1.00 13w1d 10w1d 16w1d 3.80 25w1d 22w1d 28w1d
development 1.10 13w4d 10w4d 16w4d 3.90 25w4d 22w4d 28w5d
AM J. Obstet. Gynecol. 156:1065-1069, 1987 1.20 13w6d 10w6d 16w6d 4.00 26w1d 23w1d 29w1d
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) 1.30 14w1d 11w1d 17w2d 4.10 26w5d 23w4d 29w5d
15 1.40 1.00 1.60 28 3.10 2.70 3.40 1.40 14w4d 11w4d 17w5d 4.20 27w1d 24w1d 30w2d
16 1.60 1.40 1.70 29 3.40 2.90 3.80 1.50 15w0d 11w6d 18w0d 4.30 27w5d 24w5d 30w6d
17 1.70 1.60 1.80 30 3.50 3.10 4.00 1.60 15w3d 12w2d 18w3d 4.40 28w2d 25w1d 31w2d
18 1.80 1.70 1.90 31 3.80 3.20 4.30 1.70 15w5d 12w5d 18w6d 4.50 28w6d 25w6d 31w6d
19 1.90 1.80 2.20 32 3.80 3.30 4.20 1.80 16w1d 13w1d 19w1d 4.60 29w3d 26w2d 32w3d
20 2.00 1.80 2.20 33 4.00 3.20 4.40 1.90 16w4d 13w4d 19w4d 4.70 29w6d 26w6d 33w0d
21 2.20 1.90 2.40 34 4.00 3.30 4.40 2.00 16w6d 13w6d 20w0d 4.80 30w4d 27w3d 33w4d
22 2.30 2.10 2.40 35 4.05 3.10 4.70 2.10 17w2d 14w2d 20w3d 4.90 31w1d 28w0d 34w1d
Reference Manual 60
Ulna (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Ulna (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
2.20 17w5d 14w5d 20w6d 5.00 31w4d 28w4d 34w5d 16 1.90 0.80 2.40 30 4.70 3.80 5.40
2.30 18w1d 15w1d 21w1d 5.10 32w1d 29w1d 35w2d 17 2.10 1.10 3.20 31 4.90 3.90 5.90
2.40 18w4d 15w4d 21w4d 5.20 32w6d 29w5d 35w6d 18 2.40 1.30 3.00 32 5.00 4.00 5.80
2.50 19w0d 16w0d 22w1d 5.30 33w3d 30w2d 36w2d 19 2.60 2.00 3.20 33 5.20 4.30 6.00
2.60 19w3d 16w3d 22w4d 5.40 34w0d 30w6d 37w0d 20 2.90 2.10 3.20 34 5.30 4.40 5.90
2.70 19w6d 16w6d 22w6d 5.50 34w4d 31w4d 37w5d 21 3.10 2.50 3.60 35 5.40 4.70 6.10
2.80 20w2d 17w2d 23w2d 5.60 35w1d 32w1d 38w2d 22 3.30 2.40 3.70 36 5.50 4.70 6.10
2.90 20w6d 17w5d 23w6d 5.70 35w6d 32w6d 38w6d 23 3.50 2.70 4.30 37 5.60 4.90 6.20
3.00 21w1d 18w1d 24w2d 5.80 36w3d 33w3d 39w4d 24 3.70 2.90 4.10 38 5.70 4.80 6.30
3.10 21w5d 18w4d 24w6d 5.90 37w1d 34w0d 40w1d 25 3.90 3.40 4.40 39 5.70 4.90 6.60
3.20 22w1d 19w1d 25w1d 6.00 37w5d 34w4d 40w6d 26 4.10 3.40 4.40 40 5.80 5.00 6.50
3.30 22w5d 19w4d 25w5d 6.10 38w2d 35w2d 41w3d
3.40 23w1d 20w1d 26w1d 6.20 39w0d 35w6d 42w0d Ulna : MERZ
3.50 23w4d 20w4d 26w5d 6.30 39w4d 36w4d 42w5d
Merz, Eberband, “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and Third
3.70 24w4d 21w4d 27w5d
Trimesters.”
J Clin Ultrasound 15:175-183, Table 1, March/April 1987
Fetal Growth Table
Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Mumont J, “Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
of Fetal Long Bones.” J Ultrasound Med 3:75-79, 1984 13 0.80 0.50 1.10 28 4.50 4.20 4.90
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) 14 1.10 0.80 1.40 29 4.70 4.30 5.10
13 1.10 0.30 1.80 27 4.30 3.70 4.80 15 1.50 1.20 1.80 30 4.90 4.50 5.20
14 1.30 0.40 1.70 28 4.40 3.70 4.80 16 1.80 1.50 2.10 31 5.00 4.60 5.40
15 1.60 1.00 2.20 29 4.60 4.00 5.10 17 2.10 1.70 2.40 32 5.20 4.80 5.60
Reference Manual 61
Output Unit : cm
18 2.30 2.00 2.70 33 5.30 4.90 5.70
Min Range : 12w
19 2.60 2.30 2.90 34 5.50 5.10 5.90
Max Range : 40w
20 2.80 2.50 3.20 35 5.60 5.20 6.00
Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) ±SD (cm)
21 3.10 2.70 3.40 36 5.70 5.30 6.10
12 7.246 0.791 28 25.989 0.870 38 33.522 0.297
22 3.30 3.00 3.70 37 5.80 5.40 6.30
16 12.505 0.746 32 29.231 0.798 40 37.283 1.389
23 3.50 3.20 3.90 38 5.90 5.50 6.40
20 17.188 0.743 34 30.578 0.771
24 3.70 3.40 4.10 39 6.00 5.60 6.50
24 21.522 1.250 36 32.239 0.577
25 3.90 3.60 4.30 40 6.10 5.70 6.60
26 4.10 3.80 4.50 41 6.20 5.80 6.60
Head Circumference (HC) : HANSMANN
27 4.30 4.00 4.70
GA Table
Head Circumference (HC) : KOREAN
HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
GA Table 10.60 14w0d 01w1d 27.40 28w0d 02w0d
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational 11.50 15w0d 01w1d 28.40 29w0d 02w1d
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 12.70 16w0d 01w1d 29.30 30w0d 02w3d
GA = HC × 1.43245 - 0.010208 × HC2 - 0.342015 14.00 17w0d 01w1d 30.30 31w0d 02w6d
15.20 18w0d 01w1d 31.10 32w0d 03w1d
Input Unit : cm
16.40 19w0d 01w2d 31.80 33w0d 03w2d
Min Range : 7.4 cm
17.60 20w0d 01w2d 32.50 34w0d 03w6d
Max Range : 35.4 cm
19.00 21w0d 01w2d 33.20 35w0d 04w3d
20.30 22w0d 01w2d 33.70 36w0d 04w3d
Fetal Growth Table
Y.G Park.“ The Standardization of Fetal body parts according to the normal Korean Gestational 21.50 23w0d 01w3d 34.00 37w0d 04w3d
Age in Ultrasound” Korean Ultrasound Institute, Vol. 14, No.2, 1995 22.60 24w0d 01w3d 34.40 38w0d 04w3d
HC = 15.843955 x MA - 0.112149 x MA - 99.924727 (Unit:: mm)
2
Reference Manual 62
HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) Head Circumference (HC) : HADLOCK
24.00 25w0d 01w4d 34.70 39w0d 04w3d
GA Table
25.10 26w0d 01w5d 34.90 40w0d 05w0d
26.30 27w0d 01w6d
Fetal Growth Table GA = 8.96 + 0.54 × HC + 0.0003 × HC3
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Output Unit : w(weeks)
Input Unit : cm
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Min Range : 5.5 cm
14 10.60 10.60 10.60 28 27.40 25.40 29.00 Max Range : 35.7 cm
15 11.50 10.30 12.90 29 28.40 26.30 30.10 Standard Deviation:
16 12.70 11.40 14.10 30 29.30 27.30 31.00 Min Range(w) Max Range(w) ±2SD(w)
17 14.00 12.50 15.30 31 30.30 28.20 32.00 12 18 1.19
18 15.20 13.80 16.60 32 31.10 29.00 32.80 18 24 1.48
19 16.40 14.90 18.00 33 31.80 29.70 33.50 24 30 2.06
20 17.60 16.10 19.30 34 32.50 30.30 34.30 30 36 2.98
21 19.00 17.30 20.60 35 33.20 31.00 34.90 36 42 2.70
22 20.30 18.50 21.90 36 33.70 31.50 35.50
24 22.60 21.00 24.40 38 34.40 32.50 36.40 Hadlock, F., Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Park, S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted
Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters” Radiology, 1984, 152: 497-501.
25 24.00 22.30 25.70 39 34.70 32.90 36.90
Equation = 1.56 x MA - 0.0002548 x MA3 - 11.48
26 25.10 23.40 26.80 40 34.90 33.30 37.20
Output Unit : cm
27 26.30 24.40 28.00
Input Unit : w(weeks)
Min Range : 12 w
Max Range : 40 w
Reference Manual 63
Standard Deviation: 2SD = 2.00 cm

HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
Min Range (cm) Max Range (cm) SD (cm) 10.20 14w1d 12w6d 15w4d 25.00 26w0d 24w1d 27w6d
0 100 2.00 10.40 14w2d 13w0d 15w4d 25.20 26w1d 24w3d 28w0d
10.60 14w3d 13w1d 15w5d 25.40 26w3d 24w4d 28w1d
Head Circumference (HC) : MERZ 10.80 14w4d 13w2d 15w6d 25.60 26w4d 24w6d 28w3d
11.00 14w5d 13w3d 16w0d 25.80 26w6d 25w0d 28w4d
GA Table
11.20 14w6d 13w4d 16w1d 26.00 27w0d 25w1d 28w6d
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” Text book
11.40 15w0d 13w5d 16w2d 26.20 27w1d 25w3d 29w0d
11.60 15w1d 13w6d 16w3d 26.40 27w3d 25w4d 29w1d
11.80 15w2d 14w0d 16w4d 26.60 27w4d 25w6d 29w3d
7.20 12w1d 11w0d 13w1d 22.00 23w2d 21w4d 25w0d
12.00 15w3d 14w1d 16w5d 26.80 27w6d 26w0d 29w4d
7.40 12w2d 11w1d 13w4d 22.20 23w4d 21w6d 25w1d
12.20 15w4d 14w1d 17w0d 27.00 28w1d 26w1d 30w0d
7.60 12w3d 11w1d 13w4d 22.40 23w4d 21w6d 25w2d
12.40 15w5d 14w2d 17w1d 27.20 28w2d 26w3d 30w1d
7.80 12w4d 11w2d 13w5d 22.60 23w6d 22w1d 25w4d
12.60 15w6d 14w3d 17w1d 27.40 28w4d 26w4d 30w3d
8.00 12w5d 11w4d 13w6d 22.80 24w0d 22w1d 25w6d
12.80 16w0d 14w4d 17w3d 27.60 28w5d 26w6d 30w4d
8.20 12w6d 11w4d 14w0d 23.00 24w1d 22w3d 26w0d
13.00 16w1d 14w5d 17w4d 27.80 28w6d 27w0d 30w6d
8.40 12w6d 11w5d 14w1d 23.20 24w3d 22w4d 26w1d
13.20 16w2d 14w6d 17w5d 28.00 29w1d 27w1d 31w0d
8.60 13w1d 11w6d 14w2d 23.40 24w4d 22w5d 26w2d
13.40 16w3d 15w0d 17w6d 28.20 29w2d 27w3d 31w1d
8.80 13w1d 12w0d 14w3d 23.60 24w5d 22w6d 26w4d
13.60 16w4d 15w1d 18w0d 28.40 29w4d 27w5d 31w4d
9.00 13w2d 12w1d 14w4d 23.80 24w6d 23w1d 26w5d
13.80 16w5d 15w2d 18w1d 28.60 29w6d 27w6d 31w5d
9.20 13w4d 12w2d 14w5d 24.00 25w1d 23w2d 26w6d
14.00 16w6d 15w4d 18w2d 28.80 30w0d 28w1d 31w6d
9.40 13w4d 12w3d 14w6d 24.20 25w2d 23w4d 27w1d
14.20 17w0d 15w4d 18w3d 29.00 30w1d 28w2d 32w1d
9.60 13w5d 12w4d 14w6d 24.40 25w4d 23w5d 27w2d
14.40 17w1d 15w6d 18w4d 29.20 30w4d 28w4d 32w3d
9.80 13w6d 12w5d 15w1d 24.60 25w5d 23w6d 27w4d
14.60 17w2d 15w6d 18w5d 29.40 30w5d 28w6d 32w4d
10.00 14w0d 12w6d 15w1d 24.80 25w6d 24w1d 27w5d
14.80 17w4d 16w0d 19w0d 29.60 30w6d 29w0d 32w6d
Reference Manual 64
HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
17.20 19w2d 17w6d 20w6d 32.00 33w6d 31w6d 36w0d
17.80 19w6d 18w1d 21w3d 32.60 34w5d 32w4d 36w6d
18.00 19w6d 18w2d 21w4d 32.80 34w6d 32w6d 37w0d
12 7.60 6.30 9.00 27 25.90 24.30 27.70
18.20 20w1d 18w4d 21w5d 33.00 35w1d 33w1d 37w2d
13 9.00 7.70 10.40 28 26.90 25.30 28.70
18.40 20w1d 18w4d 21w6d 33.20 35w4d 33w2d 37w5d
14 10.40 9.00 11.80 29 27.90 26.20 29.60
18.60 20w3d 18w6d 22w0d 33.40 35w6d 33w4d 38w0d
15 11.70 10.40 13.20 30 28.80 27.10 30.60
18.80 20w4d 19w0d 22w1d 33.60 36w1d 33w6d 38w2d
16 13.10 11.70 14.60 31 29.60 27.90 31.50
19.00 20w5d 19w1d 22w2d 33.80 36w3d 34w1d 38w4d
17 14.40 13.00 15.90 32 30.50 28.80 32.30
19.20 20w6d 19w2d 22w4d 34.00 36w4d 34w3d 38w6d
18 15.70 14.20 17.20 33 31.30 29.60 33.20
19.40 21w1d 19w4d 22w5d 34.20 36w6d 34w5d 39w1d
19 16.90 15.50 18.50 34 32.10 30.30 34.00
19.60 21w1d 19w4d 22w6d 34.40 37w1d 35w0d 39w3d
Reference Manual 65
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
20 18.20 16.70 19.70 35 32.80 31.10 34.70 13.00 16w4d 15w4d 17w6d 25.50 27w2d 25w2d 29w3d
21 19.40 17.90 21.00 36 33.60 31.80 35.50 13.50 17w0d 15w6d 18w2d 26.00 27w5d 25w5d 30w0d
22 20.50 19.00 22.20 37 34.20 32.40 36.20 14.00 17w3d 16w2d 18w5d 26.50 28w2d 26w1d 30w4d
23 21.70 20.10 23.30 38 34.90 33.10 36.80 14.50 17w6d 16w5d 19w1d 27.00 28w6d 26w4d 31w2d
24 22.80 21.20 24.50 39 35.50 33.70 37.50 15.00 18w2d 17w1d 19w3d 27.50 29w3d 27w0d 32w0d
25 23.90 22.30 25.60 40 36.10 34.30 38.10 15.50 18w5d 17w4d 19w6d 28.00 30w0d 27w3d 32w4d
26 24.90 23.30 26.60 16.00 19w1d 17w6d 20w2d 28.50 30w4d 27w6d 33w3d
16.50 19w3d 18w2d 20w5d 29.00 31w1d 28w3d 34w1d
Head Circumference (HC) : CHITTY (D) 17.00 19w6d 18w5d 21w1d 29.50 31w5d 28w6d 35w0d
17.50 20w2d 19w1d 21w4d 30.00 32w3d 29w3d 35w6d
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al.: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J. Obstetrics and
18.50 21w1d 19w6d 22w3d 31.00 33w6d 30w3d 37w4d
Gyn Vol 101, 35-43, 1994
19.00 21w4d 20w2d 22w6d 31.50 34w4d 31w0d 38w4d
19.50 22w0d 20w4d 23w2d 32.00 35w3d 31w5d 39w4d
8.00 12w4d 11w3d 13w5d 20.50 22w5d 21w3d 24w2d
20.00 22w2d 21w0d 23w5d
8.50 12w6d 11w6d 14w1d 21.00 23w1d 21w5d 24w5d
9.50 13w5d 12w4d 15w0d 22.00 24w0d 22w4d 25w5d Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al.: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J. Obstetrics and
10.00 14w1d 13w0d 15w3d 22.50 24w3d 22w6d 26w1d Gyn Vol 101, 35-43, 1994
11.00 15w0d 13w6d 16w1d 23.50 25w3d 23w5d 27w1d 12 6.81 5.95 7.67 28 26.24 24.90 27.57
11.50 15w3d 14w2d 16w4d 24.00 25w6d 24w1d 27w5d 13 8.21 7.32 9.10 29 27.17 25.80 28.54
12.00 15w6d 14w5d 17w0d 24.50 26w2d 24w3d 28w2d 14 9.60 8.68 10.52 30 28.06 26.67 29.46
12.50 16w2d 15w1d 17w3d 25.00 26w5d 24w6d 28w6d 15 10.96 10.02 11.91 31 28.91 27.49 30.34
Reference Manual 66
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) Min (wd) Max (wd)
16 12.31 11.33 13.29 32 29.72 28.26 31.17 11.50 15w2d 14w3d 16w2d 24.00 25w3d 23w4d 27w3d
17 13.63 12.62 14.64 33 30.48 28.99 31.96 12.00 15w5d 14w5d 16w5d 24.50 25w6d 24w0d 28w0d
18 14.93 13.89 15.96 34 31.19 29.67 32.70 12.50 16w1d 15w1d 17w1d 25.00 26w3d 24w3d 28w3d
19 16.20 15.13 17.26 35 31.85 30.31 33.40 13.00 16w3d 15w3d 17w4d 25.50 26w6d 24w6d 29w0d
20 17.44 16.34 18.54 36 32.46 30.89 34.04 13.50 16w6d 15w6d 18w0d 26.00 27w3d 25w2d 29w4d
21 18.65 17.53 19.78 37 33.03 31.42 34.63 14.00 17w2d 16w1d 18w3d 26.50 27w6d 25w5d 30w1d
22 19.84 18.68 21.00 38 33.53 31.90 35.17 14.50 17w5d 16w4d 18w6d 27.00 28w3d 26w2d 30w5d
23 20.99 19.81 22.18 39 33.99 32.33 35.65 15.00 18w1d 17w0d 19w2d 27.50 29w0d 26w5d 31w2d
24 22.11 20.90 23.33 40 34.39 32.69 36.08 15.50 18w3d 17w2d 19w5d 28.00 29w4d 27w2d 32w0d
25 23.20 21.95 24.44 41 34.73 33.00 36.45 16.00 18w6d 17w5d 20w1d 28.50 30w1d 27w5d 32w4d
26 24.25 22.97 25.52 42 35.01 33.26 36.76 16.50 19w2d 18w0d 20w4d 29.00 30w5d 28w2d 33w2d
27 25.26 23.96 26.57 17.00 19w5d 18w3d 21w0d 29.50 31w2d 28w6d 34w0d
17.50 20w0d 18w5d 21w3d 30.00 32w0d 29w3d 34w5d
Head Circumference (HC) : CHITTY (M) 18.00 20w3d 19w1d 21w6d 30.50 32w5d 30w0d 35w3d
18.50 20w6d 19w3d 22w2d 31.00 33w3d 30w5d 36w2d
GA Table
19.00 21w2d 19w6d 22w6d 31.50 34w1d 31w2d 37w1d
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al.: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J. Obstetrics and
Gyn Vol 101, 35-43, 1994 19.50 21w5d 20w1d 23w2d 32.00 34w6d 32w0d 38w0d
20.00 22w0d 20w4d 23w5d 32.50 35w5d 32w5d 38w6d
20.50 22w3d 20w6d 24w1d
8.50 12w6d 12w1d 13w4d 21.00 22w6d 21w2d 24w4d
9.00 13w2d 12w4d 14w0d 21.50 23w2d 21w5d 25w0d
9.50 13w5d 12w6d 14w3d 22.00 23w5d 22w0d 25w4d
10.00 14w0d 13w2d 14w6d 22.50 24w1d 22w3d 26w0d
10.50 14w3d 13w4d 15w2d 23.00 24w4d 22w6d 26w3d
11.00 14w6d 14w0d 15w6d 23.50 25w0d 23w1d 27w0d
Reference Manual 67
Fetal Growth Table HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) HC (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
Chitty LS, Altman DG, et al.: Charts of fetal size: 2. Head measurements. Brit. J.
11.50 14w0d 01w3d 27.10 28w0d 02w5d
Obstetrics and Gyn Vol 101, 35-43, 1994
12.60 15w0d 01w3d 28.10 29w0d 02w6d
12 6.95 6.13 7.77 28 26.60 25.31 27.90 14.80 17w0d 01w5d 29.90 31w0d 03w1d
13 8.36 7.51 9.22 29 27.55 26.23 28.88 15.90 18w0d 01w6d 30.80 32w0d 03w4d
14 9.76 8.88 10.64 30 28.46 27.11 29.81 17.00 19w0d 02w0d 31.50 33w0d 03w6d
15 11.14 10.23 12.05 31 29.32 27.94 30.71 18.10 20w0d 02w1d 32.00 34w0d 04w1d
16 12.50 11.56 13.44 32 30.15 28.73 31.56 19.20 21w0d 02w2d 32.50 35w0d 04w1d
17 13.83 12.87 14.80 33 30.92 29.48 32.36 20.40 22w0d 02w3d 33.00 36w0d 04w2d
18 15.15 14.15 16.14 34 31.65 30.18 33.12 21.50 23w0d 02w3d 33.50 37w0d 04w2d
19 16.43 15.40 17.46 35 32.33 30.83 33.83 22.70 24w0d 02w3d 34.00 38w0d 05w0d
20 17.69 16.63 18.75 36 32.96 31.43 34.49 23.80 25w0d 02w3d 34.30 39w0d 05w0d
21 18.92 17.83 20.00 37 33.54 31.98 35.10 24.90 26w0d 02w4d 34.50 40w0d 05w0d
22 20.12 19.00 21.23 38 34.06 32.47 35.65 26.00 27w0d 02w5d
23 21.28 20.14 22.43 39 34.53 32.91 36.16
24 22.42 21.24 23.60 40 34.95 33.30 36.60 Head Circumference (HC) : ASUM(SCW)
25 23.52 22.31 24.73 41 35.31 33.63 36.99
27 25.61 24.35 26.88 Australasian Society for Ultrasound in Medicine
May 2001)
Head Circumference (HC) : CAMPBELL
Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm)
GA Table 11 59.00 15.00 27 250.00 20.00
Professor Campbell’s Group at Harris birthright Centre, King’s College Hospital 12 70.00 15.00 28 263.00 20.00
Reference Manual 68
Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (mm) ±SD (mm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
13 84.00 15.00 29 269.00 25.00 17 13.45 12.38 14.54 30 27.08 25.37 28.81
14 96.00 15.00 30 274.00 25.00 18 14.76 13.64 15.89 31 27.83 26.08 29.60
15 108.00 15.00 31 284.00 25.00 19 16.03 14.85 17.21 32 28.53 26.72 30.35
16 128.00 15.00 32 288.00 25.00 20 17.25 16.02 18.49 33 29.20 27.34 31.04
17 141.00 15.00 33 300.00 25.00 21 18.42 17.15 19.71 34 29.81 27.90 31.70
18 151.00 20.00 34 305.00 25.00 22 19.57 18.24 20.89 35 30.36 28.42 32.30
19 160.00 20.00 35 310.00 25.00 23 20.66 19.23 22.03 36 30.88 28.90 32.88
20 170.00 20.00 36 317.00 25.00 24 21.72 20.30 23.14 37 31.35 29.33 33.40
21 176.00 20.00 37 321.00 25.00 25 22.73 21.24 24.19 38 31.79 29.73 33.86
22 188.00 20.00 38 328.00 25.00 26 23.67 22.16 25.20 39 32.19 30.08 34.30
23 210.00 20.00 39 336.00 25.00 27 24.60 23.03 26.18 40 32.40 30.30 34.60
24 220.00 20.00 40 340.00 25.00 28 25.48 23.86 27.10
25 231.00 20.00 41 344.00 25.00
26 238.00 20.00 Fetal Age Table (FTA) : OSAKA
Head Circumference (HC) : CFEF GA Table

Fetal Growth Table Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd)
J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty 5.60 14w0d 26.00 22w5d 47.00 29w0d 68.00 34w4d
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale ( 6.00 14w2d 27.00 23w1d 48.00 29w2d 69.00 34w6d
CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
7.00 14w5d 28.00 23w3d 49.00 29w4d 70.00 35w1d
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
8.00 15w3d 29.00 23w5d 50.00 29w6d 71.00 35w3d
9.00 16w1d 30.00 24w0d 51.00 30w1d 72.00 35w5d
16 12.09 11.06 13.13 29 26.30 24.64 27.97
10.00 16w3d 31.00 24w2d 52.00 30w3d 73.00 36w0d
Reference Manual 69
Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Fetal (cm2) GA (wd) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2)
11.00 16w5d 32.00 24w5d 53.00 30w5d 74.00 36w2d 14w5d 6.80 1.30 27w6d 42.90 5.00
12.00 17w3d 33.00 25w0d 54.00 30w6d 75.00 36w4d 14w6d 7.10 1.30 28w0d 43.40 5.10
13.00 17w6d 34.00 25w2d 55.00 31w1d 76.00 36w6d 15w0d 7.30 1.40 28w1d 44.00 5.10
14.00 18w2d 35.00 25w4d 56.00 31w3d 77.00 37w1d 15w1d 7.60 1.40 28w2d 44.50 5.20
15.00 18w4d 36.00 25w6d 57.00 31w5d 78.00 37w3d 15w2d 7.80 1.40 28w3d 45.00 5.20
16.00 19w1d 37.00 26w1d 58.00 32w0d 79.00 37w5d 15w3d 8.10 1.50 28w4d 45.50 5.30
17.00 19w4d 38.00 26w3d 59.00 32w2d 80.00 37w6d 15w4d 8.40 1.50 28w5d 46.00 5.30
18.00 19w6d 39.00 26w5d 60.00 32w3d 81.00 38w2d 15w5d 8.70 1.50 28w6d 46.60 5.40
19.00 20w2d 40.00 27w0d 61.00 32w5d 82.00 38w4d 15w6d 8.90 1.50 29w0d 47.10 5.40
20.00 20w5d 41.00 27w2d 62.00 33w0d 83.00 39w0d 16w0d 9.20 1.60 29w1d 47.60 5.50
21.00 21w0d 42.00 27w4d 63.00 33w2d 84.00 39w1d 16w1d 9.50 1.60 29w2d 48.10 5.60
22.00 21w3d 43.00 27w6d 64.00 33w4d 85.00 39w3d 16w2d 9.80 1.60 29w3d 48.70 5.60
23.00 21w5d 44.00 28w1d 65.00 33w6d 86.00 39w6d 16w3d 10.10 1.70 29w4d 49.20 5.70
24.00 22w1d 45.00 28w3d 66.00 34w0d 86.60 40w0d 16w4d 10.40 1.70 29w5d 49.70 5.70
25.00 22w3d 46.00 28w5d 67.00 34w2d 16w5d 10.70 1.70 29w6d 50.20 5.80
16w6d 11.00 1.80 30w0d 50.80 5.80
Fetal Growth Table 17w0d 11.30 1.80 30w1d 51.30 5.90
Osaka University Method 1989, 3 by Univ. Of Osaka 17w1d 11.60 1.80 30w2d 51.80 5.90
Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) 17w2d 11.90 1.90 30w3d 52.40 6.00
14w0d 5.60 1.20 27w1d 40.40 4.80 17w3d 12.20 1.90 30w4d 52.90 6.10
14w1d 5.80 1.20 27w2d 40.90 4.80 17w4d 12.50 1.90 30w5d 53.40 6.10
14w2d 6.00 1.20 27w3d 41.40 4.90 17w5d 12.80 2.00 30w6d 54.00 6.20
14w3d 6.30 1.30 27w4d 41.90 4.90 17w6d 13.20 2.00 31w0d 54.50 6.20
14w4d 6.50 1.30 27w5d 42.40 5.00 18w0d 13.50 2.00 31w1d 55.00 6.30
Reference Manual 70
Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2)
18w1d 13.80 2.10 31w2d 55.60 6.40 21w4d 22.60 3.00 34w5d 68.50 7.80
18w2d 14.10 2.10 31w3d 56.10 6.40 21w5d 23.00 3.00 34w6d 69.00 7.90
18w3d 14.50 2.10 31w4d 56.70 6.50 21w6d 23.40 3.00 35w0d 69.50 8.00
18w4d 14.80 2.20 31w5d 57.20 6.50 22w0d 23.80 3.10 35w1d 70.10 8.00
18w5d 15.20 2.20 31w6d 57.70 6.60 22w1d 24.20 3.10 35w2d 70.60 8.10
18w6d 15.50 2.20 32w0d 58.30 6.70 22w2d 24.70 3.20 35w3d 71.10 8.20
19w0d 15.80 2.30 32w1d 58.80 6.70 22w3d 25.10 3.20 35w4d 71.60 8.20
19w1d 16.20 2.30 32w2d 59.40 6.80 22w4d 25.50 3.30 35w5d 72.20 8.30
19w2d 16.60 2.30 32w3d 59.90 6.80 22w5d 25.90 3.30 35w6d 72.70 8.40
19w3d 16.90 2.40 32w4d 60.40 6.90 22w6d 26.40 3.30 36w0d 73.20 8.40
19w4d 17.30 2.40 32w5d 61.00 7.00 23w0d 26.80 3.40 36w1d 73.70 8.50
19w5d 17.60 2.50 32w6d 61.50 7.00 23w1d 27.20 3.40 36w2d 74.20 8.60
19w6d 18.00 2.50 33w0d 62.10 7.10 23w2d 27.70 3.50 36w3d 74.70 8.60
20w0d 18.40 2.50 33w1d 62.60 7.10 23w3d 28.10 3.50 36w4d 75.20 8.70
20w1d 18.70 2.60 33w2d 63.10 7.20 23w4d 28.50 3.60 36w5d 75.70 8.80
20w2d 19.10 2.60 33w3d 63.70 7.30 23w5d 29.00 3.60 36w6d 76.20 8.80
20w3d 19.50 2.60 33w4d 64.20 7.30 23w6d 29.40 3.70 37w0d 76.80 8.90
20w4d 19.90 2.70 33w5d 64.70 7.40 24w0d 29.90 3.70 37w1d 77.30 9.00
20w5d 20.20 2.70 33w6d 65.30 7.50 24w1d 30.30 3.70 37w2d 77.70 9.10
20w6d 20.60 2.80 34w0d 65.80 7.50 24w2d 30.80 3.80 37w3d 78.20 9.10
21w0d 21.00 2.80 34w1d 66.40 7.60 24w3d 31.30 3.80 37w4d 78.70 9.20
21w1d 21.40 2.80 34w2d 66.90 7.60 24w4d 31.70 3.90 37w5d 79.20 9.30
21w2d 21.80 2.90 34w3d 67.40 7.70 24w5d 32.20 3.90 37w6d 79.70 9.30
21w3d 22.20 2.90 34w4d 67.90 7.80 24w6d 32.60 4.00 38w0d 80.20 9.40
Reference Manual 71
Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Age (wd) Growth (cm2) ±SD(cm2) Clavicle (CLAV) : YARKONI
25w0d 33.10 4.00 38w1d 80.70 9.50
GA Table
25w1d 33.60 4.10 38w2d 81.10 9.60
Yarkoni, S., et. al. “Clavicular Measurement: A New Biometric Parameter for Fetal Evaluation.”
25w2d 34.10 4.10 38w3d 81.60 9.60
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 4:467-470, September, 1985.
25w3d 34.50 4.20 38w4d 82.10 9.70
GA = 3.717731 + 8.272778 x CLAV
25w4d 35.00 4.20 38w5d 82.60 9.80 Output Unit : w(weeks)
25w5d 35.50 4.30 38w6d 83.00 9.80 Input Unit : cm
25w6d 36.00 4.30 39w0d 83.50 9.90 Min Range : 1.10 cm
26w0d 36.50 4.40 39w1d 83.90 10.00 Max Range : 4.50 cm
26w1d 36.90 4.40 39w2d 84.40 10.10
26w2d 37.40 4.50 39w3d 84.80 10.10 Fetal Growth Table
26w3d 37.90 4.50 39w4d 85.30 10.20 Yarkoni, S., Schmidt, W., Jeanty, P. et. al. (1985) Clavicle measurement: A new biometric
parameter for fetal evaluation. J. Ultrasound Med., 4, 467-470
26w4d 38.40 4.60 39w5d 85.70 10.30
26w5d 38.90 4.60 39w6d 86.10 10.40
15 1.60 1.10 2.10 28 2.90 2.40 3.40
26w6d 39.40 4.70 40w0d 86.60 10.40
16 1.70 1.20 2.20 29 3.00 2.50 3.50
27w0d 39.90 4.70
17 1.80 1.30 2.30 30 3.10 2.60 3.60
18 1.90 1.40 2.40 31 3.20 2.70 3.70
19 2.00 1.50 2.50 32 3.30 2.80 3.80
20 2.10 1.60 2.60 33 3.40 2.90 3.90
21 2.20 1.70 2.70 34 3.50 3.00 4.00
22 2.30 1.80 2.80 35 3.60 3.10 4.10
23 2.40 1.90 2.90 36 3.70 3.20 4.20
24 2.50 2.00 3.00 37 3.80 3.30 4.30
25 2.60 2.10 3.10 38 3.90 3.40 4.40
Reference Manual 72
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Radius Length (RAD) : MERZ
26 2.70 2.20 3.20 39 4.00 3.50 4.50
Fetal Growth Table
27 2.80 2.30 3.30 40 4.10 3.60 4.60
[Fetal Limb Biometry] (Raiology 1083:147:602)
Table Data : 95 percentile data form <Growth format>
Length of Vertebral (Vertebral) : TOKYO
GA Table 13 0.60 0.30 0.90 28 4.00 3.60 4.40
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23. No. 12 (1996) 14 1.00 0.60 1.30 29 4.20 3.80 4.50
Vertebral (cm) Age (wd) 0±SD (wd) Vertebral (cm) Age (wd) 0±SD (wd) 15 1.30 1.00 1.60 30 4.30 3.90 4.70
4.05 21w0d 01w0d 6.72 31w0d 04w0d 16 1.60 1.20 1.90 31 4.40 4.10 4.80
4.39 22w0d 01w2d 6.93 32w0d 04w3d 17 1.80 1.50 2.20 32 4.60 4.20 5.00
4.71 23w0d 01w4d 7.13 33w0d 04w6d 18 2.10 1.70 2.40 33 4.70 4.30 5.10
5.01 24w0d 01w5d 7.32 34w0d 05w0d 19 2.30 2.00 2.60 34 4.80 4.40 5.20
5.30 25w0d 02w0d 7.51 35w0d 05w3d 20 2.50 2.20 2.90 35 4.90 4.50 5.30
5.57 26w0d 02w3d 7.70 36w0d 05w5d 21 2.80 2.40 3.10 36 5.00 4.60 5.40
5.82 27w0d 02w5d 7.89 37w0d 06w0d 22 3.00 2.60 3.30 37 5.10 4.70 5.50
6.06 28w0d 03w0d 8.08 38w0d 06w2d 23 3.20 2.80 3.50 38 5.20 4.80 5.60
6.30 29w0d 03w3d 8.27 39w0d 06w4d 24 3.30 3.00 3.70 39 5.30 4.90 5.70
6.51 30w0d 03w4d 8.47 40w0d 06w6d 25 3.50 3.20 3.90 40 5.30 4.90 5.80
26 3.70 3.30 4.10 41 5.40 5.00 5.80
27 3.90 3.50 4.20
Reference Manual 73
Mean Abdominal Diameter (MAD) : EIK-NESSH Fetal Growth Table

Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B. Normal range curves for the intrauterine
GA Table growth of the fetal abdominal diameters, Submitted JCU.
Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B. Normal range curves for the intrauterine MAD = (APD + TAD) /2
growth of the fetal abdominal diameters, Submitted JCU. Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm)
MAD = (APD + TAD) / 2 16w0d 3.60 23w0d 5.50 28w2d 7.40 33w6d 9.30
MAD (cm) G.A (wd) MAD (cm) G.A (wd) MAD (cm) G.A (wd) MAD (cm) G.A (wd) 16w3d 3.70 23w2d 5.60 28w4d 7.50 34w1d 9.40
3.60 16w0d 5.40 22w5d 7.20 27w5d 9.00 32w6d 16w6d 3.80 23w4d 5.70 28w6d 7.60 34w3d 9.50
5.00 21w3d 6.80 26w5d 8.60 31w5d 10.40 37w6d 22w0d 5.20 27w3d 7.10 32w6d 9.00
5.10 21w5d 6.90 27w0d 8.70 32w0d 10.50 38w2d 22w2d 5.30 27w5d 7.20 33w1d 9.10
5.20 22w0d 7.00 27w2d 8.80 32w2d 10.60 38w5d 22w5d 5.40 28w0d 7.30 33w4d 9.20
5.30 22w2d 7.10 27w3d 8.90 32w4d 10.70 39w1d
10.80 39w5d
Reference Manual 74
Mid Cerebral Artery(MCA)-Resistance Index(RI) : SHINOZUKA Mid Cerebral Artery(MCA)-Pulsatility Index(PI) : SHINOZUKA

N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
21w3d 0.77 0.86 32w3d 0.78 0.92 21w3d 1.51 2.02 32w3d 1.54 2.45
22w3d 0.78 0.89 33w3d 0.77 0.91 22w3d 1.56 2.19 33w3d 1.49 2.38
23w3d 0.79 0.91 34w3d 0.76 0.90 23w3d 1.59 2.34 34w3d 1.44 2.30
24w3d 0.80 0.92 35w3d 0.75 0.89 24w3d 1.62 2.46 35w3d 1.38 2.21
25w3d 0.80 0.93 36w3d 0.73 0.88 25w3d 1.64 2.54 36w3d 1.32 2.13
26w3d 0.80 0.94 37w3d 0.72 0.87 26w3d 1.65 2.60 37w3d 1.25 2.05
27w3d 0.80 0.94 38w3d 0.70 0.86 27w3d 1.65 2.63 38w3d 1.19 1.98
28w3d 0.80 0.95 39w3d 0.68 0.85 28w3d 1.65 2.63 39w3d 1.12 1.92
29w3d 0.80 0.94 40w3d 0.66 0.84 29w3d 1.63 2.61 40w3d 1.05 1.87
30w3d 0.79 0.94 41w3d 0.64 0.83 30w3d 1.61 2.57 41w3d 0.99 1.83
31w3d 0.79 0.93 31w3d 1.58 2.52
Reference Manual 75
Umbilical Artery(UmA)-Resistance Index(RI) : SHINOZUKA Umbilical Artery(UmA)- Pulsatility Index(PI) : SHINOZUKA

N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
13w3d 0.76 0.96 28w3d 0.59 0.75 13w3d 1.29 2.58 28w3d 0.88 1.25
14w3d 0.73 0.92 29w3d 0.58 0.74 14w3d 1.20 2.22 29w3d 0.87 1.23
15w3d 0.71 0.89 30w3d 0.57 0.74 15w3d 1.13 1.97 30w3d 0.85 1.21
16w3d 0.69 0.86 31w3d 0.56 0.73 16w3d 1.08 1.79 31w3d 0.82 1.19
17w3d 0.67 0.84 32w3d 0.55 0.72 17w3d 1.05 1.66 32w3d 0.80 1.16
18w3d 0.66 0.83 33w3d 0.54 0.71 18w3d 1.02 1.57 33w3d 0.78 1.14
19w3d 0.65 0.81 34w3d 0.53 0.70 19w3d 1.00 1.50 34w3d 0.75 1.12
20w3d 0.64 0.80 35w3d 0.52 0.70 20w3d 0.99 1.45 35w3d 0.73 1.10
21w3d 0.64 0.79 36w3d 0.51 0.69 21w3d 0.97 1.41 36w3d 0.70 1.08
22w3d 0.63 0.78 37w3d 0.50 0.68 22w3d 0.96 1.37 37w3d 0.68 1.06
23w3d 0.62 0.78 38w3d 0.50 0.67 23w3d 0.95 1.35 38w3d 0.67 1.05
24w3d 0.62 0.77 39w3d 0.50 0.67 24w3d 0.94 1.33 39w3d 0.66 1.04
25w3d 0.61 0.77 40w3d 0.50 0.67 25w3d 0.92 1.31 40w3d 0.66 1.03
26w3d 0.61 0.76 41w3d 0.50 0.67 26w3d 0.91 1.29 41w3d 0.67 1.03
27w3d 0.60 0.75 27w3d 0.90 1.27
Reference Manual 76
Anterior Posterior Abdominal Diameter (APD): HANSMANN Anterior Posterior Abdominal Diameter (APD): BESSIS
GA Table GA Table
APD (cm) G.A (wd) APD (cm) G.A (wd) APD (cm) G.A (wd) APD (cm) G.A (wd) The data are those provided by Dr. Bessis to M. Le Bel.(Same as SIGMA 20, see memo from Ch.
Gahwiler dated , June 23, 1983)
2.60 15w0d 4.70 22w0d 6.70 29w0d 8.70 36w0d
APD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd) APD (cm) GA (wd) ±SD (wd)
2.90 16w0d 4.90 23w0d 7.00 30w0d 9.00 37w0d
2.50 14w0d 01w1d 8.20 33w4d 03w1d
3.10 17w0d 5.20 24w0d 7.30 31w0d 9.30 38w0d
7.00 28w5d 02w1d 8.40 34w3d 03w4d
3.50 18w0d 5.50 25w0d 7.60 32w0d 9.50 39w0d
7.50 30w5d 02w3d 8.60 35w5d 04w1d
3.80 19w0d 5.80 26w0d 7.90 33w0d 9.70 40w0d
8.00 32w4d 03w1d 8.80 37w1d 04w6d
4.00 20w0d 6.10 27w0d 8.20 34w0d 9.80 41w0d
4.30 21w0d 6.40 28w0d 8.40 35w0d 9.90 42w0d
Transverse Abdominal Diameter (TAD) : CFEF
Fetal Growth Table
Fetal Growth Table
Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm) Age (wd) Growth (cm)
J.Créquat, M. Duyme, G. Brodaty
15 2.60 22 4.70 29 6.70 36 8.70
Biométrie 2000. Tables de croissance foetale par le Collège Français d’Echographie Foetale
16 2.90 23 4.90 30 7.00 37 9.00 ( CFEF ) et l’Inserm U155
17 3.10 24 5.20 31 7.30 38 9.30 Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28(6):435-45
18 3.50 25 5.50 32 7.60 39 9.50 Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm)
19 3.80 26 5.80 33 7.90 40 9.70 11 1.35 1.10 1.60 27 6.71 6.07 7.34
20 4.00 27 6.10 34 8.20 41 9.80 12 1.70 1.40 2.00 28 7.03 6.36 7.68
21 4.30 28 6.40 35 8.40 42 9.90 13 2.06 1.73 2.40 29 7.33 6.64 8.02
14 2.40 2.04 2.78 30 7.62 6.92 8.35
15 2.77 2.36 3.17 31 7.93 7.19 8.67
16 3.12 2.70 3.55 32 8.21 7.44 8.98
17 3.47 3.03 3.92 33 8.48 7.68 9.29
Reference Manual 77
Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) Age (W) Growth (cm) Min (cm) Max (cm) HC/AC Min Max HC/AC Min Max
Age (W) Age (W)
(None) (None) (None) (None) (None) (None)
18 3.83 3.36 4.29 34 8.76 7.91 9.59
19 1.18 1.09 1.26 34 1.04 0.96 1.11
19 4.17 3.70 4.64 35 9.00 8.11 9.90
20 1.18 1.09 1.26 35 1.02 0.93 1.11
20 4.52 4.03 5.00 36 9.24 8.29 10.20
21 1.15 1.06 1.25 36 1.02 0.93 1.11
21 4.83 4.35 5.32 37 9.48 8.46 10.50
22 1.15 1.06 1.25 37 0.98 0.92 1.05
22 5.16 4.66 5.68 38 9.70 8.61 10.82
23 1.13 1.05 1.21 38 0.98 0.92 1.05
23 5.47 4.95 6.00 39 9.93 8.74 11.13
24 1.13 1.05 1.21 39 0.97 0.87 1.06
24 5.79 5.24 6.34 40 10.16 8.86 11.45
25 1.13 1.04 1.22 40 0.97 0.87 1.06
25 6.10 5.52 6.67 41 10.30 8.92 11.70
26 1.13 1.04 1.22 41 0.96 0.93 1.00
26 6.40 5.80 7.01
27 1.13 1.05 1.22 42 0.96 0.93 1.00
Head Circumference(HC) / Abdominal Circumference(AC): Campbell
Fetal Growth Table

Campbell HC/AC Fetal Growth Tabel for Uranus
Campbell, s. “Ultasound Measurement of the Fetal Head to Abdomen Circumference Ratio
in the Assessment of Growth Retardation.” Br J Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 84. 165-174.
March 1977.
HC/AC Min Max HC/AC Min Max

Age (W) Age (W)
(None) (None) (None) (None) (None) (None)
13 1.23 1.14 1.31 28 1.13 1.05 1.22
14 1.23 1.14 1.31 29 1.10 0.99 1.21
15 1.22 1.05 1.39 30 1.10 0.99 1.21
16 1.22 1.05 1.39 31 1.07 0.96 1.17
17 1.18 1.07 1.29 32 1.07 0.96 1.17
18 1.18 1.07 1.29 33 1.04 0.96 1.11
Reference Manual 78
Estimated Fetal Weight Formula Method using (BPD, FL, FTA)
Methods using (BPD, AC) Osaka university [grams]

FW(BPD,FL,FTA) = 1.256*BPD³+3.5065*FTA*FL+6.3
Shepard Method [grams]
[Equation] Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, FL)
1000×10 (-1.7492+0.166×(BPD)+0.046×(AC)-0.002646×(AC) ×(BPD))
[Input Range]
Tokyo 2 university Method [grams]
AC :15.5~40.0 cm [Equation]
BPD : 3.1~10.0 cm 1.07*BPD³+3.42*APTD*TTD*FL
EFW : 224~4925 g [Reference]
[Reference] Jpn J Med Ultrasonics Vol.23. No.12 (1996)
Shepard MJ, et al, “ An Evaluation of Two Equations for Predicting Fetal Weight by Ultrasound,”
American Journal of Ob & Gyn, January 1982; 142(1):47-54 Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, SL)
Hadlock Method [grams] Shinozuka 2 Method [grams]

[Equation] [Equation]
10(1.1134+(0.05845×AC)-(0.000604×AC^2)-(0.007365×BPD^2)+(0.000595×BPD×AC)+(0.1694×BPD))
1.07*BPD³+2.91*APTD*TTD*SL
[Reference]
[Reference]
Hadlock F, et al, “Sonographic Estimated of Fetal Weight,” Radiology 1984:150:535-540
Shinozuka, N et, al, Am J Obstet Gynecol 157:1140, 1987
Merz Method [grams]

Method using (BPD, TTD)
[Equation]
-3200.4+157.07× AC+15.9×BPD^2
Hansmann’s fetal weight [grams]
[Reference]
[Equation]
((-1.05775×BPD)+(0.649145×TTD)+(0.0930707×BPD2)-(0.020562×TTD2)+(0.515263))×1000.0
and Atlas, 1991, Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
Reference Manual 79
[Low Range] Shinozuka 1 Method [grams]

BPD : 5.9cm ~ ∞ [Equation]
TTD : 5.6cm ~ ∞ 1.07 x BPD^3 + 0.30 x AC^2 x FL
EFW : 500g ~ ∞ [Reference]
[Reference] Shinozuka, N et, al, Am J Obstet Gynecol 157:1140, 1987
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman, “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology,” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
Method using (HC, AC, FL)
Method using (AC, FL) Hadlock 3 Method [grams]

[Equation]
Hadlock 1 Method [grams]
Log10(EFW) = (0.0107 x HC) + (0.0438 x AC) + (0.158 x FL) - (0.00326 x AC x FL) + 1.326
[Equation]
±2SD=15%
Log10(EFW) = (0.05281 x AC) + (0.1938 x FL) – (0.004 x AC x FL) + 1.304 ±2SD=16%
[Reference]
[Reference]
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study”
of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
Method using (BPD, HC, AC, FL)

Method using (BPD, AC, FL)
[Equation]
[Equation]
Log10(EFW) = (0.0064 x HC) + (0.0424 x AC) + (0.00061 x BPD x AC) + (0.174 x FL) - (0.00386 x
Log10(EFW) = (0.0316 x BPD) + (0.0457 x AC) + (0.1623 x FL) - (0.0034 x AC x FL) + 1.335 AC x FL) + 1.3596 ± 2SD=14.8%
±2SD=15% [Reference]
[Reference] Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. “Estimation of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study”
of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study” American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985
Reference Manual 80
Method using (AC) Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference

Campbell’s fetal weight [grams] Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : BRENNER
[Equation]
1000 x 10 (0.282 x AC - 0.00331 x AC2 – 4.564) Fetal Growth Table
[Input Range] A Standard of Fetal Growth for the United States of America. Brenner WE, Edelman DA,
AC :21.0 ~ 40.0cm Hendricks CH. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 126;555-564, November 1976
EFW : 903 ~ 4137g Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g)
[Reference] 21 410 280 860 33 2010 1480 2690
Campbell, S., Wilkin, D. “Ultrasonic Measurement of Fetal Abdomen Circumference in the 22 480 320 920 34 2220 1670 2880
Estimation of Fetal Weight.” British Journal of OB & GYN, 82, 9: 689-697, September 1975 23 550 370 990 35 2430 1870 3090
24 640 420 1080 36 2650 2190 3290
Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD)
25 740 490 1180 37 2870 2310 3470
26 860 570 1320 38 3030 2510 3610
Tokyo 1 university Method [grams]
27 990 660 1470 39 3170 2680 3750
[Equation]
28 1150 770 1660 40 3280 2750 3870
1.73 x BPD^3 + 28 x APTD x TTD - 217
29 1310 890 1890 41 3360 2800 3980
[Reference]
30 1460 1030 2100 42 3410 2830 4060
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics Vol.23. No.12 (1996)
31 1630 1180 2290 43 3420 2840 4100
32 1810 1310 2500 44 3390 2790 4110
Reference Manual 81
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : DOUBILET Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g)
16w2d 147 29 28w3d 1318 162
Fetal Growth Table
16w3d 153 29 28w4d 1340 164
Improved Birth Weight Table for Neonates Developed from Gestations Dated by Early
16w4d 158 30 28w5d 1363 167
Ultrasonography. Peter M. Doubilet, MD, PhD, Carol B. Benson, MD, Allan S. Nadel, MD, Steven
A. Ringer, MD, PhD. by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine J Ultrasound Med 16w5d 164 30 28w6d 1385 169
16:241-249, 1997 16w6d 170 30 29w0d 1407 171
Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) 17w0d 176 31 29w1d 1430 174
25 660 490 889 35 2383 1919 2959 17w1d 182 31 29w2d 1453 176
26 760 568 1016 36 2622 2129 3230 17w2d 188 32 29w3d 1476 178
27 875 660 1160 37 2859 2340 3493 17w3d 195 33 29w4d 1499 181
28 1005 765 1322 38 3083 2544 3736 17w4d 202 33 29w5d 1522 183
29 1153 884 1504 39 3288 2735 3952 17w5d 209 34 29w6d 1545 185
30 1319 1020 1706 40 3462 2904 4127 17w6d 216 35 30w0d 1568 188
31 1502 1171 1928 41 3597 3042 4254 18w0d 223 35 30w1d 1592 190
32 1702 1338 2167 42 3685 3142 4322 18w1d 231 36 30w2d 1615 192
33 1918 1519 2421 43 3717 3195 4324 18w2d 238 37 30w3d 1639 195
34 2146 1714 2687 18w3d 246 38 30w4d 1663 197
18w4d 254 39 30w5d 1687 200
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : OSAKA 18w5d 263 40 30w6d 1711 202
18w6d 271 41 31w0d 1735 204
Fetal Growth Table 19w0d 280 42 31w1d 1759 207
19w1d 289 43 31w2d 1783 209
Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) 19w2d 298 44 31w3d 1808 212
16w0d 137 29 28w1d 1275 158 19w3d 308 45 31w4d 1832 214
16w1d 142 29 28w2d 1296 160 19w4d 317 46 31w5d 1857 217
Reference Manual 82
Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g)
19w5d 327 48 31w6d 1881 219 23w1d 626 85 35w2d 2478 282
19w6d 337 49 32w0d 1906 222 23w2d 641 87 35w3d 2502 285
20w0d 347 50 32w1d 1930 224 23w3d 656 89 35w4d 2527 288
20w1d 358 51 32w2d 1955 227 23w4d 672 91 35w5d 2551 290
20w2d 368 53 32w3d 1980 229 23w5d 688 92 35w6d 2576 293
20w3d 379 54 32w4d 2005 232 23w6d 704 94 36w0d 2600 296
20w4d 390 56 32w5d 2029 234 24w0d 720 96 36w1d 2624 299
20w5d 401 57 32w6d 2054 237 24w1d 736 98 36w2d 2648 302
20w6d 413 58 33w0d 2079 239 24w2d 753 100 36w3d 2672 305
21w0d 425 60 33w1d 2104 242 24w3d 770 102 36w4d 2696 308
21w1d 436 61 33w2d 2129 244 24w4d 787 104 36w5d 2720 311
21w2d 449 63 33w3d 2154 247 24w5d 804 106 36w6d 2744 314
21w3d 461 65 33w4d 2179 250 24w6d 822 108 37w0d 2767 317
21w4d 474 66 33w5d 2204 252 25w0d 839 110 37w1d 2791 320
21w5d 486 68 33w6d 2229 255 25w1d 857 112 37w2d 2814 323
21w6d 499 69 34w0d 2254 257 25w2d 875 114 37w3d 2837 326
22w0d 513 71 34w1d 2279 260 25w3d 893 116 37w4d 2860 329
22w1d 526 73 34w2d 2304 263 25w4d 912 118 37w5d 2883 332
22w2d 540 74 34w3d 2329 265 25w5d 930 120 37w6d 2906 335
22w3d 553 76 34w4d 2354 268 25w6d 949 123 38w0d 2928 339
22w4d 568 78 34w5d 2379 271 26w0d 968 125 38w1d 2950 342
22w5d 582 80 34w6d 2403 274 26w1d 987 127 38w2d 2973 345
22w6d 596 81 35w0d 2428 276 26w2d 1007 129 38w3d 2995 348
23w0d 611 83 35w1d 2453 279 26w3d 1026 131 38w4d 3016 352
Reference Manual 83
Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) ±SD (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g)
26w4d 1046 133 38w5d 3038 355 16 146 121 171 32 1953 1621 2285
26w5d 1066 135 38w6d 3059 358 17 181 150 212 33 2162 1794 2530
26w6d 1086 138 39w0d 3080 362 18 223 185 261 34 2377 1973 2781
27w0d 1106 140 39w1d 3101 365 19 273 227 319 35 2595 2154 3036
27w1d 1127 142 39w2d 3121 369 20 331 275 387 36 2813 2335 3291
27w2d 1147 144 39w3d 3142 372 21 399 331 467 37 3028 2513 3543
27w3d 1168 146 39w4d 3162 376 22 478 398 559 38 3236 2686 3786
27w4d 1189 149 39w5d 3182 379 23 568 471 665 39 3435 2851 4019
27w5d 1210 151 39w6d 3201 383 24 670 556 784 40 3619 3004 4234
27w6d 1232 153 40w0d 3220 387 25 785 652 918
28w0d 1253 155
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHINOZUKA
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK
Fetal Growth Table
Fetal Growth Table Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
Hadlock, F., Harrist, R.B., Martinez-Poyer, J. “In-utero Analysis of Fetal Growth: A Sonographic Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
Weight Standard” Radiology. 1991, 181: 129-133. Age (wd) -1.5SD (g) Growth (g) +1.5SD (g) Age (wd) -1.5SD (g) Growth (g) +1.5SD (g)
Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) 18w3d 163.0 216.0 269.0 30w3d 1261.0 1552.0 1843.0
10 35 29 41 26 913 758 1068 19w3d 211.0 279.0 348.0 31w3d 1404.0 1720.0 2035.0
11 45 37 53 27 1055 876 1234 20w3d 264.0 349.0 434.0 32w3d 1551.0 1892.0 2233.0
12 58 48 68 28 1210 1004 1416 21w3d 324.0 427.0 529.0 33w3d 1701.0 2068.0 2434.0
13 73 61 85 29 1379 1145 1613 22w3d 392.0 513.0 634.0 34w3d 1851.0 2244.0 2638.0
14 93 77 109 30 1559 1294 1824 23w3d 469.0 609.0 748.0 35w3d 1999.0 2420.0 2841.0
15 117 97 137 31 1751 1453 2049 24w3d 555.0 714.0 873.0 36w3d 2143.0 2592.0 3041.0
Reference Manual 84
Age (wd) -1.5SD (g) Growth (g) +1.5SD (g) Age (wd) -1.5SD (g) Growth (g) +1.5SD (g)
25w3d 651.0 830.0 1009.0 37w3d 2280.0 2758.0 3236.0
26w3d 756.0 956.0 1156.0 38w3d 2407.0 2915.0 3422.0
27w3d 870.0 1092.0 1313.0 39w3d 2521.0 3059.0 3596.0
28w3d 993.0 1237.0 1481.0 40w3d 2618.0 3187.0 3756.0
29w3d 1123.0 1391.0 1658.0 41w3d 2695.0 3296.0 3896.0
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : WILLIAMS
Fetal Growth Table

Williams RL, Creasy RK, Cunningham GC, et al: Fetal growth and perinatal viability in
California. Obstet Gynecol 1982 May; 59(5): 624-32
Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g) Age (W) Growth (g) Min (g) Max (g)
22 513 320 746 34 2394 1728 3132
23 589 365 861 35 2628 1974 3333
24 675 417 989 36 2849 2224 3521
25 773 477 1132 37 3052 2455 3706
26 882 546 1289 38 3227 2642 3867
27 1005 627 1463 39 3364 2790 3994
28 1143 720 1653 40 3462 2881 4080
29 1298 829 1809 41 3524 2946 4127
30 1484 955 2136 42 3589 3011 4185
31 1695 1100 2402 43 3626 3044 4221
32 1920 1284 2673 44 3633 3043 4233
33 2155 1499 2910
Reference Manual 85
Cardiology Reference LV Vol. (A/L)
Cardiology 2D
BSA(Body Surface Area)

BSA can be calculated by entering patient’s weight and height in New Patient Input Screen.
where, H : centimeters, W : kilograms LV Volume: Single Plane Area Length

Reference : Grossman,W.”Cardiac Catheterization and Angiography.” Blood Flow
Measurement : Hemodynamic Principles, 1980. Chapter8, page 90.
Stroke Volume (SV)
Simpson’s method where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume
Stroke Volume Index(SI)
Cardiac Output (CO)
Simpson’s protocol is used for calculation left ventricular volume from measurements
taken in two scan planes. The calculation of volume for both methods (2-chamber or the
4-chamber view) results from summation of areas from diameters of 20 cylinders or discs of
Cardiac Index (CI)
equal height, apportioned over the left ventricular length.
Reference Manual 86
Ejection Fraction (EF) LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic)
Teichholz
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume
Reference : Harvey Feigenbaum, “Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition Chapter3 p 144,
Lea&Febiger
Reference : Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic
volume determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or
2D Measure absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) Cubed
Teichholz
Reference : Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by
Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Reference : Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic Gibson
absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
Reference : “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30
Cubed
LV Mass
where LVDd : Left Ventricle Dimension Diastole, LVPWd : Left Ventricle Posterior Wall
Dimension Diastole, LVSd : Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole
Gibson
Fraction Shortening (FS)
1997 p. 30
Reference Manual 87
LV Mass Myocardial Thickness
LV Mass Index
where, A1 : short axis area, Epicardinal (cm2), A2 : short axis area, Endocardinal (cm2), L1 :
long axis Epicardinal length (cm), L2 : long axis Endocardinal length (cm)
Epicardial Volume
Endocardial Volume
Reference : Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition Chapter3 p 158,

Lea&Febiger
Reference Manual 88
Cardiology M mode LVDd : Left Ventricle Dimension Diastole

LVDs : Left Ventricle Dimension Systole
Left Ventricle LVPWd : Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Diastole

LVPWs: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Systole
IVSd : Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole

IVSs: Interventricular Septal Thickness Systole
EDV: End Diastolic Volume

ESV: End Systolic Volume
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic)
Teichholz
Reference : Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition

Cubed
Gibson
Reference : Harvey Feigenbaum, “ Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition Reference : “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30
Reference Manual 89
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) Cardiac Output (CO)
Teichholz
Cardiac Index (CI)

Ejection Fraction (EF)
Cubed
Reference : Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume
Reference : Harvey Feigenbaum, “Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition Chapter3 p 144,
Lea&Febiger
Gibson
Fraction Shortening (FS)
1997 p. 30
Stroke Volume (SV) LV Mass
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume Reference : Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994,
p.43.
Stroke Volume Index(SI)
LV Mass Index
Reference Manual 90
MV (Mitral Valve)
Definition for the Mitral Valve
D: end of systolic, immediately before the opening of the Mitral Valve
E: the arterial leaflet of the Mitral valve open, it peaks at E
F: lowest point of the initial diastolic closing
A: In atrial systole, blood is propelled through the Mitral orifice and the Mitral leaflets
reopen the peak of this phase of Mitral valve motion is indicated as A
C: complete closure occurs after the onset of ventricular systole
A-C interval (unit : msec)

The distance between the A point and the C point
<Figure - Mitral Valve M mode Waveform>
Mitral Valve D-E Excursion (unit : cm)

Distance between the onset of the opening of the Mitral valve at D and the maximum
opening of the anterior Mitral valve leaflet at E
Ao/LA
Aortic Root Diameter (unit:cm) : Ao Root Dia.

Mitral Valve D-E Slope (unit : cm/sec)
The distance between the leading echo of the anterior aortic wall and the leading echo of
the posterior aortic wall at R wave of the electrocardiogram
Automatically calculated from the D-E excursion the rate of change that exists
between two point(D, E)
Aortic Valve Cusp Separation (Ao Cusp Sep.)
The distance between the trailing echo of the anterior aortic valve leaflet and the leading
Mitral Valve E-F Slope (unit : cm/sec)
echo of the posterior aortic valve leaflet in early diastole
The rate of change that exists between two point(E, F)
Left Atrial Diameter (unit:cm) : LA Dia.

EPSS ( Mitral Valve E Point Septal Separation ) ( unit : cm)
The distance between the trailing edge of the posterior aortic wall echo and the leading
Distance between the Mitral Valve E point and posterior edge of the interventricular septum edge of the posterior left atrial wall echo at the level of aortic wall at the R wave of the
at the same point in time electrocardiogram.
Reference Manual 91
Cardiology C mode PISA-Alias Velocity

Reference: Schmailzl. K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science,
1994, p.125.
AoV Regurg, MV Regurg, TV Regurg, PV Regurg
PISA-Alias Velocity is the peak velocity of the regurgitant jet on the Doppler display (Figure –
Regurgitant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity)
PISA(Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area)-Radius
<Figure – Regurgitant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity>
Regurgitant Volume Flow Rate (Rate)

Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston:Little, Brown and
<Figure - Regurgitant Flow-PISA Radius>
Company, 1994, p. 106
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and Rate is calculated in milliliters/sec.
Company, 1994, p.106.
Schmailzl, K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science, 1994, p.125. Where: PISA-Area = Proximal isovelocity surface area in cm2.
PISA-Radios is the radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice (Figure - Regurgitant PISA-Alias Vel. = Color flow velocity at radius r in cm/sec measured at the mitral orifice on the
Flow-PISA Radius) Color display.
PISA-Area Effective Regurgitant Orifice(ERO)

PISA-Radius = Radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice in cm Company, 1994, pp. 108-109
Vmax is the peak velocity of the mitral regurgitant jet measured on the Doppler display.
Reference Manual 92
Cardiology Doppler
Regurgitant Volume (Vol)

Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve
Pressure Gradient
Company, 1994, pp. 108-109
where, V : Velocity (m/sec)

Where:
PHT ; Pressure Half Time
PISA-Vol. = Regurgitant volume in milliliters
PISA-ERO = Effective Regurgitant area in cm2.
VTI = Velocity integral of the Regurgitant flow measured on the Doppler display
Reference : Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, p.59-60
Pressure half-time (PHT) is the time it takes for the peak pressure gradient to fall to half to half
of its peak value. DT is deceleration time in centimeters per second form the peak velocity
to the baseline.
Mitral Valve area
where ; PHT is Pressure Half Time (milliseconds)

Reference : John H. Phillipse, “ Practical Quantitative Doppler Echocardiography”, p47,
chapter6, CRC press, 1991
Reference Manual 93
VTI(Velocity Time Integral)
where, AVA(1) : Aortic Valve Area by Velocity, AVA(2) : Aortic Valve Area by VTI, LVOTarea : π
* DiaLVOT2 / 4, VTI1 : Left Ventricle output track VTI, VTI2 : Aortic valve VTI, V1 : Left Ventricle
ACC(Acceleration), DEC(Deceleration)
output track velocity, V2: Aortic valve velocity
AT :Acceleration Time, DT : Deceleration Time, E point : Early Diastolic Flow, A point : Atrial <Figure - Continuity Equation>
contraction
Aortic Valve, LVOT Doppler CSA(Cross Sectional Area)
HR(Heart Rate)
where, D: diameter
CONT(Continuity Equation) Pulmonic Veins

When there is a constant flow in a flow channel with a Stenosis, the flow volume at the Reference : Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and
Stenosis portion equals that at nonstenotic portions . Company, 1994, p.48
This equation is valid not only in a constant flow, but also in a pulsality flow channel .
Diastolic Velocity
where, SV1 : stroke volume in the nonstenotic area, SV2: stroke volume in the stenotic area Velocity measured at diastole.
Reference Manual 94
Systolic Velocity
Velocity measured at systole.
Vascular Reference
Artrial Reversal Velocity (A. Rev Vel)
Resistivity Index
Atrial reversal velocity is the peak velocity of the atrial reversal component.
Pulmonary Atrial Reversal Duration (A. Rev Dur)

Pulmonary atrial flow reversal duration is the time between the diastolic component of Reference : Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
pulmonary venous flow and the closure of the mitral valve. Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586
Sys/Dia (Systole/Diastole) Pulsatility Index

Ratio of the velocity measured at systole and the velocity measured at diastole.
Shunt Ratio QP : QS Reference : Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual, Boston: Little, Brown, and Company, 1994. Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585
QP : QS = Pulmonic Cardiac Output / Sysemic Cardiac Output SD (Ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)
Reference : Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J

Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6
Pressure Gradient
where, P : pressure gradient, V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)

Reference Manual 95
%STA
Urology Reference
Reference : Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “ Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis,
Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985. Resistivity Index
%STD
Reference : Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.586
Reference : Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”,
Raven Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.
Pulsatility Index
Volume Flow(Area)
Reference : Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.585
Volume Flow(Dist.)
SD (Ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)
Reference : Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J

Pressure Gradient
Where, P: pressure gradient, V: the maximum instantaneous velocity (m/sec)

Reference Manual 96
Volume Flow (Area) Residual Volume
Volume Flow (Dist.) %STA
Reference : Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “ Duplex Carotid Sonography : Criteria for Stenosis,
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances) Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.
%STD
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor)

Reference : Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler
Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid)
Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks)
Prostate Spec. Antigen

Reference Manual 97
Fetal Echo Reference Cubed
Stroke Volume (SV) Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume Gibson
Cardiac Output (CO) Reference : “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic)

Ejection Fraction (EF)
Teichholz
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume

Reference : Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994; 43
Cardio-Thorax Area Ratio (CTAR) Cubed
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Teichholz Gibson
Reference : Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic 1997 p. 30
Reference Manual 98
LV Mass SD (Ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)
Reference : Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994,
p.43. Reference : Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J
Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter

A percent change in LV cavity dimension with systolic contraction Preload Index
Atrial Reversal Flow/Systolic Flow
Resistivity Index
Reference : Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586
Pulsatility Index
Reference : Burns, Peter N., “ The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585
Reference Manual 99
Acoustic Power Tables fawf the ACOUSTIC WORKING FREQUENCY. Center frequency. (megahertz)
Focal Length The nominal focal points, azimuthal (FLx) and elevational (FLy), for the
operating condition. (centimeters).
Ipa, α at max. MI the ATTENUATED PULSE–AVERAGE INTENSITY at the depth of reported MI,
IEC 60601–2–37 Tables zat_max_Ipi, α . (watts per square centimeter).
Ita, α (z) the ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE INTENSITY at axial distance z.

(milliwatts per square centimeter)
Symbols and Definitions
MI the displayed parameter representing potential cavitation bio–effects. (unit–less)
Standard 60601–2–37 published by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
requires the declaration of acoustic output information. The definitions and units of the P the time–average ultrasonic OUTPUT POWER radiated by the transducer
symbols in those tables are listed below, and are consistent with IEC 60601–2–37 and IEC for the transmit pattern(s) associated with the report–ed Index. For
62359. Definitions for CAPITALIZED parameters, if not found here, can be found in the TIS_non_scan and TIB_non_scan this is the total acoustic power of
reference documents. the non–scanned beam(s). For TIC it is the total acoustic power of the
contributing modes (which will be list–ed separately, for the reader to
All table entries have been obtained at the operating conditions that give rise to the
sum). The reported maximum TIS_scan value may (likely) come from a
Maximum Index Value (shown in the second row of the table). Due to the complexities of the
combinational mode. In this case, P = P1 + P1x1. P1 is the BOUNDED OUTPUT
system user interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact
POWER (the maximum power emitted from a one cm width of the active
Samsung Medison for further information as needed.
(scanned) transmit aperture of the transducer in the scan plane direction)
Note that Samsung Medison provides information for both of the TIS non–scanned columns.
of each the scanned transmit modes. For instance in 2D color mode P1_2D
The ‘Aaprt≤1’ (cm2) column is an ‘at_surface’ TIS value and the ‘Aaprt>1’ (cm2) column is a
and P1_Col will be listed. P1x1 is the ma–ximum contribution from any one
‘below surface’ TIS value. The tables will provide additional informational flags (‘**’) in the
square centimeter of the non–scanned transmit mode(s) active aperture.
event that the largest TIS non–scanned value is an ‘at_surface’ value with Aaprt > 1 cm2, or
(milliwatts).
if the largest TIS non–scanned value is a ‘below_surface’ value with Aaprt ≤ 1 cm2 case (very
Pα(z) the (ultrasonic) ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER at axial dist–ance zs, for the
rare).
non–scanned modes or TRANSMIT PATTERNS. (milliwatts)
Aaprtt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM AREA, or transmit aperture area, of the
Pr, α
the ATTENUATED PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE
ultrasonic beam. Derived from the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS.
associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the reported value of
(centimeters squared)
MI. (megapascals)
deq at max. Ipi the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at the point where the free–field (non–
Pr at max. Ipi the PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE at the point where the
attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum (centimeters).
free–field (non–attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum
deq(zb) the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at axial distance zb. Equal to [(4/п)
(megapascals).
(Pα(zb) / Ita, α(zb))]0.5. (centimeters)
prr the PULSE REPETITION RATE associated with the transmit pattern giving
Dim of Aaprt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS. The active apertu–re dimensions
rise to the reported value of MI (pulses per second).
in the azimuthal and elevational directions. (cent–imeters). For scanned
modes, the ‘X_dim’ is the length of the entire scanned aperture.
Reference Manual 100
TIB the BONE THERMAL INDEX for applications, such as fetal (second and Explanatory Notes
third trimester) or neonatal cephalic (through the fontanelle), in which
(a) This index is not required to this operating mode.
the ultrasound beam passes through soft tissue and a focal region is in
the immediate vicinity of bone. (unit–less) (b) This probe is not intended for adult transcranial uses.
TIC the CRANIAL BONE THERMAL INDEX. (c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
TISscan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a scanning mode. (unit–less) (d) The maximum index value is less than 1.0
TISnon–scan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a non–auto scanning mode. (unit– * If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr’ listed is
less) the average per second for the ‘worst case’ scan line. ‘prr’ for scanning modes is the
product of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern .
td the PULSE DURATION associated with the TRANSMIT PATTERN giving rise
to the reported value of MI. (microseconds) ** The max TIS unscanned value is an ‘at_surface’ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0
z_at_max_Ipi, α the axial distance from the transducer where the ATTENUATED PULSE cm^2, OR The max TIS unscanned value is a ‘below_surface’ value and occurs for
aperture <= 1.0 cm^2.
INTENSITY INTEGRAL Ipi, α is maximum.
+ The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at_surface TIS_scanned value. The
zb the distance where TIB_non–scan is determined. For non–scanned modes,
non–scanned_TIB value indicated is the below_surface max. A “+” is used when the
Distance along the beam axis to the plane where the product of the
TIB value is less than the TIS_scanned value for the operating condition.
ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER and ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE
INTENSITY (Pα(z) x Ita, α(z)) maximizes. (centimeters)
zbp value equal to 1.5 times the EQUIVALENT APERTURE DIAMETER (Deq). Also
equals 1.69 * (centimeters)
zs the distance where TIS_non–scan is determined. The axial distance
corresponding to the location of max[min(Pα(z), Ita, α(z)x1 cm2)], where z >=
zbp. (centimeters)
C2–4/20 C2–4/20: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
C2–4/20: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 0.932 0.942 0.575 0.453** 1.360 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Pr, α (MPa) 1.450 – – – – –
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan 2D P1: 0.434
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 45.330 PD P1x1: 45.330 – PD P: 44.400 (b)
Maximum Index Value 0.862 0.876 0.034 0.034 0.063+ (b)
Col P1: 28.300
Pr, α (MPa) 1.300 – – – – –
P (mW) – 2D P1: 60.000 M P1x1: 2.414 – M P: 2.840 (b) Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 35.634 – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 2.396 – – zs (cm) – – – 1.600 – –
(zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 1.962 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.900 – – Associated
zb (cm) – – – – 1.500 –
Associated zbp Acoustic
(cm) – – – 2.098 – – 4.500 – – – – –
Acoustic Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 4.400 – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.566 –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.600 – – – – –
2D : 3.200
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.397 – fawf (MHz) 2.420 PD : 2.660 2.660 2.460 2.450 (b)
fawf (MHz) 2.280 3.070 2.940 2.950 3.030 (b) Col : 2.670
X (cm) – 1.600 1.280 1.280 1.120 (b) 2D : 1.600
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b) X (cm) – PD : 0.800 0.800 1.120 0.560 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.520
td (µsec) 0.629 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 12.100* – – – – – Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.910 – – – – – td (µsec) 1.060 – – – – –
Other prr (pulses/sec) 59.000* – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.371 –
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 143.000 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.090 – – – – –
Other
FLx (cm) – – 17.500 14.500 – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.484 –
Information eq
Focal Length Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 141.000 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.000 6.800 – –
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – –
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating TIS_as_U Control 1 MI
Control 3
Control Control 2 TIS_as
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Operating TIS_as_U
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 3
Control
Control 6 TIC_as Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.3MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 12.090, Data No: 899607201–74551 Control 6 TIC_as
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 174.890, Data No: 899535837–56630
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzM: 3.4MHz, Focus: 17.5Cm, FR: 35.000, Data No: 899798913–237367 Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzCol: 2.5MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 3.690, Data No: 899696843–5022
Control 4: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzM: 3.4MHz, Focus: 14.5Cm, FR: 41.220, Data No: 899796295–76776 Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 2.7MHzCol: 2.7MHz, Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 3.660, Data No: 900067868–435704
Control 6: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 58.300, Data No: 899590672–648771 Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 2.7MHzCol: 2.5MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 3.660, Data No: 900041663–37343
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 2.5MHzCol: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 3.660, Data No: 899974562–187930
C2–4/20: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler C2–5

TIS TIB
scan
scan
C2–5: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Pr, α (MPa) 1.630 – – – – – Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
scan
2D P1: 7.890 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 70.280 – PD P: 83.800 (b)
PD P1x1: 71.390
Maximum Index Value 1.45 1.33 0.0740** 0.0910 0.192+ (b)
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 62.356 – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.19 – – – – –
(zs)x1cm^2] P (mW) – 2D P1: 106 M P1x1: 6.37 – M P: 9.89 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.600 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 7.88 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.962 – – (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 4.400 –
b zs (cm) – – – 1.70 – –
Parameters Associated
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.400 – – – – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.21 – –
Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.382 zb (cm) – – – – 5.10 –
Parameters
2D : 3.670 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.50 – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 2.630 2.670 2.670 2.670 (b)
PD : 2.460
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.474 –
2D : 2.040
X (cm) – 0.800 1.120 1.120 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.28 2.62 2.43 2.44 2.49 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.800
X (cm) – 1.96 1.31 1.31 1.31 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 1.420 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.806 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 8.91* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.380 – – – – –
Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.05 – – – – –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.344 – Other
Information eq deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.464 –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 145.000 – – – – – Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 291 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.000 6.800 – –
Focal Length FLx (cm) – – 17.5 14.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 8.000 8.000 – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Control 4 Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.7MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 899673777–281801
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz , Focus: 8.8Cm, FR: 8.91, Data No: 602653980–634980
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzPD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 55.560, Data No: 899871525–833028
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz M: 3.4MHz , Focus: 17.5Cm, FR: 25.32, Data No: 602868676–995527
C2–5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2–5: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
scan scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Maximum Index Value 1.44 1.26 0.802 0.727 2.47 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.44 1.23 1.29 1.12 3.32 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.43 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.24 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.439 2D P1: 4.69
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 93.4 (b)
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 66.7 PD P1x1: 58.2 – PD P: 59.4 (b) PD P1x1: 84.0
Col P1: 34.6
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 52.8 – – (zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.90 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1.90 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.21 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 2.21 – –
Associated Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 1.60 –
zb b
(cm) – – – – 0.600 – Parameters
Acoustic z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.30 – – – – –
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.700 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.485
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.489 –
2D : 3.29
2D : 2.95 fawf (MHz) 2.42 2.91 2.84 2.46 (b)
PD : 2.90
fawf (MHz) 2.86 PD : 2.45 2.90 2.89 2.45 (b)
Col : 2.87 2D : 2.62
X (cm) – 0.654 1.31 0.654 (b)
2D : 3.31
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
X (cm) – PD : 0.654 0.654 1.31 0.409 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.84 td (µsec) 1.50 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.879 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.10 – – – – –
Other
prr (pulses/sec) 22.9* – – – – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.428 –
Information eq
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.57 – – – – – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 266 – – – – –
Other FLx (cm) – – 3.50 6.80 – –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.489 – Focal Length
Information eq – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 230 – – – – – FLy (cm)
FLx (cm) – – 3.50 6.80 – –
Focal Length Control 1 MI
FLy (cm) – – 7.60 7.60 – –
Control 1 MI Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz , Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 602706224–233336
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz PD: 2.9MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 39.60, Data No: 603019186–865528
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz Col: 2.9MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 1.43, Data No: 602792298–222048
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 2.5MHz Col: 2.9MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 5.03, Data No: 603105421–530553
C2–8 C2–8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
C2–8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.35 0.936 0.635** 0.585 1.60 (b)
scan
1.20 1.08 0.0700** 0.0710 0.0890+ (b) P (mW) – PD P1x1: 42.9 PD P1x1: 43.0 – PD P: 37.6 (b)
Maximum Index Value
Col P1: 19.8
Pr, α (MPa) 2.00 – – – – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2] zbp (cm) – – – 2.20 – –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Associated zbp Acoustic
(cm) – – – 2.20 – – 1.70 – – – – –
Acoustic Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.90 – – – – – 0.453 –
deq(zb) (cm)
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.40 – – – – – 2D : 3.93
fawf (MHz) 2.77 3.74 3.71 3.60 3.98 (b) Col : 3.13
X (cm) – 2.50 0.962 1.54 0.673 (b) 2D : 2.50
Dim of Aaprt _ PD : 0.962 0.962 1.54 0.385 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) X (cm)
td (µsec) 0.548 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 8.91* – – – – – Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.02 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.853 – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.425 –
Information Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.66 – – – – –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 271 – – – – – Other
FLx (cm) – – 5.00 17.5 – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.447 –
Information eq
Focal Length Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 255 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.00 8.80 – –
Focal Length
MI FLy (cm) – – 7.00 7.00 – –
Control 1
Control TIS_as_U Control 1 MI
Control 3
Conditions TIS_bs Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control 4
TIB_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 5
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.7MHz , Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 8.91, Data No: 1268381231–665071 Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz M: 4.1MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 61.26, Data No: 1268529530–523776 Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 2.69, Data No: 1268488499–923951
Control 4: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz M: 4.1MHz , Focus: 17.5Cm, FR: 25.32, Data No: 1268540708–35646 Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz PD: 3.1MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 2.68, Data No: 1268768804–445265
C2–8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler CN2–8

TIS TIB
scan
scan
CN2–8: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.33 0.959 0.915** 0.830 2.18 (b)
scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 61.9 – PD P: 58.9 (b)
PD P1x1: 61.9
Maximum Index Value 1.040 0.845 0.029** 0.041 0.095+ (b)
(zs)x1cm^2] P (mW) – 2D P1: 59.100 M P1x1: 2.021 – M P: 1.300 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 1.60 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.20 – – (zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 1.70 –
b zs (cm) – – – 2.300 – –
Parameters Associated
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.50 – – – – – zbp (cm) – – – 2.775 – –
Acoustic
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.417 zb (cm) – – – – 1.300 –
Parameters
2D : 4.13 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 5.100 – – – – –
fawf (MHz) 2.82 3.10 3.10 3.10 (b)
PD : 3.10
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.447 –
2D : 5.63
X (cm) – 0.962 1.54 0.673 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.280 3.000 3.000 2.980 3.430 (b)
X (cm) – 3.100 1.591 2.068 0.636 (b)
Y (cm) – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
td (µsec) 1.31 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.666 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 9.080* – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.24 – – – – –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.380 – Other
Information eq deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.437 –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 201 – – – – – Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 174.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.00 17.5 – –
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U
Control Control 2 TIS_as
Conditions Control 3 TIS_bs Operating
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIB_bs Control
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 1268420281–723213 Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 39.60, Data No: 1268656139–353612 Control 6 TIC_as
Control 4: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 39.60, Data No: 1268652744–99813 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.3MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 9.080, Data No: 24811122–941390
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzM: 3.4MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 57.150, Data No: 24990583–128116
CN2–8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CN2–8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
scan scan
Maximum Index Value 1.110 1.030 0.726 0.574** 1.650 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.130 1.010 1.067 0.968** 2.330 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.850 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 1.980 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.329 2D P1: 3.350
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 72.668 – PD P: 78.200 (b)
Col P1: 25.400
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2] zs (cm) – – – 2.200 – –
zs (cm) – – – 2.200 – – Associated zbp (cm) – – – 2.775 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 2.775 – – Acoustic zb
Associated (cm) – – – – 2.000 –
zb (cm) – – – – 1.300 – Parameters
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.520 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.479 –
2D : 3.450
2D : 3.090 fawf (MHz) 3.060 3.080 3.070 2.790 (b)
PD : 3.070
fawf (MHz) 2.770 PD : 2.780 3.060 2.780 3.070 (b) 2D : 3.180
Col : 2.770 X (cm) – 0.795 2.068 0.795 (b)
2D : 2.310 Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
X (cm) – PD : 0.795 0.795 2.068 0.636 (b) 1.200 – – – – –
Dim of Aaprt td (µsec)
Col : 2.230
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.140 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.916 – – – – – Other
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.447 –
prr (pulses/sec) 22.400* – – – – – Information eq
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 144.000 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.980 – – – – –
Other FLx (cm) – – 3.500 8.800 – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.468 – Focal Length
Information – – 6.000 6.000 – –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 126.000 – – – – – FLy (cm)
FLx (cm) – – 3.500 8.800 – –
Focal Length MI
FLy (cm) – – 6.000 6.000 – – Control 1
Control 1 MI Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
TIS_as TIC_as Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Operating Control 2
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 24872267–529523
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 1.400, Data No: 24887344–818007 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 24877732–462643
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 2.8MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 2.690, Data No: 25186128–372084 Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 8.8Cm, Data No: 24879732–35540
CN4–9 CN4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
CN4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.580 0.980 0.617 0.417** 1.340 1.190
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan 2D P1: 0.316 2D P: 0.338
PD P1x1:
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 23.690 – PD P: 16.000 PD P: 21.700
Maximum Index Value 1.110 0.767 0.050 0.031** 0.079+ 0.830 23.690
Col P1: 13.800 Col P: 14.900
Pr, α (MPa) 2.410 – – – – –
P (mW) – 2D P1: 30.500 M P1x1: 2.046 – M P: 1.370 2D P: 34.800 (zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 0.800 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 1.293 – – zbp (cm) – – – 1.012 – –
(zs)x1cm^2] Associated z
b (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
Associated zs (cm) – – – 1.300 – – Acoustic
Acoustic zbp (cm) – – – 1.221 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.210 –
Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.900 –
2D : 5.240 2D : 5.080
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.900 – – – – – fawf (MHz) 4.960 PD : 5.470 5.050 5.050 5.080 PD : 5.450
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.211 – Col : 5.410 Col : 5.050
fawf (MHz) 4.730 5.290 5.110 5.110 4.730 5.290 2D : 1.540 2D : 1.270
X (cm) – 1.440 0.867 0.867 0.596 1.440 X (cm) – PD : 0.867 0.867 0.596 0.271 PD : 0.596
Dim of Aaprt Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 Col : 1.520 Col : 1.250
td (µsec) 0.268 – – – – – Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
prr (pulses/sec) 330.000* – – – – – td (µsec) 0.526 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.210 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 57.400* – – – – –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.209 –
Information eq Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 258.000 – – – – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.193 –
Information eq
FLx (cm) – – 9.000 9.000 – – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 491.000 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Operating Control 1 MI TIB_bs

Control Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as Control 1 MI
Conditions TIS_as_U TIS_bs Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3
Control 1: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzM: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.0Cm, FR: 30.140, Data No: 25561175–730515 Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 52.630, Data No: 25320268–388199 Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 3.590, Data No: 25412140–971823
CN4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler EC4–9

TIS TIB
scan
scan
EC4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum Index Value 1.430 0.942 0.985 0.603** 1.570 1.170
scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 37.640 – PD P: 18.900 PD P: 35.800
PD P1x1: 33.870
Maximum Index Value 0.871 0.553 0.034 0.021** 0.053+ (b)
(zs)x1cm^2]
2D P1: 19.700
zs – – – 1.300 – – P (mW) – M P1x1: 1.347 – M P: 0.822 (b)
(cm) M P1x1: 0.786
Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
b (zs)x1cm^2]
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.500 – – – – – zs (cm) – – – 1.325 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.214 – Associated z
bp (cm) – – – 1.221 – –
2D : 5.610 Acoustic
fawf (MHz) 5.370
PD : 5.480
5.500 5.470 5.110 5.060 Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.180 –
2D : 2.600 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.320 – – – – –

X (cm) – 0.867 0.867 0.271 0.759 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.229 –
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 fawf (MHz) 4.960 5.670 5.260 5.260 4.960 (b)
td (µsec) 0.697 – – – – – 2D : 1.790
X (cm) – 0.867 0.867 0.379 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt M : 0.379
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.080 – – – – – Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Other td (µsec) 0.244 – – – – –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.181 –
Information eq
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 422.000 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 338.000* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.500 9.000 – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.390 – – – – –
Focal Length Other
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.220 –
Information eq
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) – – – – – –
Control 1 MI FLx (cm) – – 9.000 9.000 – –
Focal Length
Control 2 TIS_as FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Operating TIS_as_U
Control 3
Control
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs MI TIB_bs
Operating Control 1
Control 5 TIB_bs Control Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as
Control 6 TIC_as Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 25383874–253154 Control 1: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzM: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 38.330, Data No: 399280221–770518
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzPD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 5.5Cm, FR: 20.830, Data No: 25797124–192443 Control 2: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHzM: 6.8MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 38.330, Data No: 399350929–80023
EC4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA EC4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
scan scan
Pr, α (MPa) 2.670 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 2.900 – – – – –
2D P1: 2.290
2D P1: 0.554 P (mW) – PD P1x1: 22.570 – PD P: 18.800 (b)
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 13.820 – PD P: 13.000 (b) PD P1x1: 21.119
Col P1: 23.600
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2] zs (cm) – – – 1.035 – –
Associated z
bp (cm) – – – 0.683 – – Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 1.180 –
Acoustic b
Parameters
Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.180 – – – – –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.208 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.233 – 2D : 5.320
fawf (MHz) 5.030 5.500 5.490 5.100 (b)
2D : 5.480 PD : 5.410
fawf (MHz) 5.030 5.120 5.100 5.100 (b)
Col : 5.350 2D : 1.920
X (cm) – 0.867 0.596 0.379 (b)
2D : 1.680 Dim of Aaprt PD : 0.867
X (cm) – 0.867 0.271 0.271 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.570 Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) td (µsec) 0.737 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.512 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 56.600* – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.440 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.790 – – – – – Other
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.189 –
Other Information eq
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.214 – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 319.000 – – – – –
Information eq
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 258.000 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 9.000 3.000 – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.500 1.000 – – Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Operating TIS_as_U
Control 3
Control TIS_as_U Control
Control 3 TIS_bs
Conditions Control 4 Conditions Control 4
TIS_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as Control 6 TIC_as
Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzCol: 5.6MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 1.920, Data No: 399231734–658196 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzPD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 7.5Cm, FR: 5.210, Data No: 399515806–774028
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHzPD: 5.1MHzCol: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 4.940, Data No: 399598376–810820 Control 5: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzPD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 26.040, Data No: 399425223–27443
EVN4–9 EVN4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
EVN4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 13.820 – PD P: 13.000 (b)
Col P1: 23.600
Pr, α (MPa) 2.88 – – – – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 10.304 – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.57 – M P: 1.22 (b) zs (cm) – – – 0.600 – –
(zs)x1cm^2] Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 0.600 –
b
Parameters
zs (cm) – – – 0.800 – – z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – –
Associated z deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.233 –
bp (cm) – – – 1.08 – –
Acoustic 2D : 5.480
Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.50 – fawf (MHz) 5.030
Col : 5.350
5.120 5.100 5.100 (b)
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – –
2D : 1.680
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.251 – X (cm) – 0.867 0.271 0.271 (b)
fawf (MHz) 4.45 5.50 5.07 5.07 5.36 (b) Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
X (cm) – 1.39 0.675 0.675 0.464 (b) td (µsec) 0.512 – – – – –
Dim of Aaprt prr (pulses/sec) 56.600* – – – – –
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.790 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.393 – – – – – Other
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.214 –
Information eq
prr (pulses/sec) 7.20* – – – – – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 258.000 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.04 – – – – – FLx (cm) – – 5.500 1.000 – –
Other Focal Length
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.236 – FLy (cm) – – 2.300 2.300 – –
Information eq
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 284 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 9.00 9.00 – – Control 1 MI
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – – Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Operating TIS_as Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as
Control 2
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs
EVN4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler L5–12/60

TIS TIB
scan
scan
L5–12/60: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 16.6 – PD P: 15.2 (b)
Col P1: 26.8
(zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 49.800 M P1x1: 2.576 – M P: 1.160 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.800 – –
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.04 – – (mW) – – – 1.811 – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
Acoustic z (cm) – – – – 0.700 –
b zs
Parameters (cm) – – – 1.800 – –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – – Associated z
bp (cm) – – – 1.856 – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.241 – Acoustic
2D : 5.32 Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.600 –
fawf (MHz) 5.08 5.13 5.13 5.14 (b) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.700 – – – – –
Col : 5.01
2D : 2.13 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.203 –
X (cm) – 0.633 0.633 0.295 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 1.94 fawf (MHz) 5.780 5.350 5.870 5.100 5.780 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) X (cm) – 2.820 1.753 2.003 0.751 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.511 – – – – – Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 57.1* – – – – – td (µsec) 0.150 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.13 – – – – – prr (pulses/sec) 112.000* – – – – –
Other
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.219 – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.490 – – – – –
Information eq Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 335 – – – – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.197 –
Information eq
FLx (cm) – – 4.00 4.00 – – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 420.000 – – – – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.30 2.30 – – FLx (cm) – – 4.400 6.500 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.400 2.400 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating TIS_as
Control 2 Control 1 MI
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Operating Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as
Control 4 TIB_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 6.2MHz Col: 5.1MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 3.57, Data No: 3109867682–309247 TIB_bs
Control 5
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz PD: 5.1MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 4.0Cm, FR: 2.75, Data No: 3110459359–556979 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 111.980, Data No: 968375113–479803
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz PD: 5.1MHz Col: 4.4MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 4.90, Data No: 3110447973–896484 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Focus: 3.6Cm, FR: 87.540, Data No: 968377135–380002
L5–12/60: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5–12/60: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
scan scan
Maximum Index Value 1.46 2.11 1.52 0.916** 1.62+ (b) Maximum Index Value 1.360 2.320 2.543 1.528** 2.390 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 3.39 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.170 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.528 2D P1: 5.100
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 90.464 – PD P: 82.700 (b)
Col P1: 21.1
Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (zs)x1cm^2]
(mW) – – – 32.7 – –
(zs)x1cm^2] zs (cm) – – – 1.700 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.86 – – Acoustic z
Associated b (cm) – – – – 1.700 –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.700 – – – – –
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.60 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.387 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.232 – 2D : 6.030
2D : 5.39 fawf (MHz) 5.470 5.900 5.900 5.980 (b)
PD : 5.880
fawf (MHz) 5.40 PD : 5.87 5.87 5.87 6.07 (b) 2D : 4.190
Col : 5.73 X (cm) – 2.003 2.003 1.380 (b)
2D : 3.44
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
X (cm) – PD : 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.376 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col : 3.32 td (µsec) 0.690 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.482 – – – – – Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.380 – – – – –
Other
prr (pulses/sec) 34.6* – – – – – d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.263 –
Information eq
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.48 – – – – – Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 479.000 – – – – –
Other
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.227 – FLx (cm) – – 6.500 6.500 – –
Information eq Focal Length
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 565 – – – – – FLy (cm) – – 2.400 2.400 – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.40 2.40 – – Control 1 MI
Operating TIS_as
Control 2
Control 1 MI Control
Operating Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, Data No: 968396568–271640
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz Col: , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 2.16, Data No: 968427919–40938 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 6.2MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, Data No: 968408247–676025
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz PD: 6.2MHz Col: 6.2MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 2.54, Data No: 968638970–801925 Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 6.2MHz, Focus: 3.6Cm, Data No: 968407293–385562
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz PD: 6.2MHz Col: 5.6MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 2.54, Data No: 968621207–972883
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz PD: 6.2MHz Col: 5.6MHz, Focus: 0.6Cm, FR: 2.54, Data No: 968605727–51418
LE5–12 LE5–12: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
LN5–12/40: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
scan
Col P1: 10
Pr, α (MPa) 3.18 – – – – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2]
zbp (cm) – – – 1.196 – –
zs (cm) – – – 1 – – Associated
Associated z Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 0.6 –
bp (cm) – – – 1.196 – –
Acoustic Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.171 –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.1 – – – – –
2D : 6.01
fawf (MHz) 5.95 6.03 6.03 6.03 5.95 (b) Col : 6.01
X (cm) – 1.44 1.248 1.248 0.546 (b) 2D : 2.14
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) – PD : 1.25 1.248 1.248 0.234 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
td (µsec) 0.213 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 118* – – – – –
3.73 – – – – – td (µsec) 0.4 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa)
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.148 –
Information eq Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4 – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.171 –
FLx (cm) – – 6.5 6.5 – – Information
FLy (cm) – – 2 2 – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.5 6.5 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2 2 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating TIS_as
Control 2
Control Control 1 MI
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Operating
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Focus: 1.7Cm, FR: 118.270, Data No: 290231415–190759 Control 4 TIB_bs
LE5–12: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler LN5–12

TIS TIB
scan
scan
LN5–12: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
scan
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 33.72 – PD P: 11.4 (b)
PD P1x1: 33.72
(zs)x1cm^2]
P (mW) – 2D P1: 22.5 M P1x1: 1.22 – M P: 0.600 (b)
zs (cm) – – – 0.6 – –
Associated zbp (cm) – – – 1.078 – – Min.of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) – – – 0.787 – –
Acoustic (zs)x1cm^2]
zb (cm) – – – – 0.6 –
Parameters zs (cm) – – – 1.00 – –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1 – – – – – Associated z
– – – – 0.162 – bp (cm) – – – 1.05 – –
deq(zb) (cm) Acoustic
2D : 6.25 Parameters zb (cm) – – – – 1.00 –
fawf (MHz) 5.55 6.11 5.98 5.63 (b)
PD : 6.11 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.900 – – – – –
2D : 3.74 deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.158 –
X (cm) – 1.248 1.014 0.234 (b)
fawf (MHz) 5.56 6.57 6.40 6.40 6.05 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
X (cm) – 1.89 0.960 0.960 0.540 (b)
td (µsec) 0.652 – – – – – Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
td (µsec) 0.255 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.09 – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.161 –
d at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.153 –
FLx (cm) – – 6.5 3.2 – – Information eq
FLy (cm) – – 2 2 – –
FLx (cm) – – 5.00 5.00 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 1.80 1.80 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating TIS_as TIS_as_U
Control 2
Conditions Control 3 TIS_bs Operating
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 1.7Cm, Data No: 290298002–421454 Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 6.2MHz, Focus: 3.2Cm, Data No: 290326281–473796 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz , Focus: 1.7Cm, FR: 13.67, Data No: 273081929–853980
LN5–12: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA LN5–12: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
scan scan
Pr, α (MPa) 3.29 – – – – – Pr, α (MPa) 3.16 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.273 2D P1: 1.96
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 29.0 – PD P: 20.2 (b)
Col P1: 8.70
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2] zs (cm) – – – 0.700 – –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.05 – – Acoustic zb
Associated (cm) – – – – 1.70 –
zb (cm) – – – – 0.600 – Parameters
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – – deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.188 –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.160 – 2D : 6.96
fawf (MHz) 5.63 5.60 5.64 5.68 (b)
2D : 6.21 PD : 5.59
fawf (MHz) 5.66 PD : 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.21 (b) 2D : 2.37
Col : 5.71 X (cm) – 0.960 0.960 0.780 (b)
2D : 1.89 Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
X (cm) – PD : 0.960 0.960 0.960 0.240 (b)
Dim of Aaprt td (µsec) 0.652 – – – – –
Col : 1.83
Y (cm) – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.54 – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.481 – – – – – Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.182 –
prr (pulses/sec) 59.0* – – – – – Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 437 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.72 – – – – –
Other FLx (cm) – – 6.50 5.00 – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.160 – Focal Length
Information FLy (cm) – – 1.80 1.80 – –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 497 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.50 6.50 – –
Focal Length Control 1 MI
FLy (cm) – – 1.80 1.80 – –
Control 1 MI
Operating Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, Data No: 273123331–793523
LN5–12/40 LN5–12/40: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
LN5–12/40: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
scan
Col P1: 16.800
Pr, α (MPa) 2.400 – – – – –
(zs)x1cm^2]
(zs)x1cm^2]
zbp (cm) – – – 1.658 – –
Associated Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.800 –
zbp (cm) – – – 1.658 – –
Acoustic Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.400 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.307 –
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.500 – – – – –
2D : 5.210
fawf (MHz) 5.690 5.690 5.260 4.910 5.690 (b) Col : 5.370
X (cm) – 1.550 1.600 1.600 0.600 (b) 2D : 2.550
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) – PD : 1.600 1.600 1.600 1.200 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.138 – – – – –
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 112.000* – – – – –
td (µsec) 0.517 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.170 – – – – –
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.187 –
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 473.000 – – – – – Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.225 –
FLx (cm) – – 6.500 6.500 – – Information
Focal Length Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 625.000 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – – 2.100 2.100 – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.500 5.600 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.100 2.100 – –
Control 1 MI TIS_as TIC_as
Operating TIS_as_U
Control 2
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 4 TIB_bs Operating
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 111.500, Data No: 5950164–461548 Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 7.7MHzM: 7.7MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 29.270, Data No: 6067490–658032 Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzM: 5.6MHz, Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 29.270, Data No: 6055088–631449 Control 6 TIC_as
LN5–12/40: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler

TIS TIB
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan

Pr, α (MPa) 3.330 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.860
P (mW) – PD P1x1: 70.420 – PD P: 62.500 (b)
PD P1x1: 59.810
(zs)x1cm^2]
zs (cm) – – – 1.500 – –
Acoustic zb (cm) – – – – 1.600 –
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.600 – – – – –
deq(zb) (cm) – – – – 0.385 –
2D : 5.760
fawf (MHz) 5.040 5.500 5.030 5.060 (b)
PD : 5.370
2D : 3.050
X (cm) – 1.600 1.600 1.400 (b)
Y (cm) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
td (µsec) 0.727 – – – – –
prr (pulses/sec) 999.000 – – – – –
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.520 – – – – –
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) – – – – 0.235 –
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 498.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – – 6.500 5.600 – –
Focal Length
FLy (cm) – – 2.100 2.100 – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating TIS_as_U
Control 3
Control
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 6 TIC_as
FDA Tables ITA.3(z1) the derated spatial‑peak, temporal‑average intensity at axial distance z1
(milliwatts per square centimeter).
z1 the axial distance corresponding to the location of max[min(W.3(z), ITA.3(z)
Symbols and Definitions x 1 cm2)], where z = zbp (centimeters).
All table entries have been obtained at the same operating conditions that give rise to zbp (centimeters).
the maximum Index Value in the second row. Due to the complexities of the system user
zsp For MI, the axial distance at which pr.3 is measured for TIB, the axial distance
interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact Samsung
at which TIB is a maximum (i.e., zsp = zB.3) (centimeters).
Medison for further information.
deq(z) the equivalent beam diameter as a function of axial distance z, and is
Symbols used in the table are described below.
equal to [(4/ )(Wo/ITA(z))]0.5 where ITA(z) is the temporal‑average intensity as
MI the Mechanical Index. a function of z (centimeters).
TISscan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in an auto‑scanning mode. fc is the center frequency (MHz). For MI, fc is the center frequency associated
TISnon–scan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in a non‑auto‑scanning mode. with the transmit pattern giving rise to the maximum reported value of
TIB the Bone Thermal Index. MI. For TI, for combined modes involving transmit patterns of unequal
center frequency, fc is defined as the overall range of center frequencies of
TIC the Cranial Thermal Index.
the respective transmit patterns.
Aaprt the area of the active aperture (square centimeters).
Dim. of Aaprt the active aperture dimensions for the azimuthal and elevational planes
pr.3 the derated peak rarefactional pressure associated with the transmit (centimeters).
pattern giving rise to the value reported under MI (meg zapascals).
PD the pulse duration (microseconds) associated with the transmit pattern
Wo For TIB and TIC: time average acoustic power at the source, in milliwatts. giving rise to the reported value of MI.
(Also see the definitions for W01 and W01x1 that follow.)
PRF the pulse repetition frequency associated with the transmit pattern giving

For TIS scan, Wo = Wo1 + Wo1x1 rise to the reported value of MI (Hz).
For TIS non–scan, Wo = Wo1x1
pr@PIImax the peak rarefactional pressure at the point where the free field,
Wo1
For scanning modes and/or scanning components of combinational modes: time spatial‑peak pulse intensity integral is a maximum (megapascals). See
average acoustic power at the source, per cm, in milliwatts. This is the acoustic Section 6.2.4.1 of the Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement
power emitted from the central 1–cm length, in the scan direction, of the aperture Methodology for Mechanical and Thermal Indices”.
corresponding to the scanned pulses.
deq@PIImax the equivalent beam diameter at the point where the freefield, spatial‑peak
Wo1x1 For non–scanning modes and/or non–scanning components of pulse intensity integral is a maximum (centimeters). See Section 6.2.5.1
combinational modes: time average acoustic power at the source, per of the Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement Methodology for
cm2, in milliwatts. This is the acoustic power emitted from the central Mechanical and Thermal Indices”.
1 cm2 of the active non–scanned aperture through which the highest
FL the focal length, or azimuthal and elevational lengths, if different
acoustic power is being transmitted.
(centimeters).
W3(z1) the derated ultrasonic power at axial distance z1 (milliwatts).
IPA.3@MImax the derated pulse average intensity at the point of maximum reported MI Explanatory Notes
(Watts per square centimeter).
(a) This index is not required to this operating mode.
The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are
(b) This probe is not intended for adult transcranial uses.
summarized below.
(c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty
(d) The maximum index value is less than 1.0
Pll.3 (derated pulse intensity integral) 3.2 % +21 % to –24 %
* If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr’ listed is
Wo (acoustic power) 6.2 % +/– 19 %
the average per second for the 'worst case' scan line. ‘prr’ for scanning modes is the
Pr.3 (derated rarefaction pressure) 5.4 % +/– 15 % product of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern .
Fc (center frequency) <1% +/– 4.5 % ** The max TIS unscanned value is an ‘at_surface’ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0
cm2, OR The max TIS unscanned value is a ‘below_surface’ value and occurs for
aperture <= 1.0 cm2.
+ The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at_surface TIS_scanned value. The
non–scanned_TIB value indicated is the below_surface max. A “+” is used when the
TIB value is less than the TIS_scanned value for the operating condition.
C2–4/20 C2–4/20: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
C2–4/20: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 0.932 0.942 0.575 0.453** 1.360 (b)
Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC Pr.3 1.450 – – – – –
Non–scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² 2D P1: 0.434
W0 – PD P1x1: 45.330 PD P1x1: 45.330 – PD P: 44.400 (b)
Maximum index value 0.862 0.876 0.034 0.034 0.063+ (b)
Col P1: 28.300
Pr.3 1.300 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 35.634 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 60.000 M P1x1: 2.414 – M P: 2.840 (b) z1 – – – 1.600 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.396 – – Zbp – – – 1.962 – –
z1 – – – 1.900 – – Zsp 4.500 – – – 1.500 –
Zbp – – – 2.098 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.566 –
Zsp 4.600 – – – 4.400 – 2D : 3.200
fc 2.420 PD : 2.660 2.660 2.460 2.450 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.397 – Col : 2.670
fc 2.280 3.070 2.940 2.950 3.030 (b) 2D : 1.600
X Aaprt – 1.600 1.280 1.280 1.120 (b) X Aaprt – PD : 0.800 0.800 1.120 0.560 (b)
– 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b) Col : 1.520
Y Aaprt
Y Aaprt – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
PD 0.629 – – – – –
PD 1.060 – – – – –
PRF 12.100* – – – – –
PRF 59.000* – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 1.910 – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 2.090 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.371 – deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.484 –
FLx (cm) – 5.000 17.500 14.500 – (b) FLx (cm) – 5.000 5.000 6.800 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – (b) FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 143.000 – – – – – Ipa.MI_max 141.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI TIS_as
Control 2
Control 2 TIS_as Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
TIB_bs Control 6 TIC_as
Control 5
Control 6 TIC_as
C2–4/20: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler C2–5

TIS TIB
Non–scan C2–5: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
1.630 – – – – – Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 Non–scan
2D P1: 7.890 Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
W0 – PD P1x1: 70.280 – PD P: 83.800 (b)
PD P1x1: 71.390 Maximum index value 1.45 1.33 0.0740** 0.0910 0.192+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 62.356 – – Pr.3 2.19 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.600 – – W0 – 2D P1: 106 M P1x1: 6.37 – M P: 9.89 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.962 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 7.88 – –
Zsp 4.400 – – – 4.400 – z1 – – – 1.70 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.382 – Zbp – – – 2.21 – –
2D : 3.670 Zsp 4.50 – – – 5.10 –
fc 2.630 2.670 2.670 2.670 (b)
PD : 2.460
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.474 –
2D : 2.040 2.28 2.62 2.43 2.44 2.49 (b)
X Aaprt – 0.800 1.120 1.120 (b) fc
PD : 0.800
X Aaprt – 1.96 1.31 1.31 1.31 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.200 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PD 1.420 – – – – –
PD 0.806 – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PRF 8.91* – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 2.380 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.05 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.344 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.464 –
FLx (cm) – 5.000 5.000 6.800 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 3.50 17.5 14.5 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 8.000 8.000 8.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 145.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 291 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
TIS_as Control 1 MI
Control 2
TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3
TIS_bs TIB_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4
Control 5 TIC_as Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzPD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 55.560, Data No: 899871525–833028 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.4MHz , Focus: 8.8Cm, FR: 8.91, Data No: 602653980–634980
Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.7MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 899678671–375392 Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz M: 3.4MHz , Focus: 17.5Cm, FR: 25.32, Data No: 602868676–995527
Control 5: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzPD: 2.7MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 55.560, Data No: 899929993–380713 Control 4: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz M: 3.4MHz , Focus: 14.5Cm, FR: 29.83, Data No: 602867105–556180
C2–5: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2–5: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
Non–scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm²
Maximum index value 1.44 1.26 0.802 0.727 2.47 (b) Maximum index value 1.44 1.23 1.29 1.12 3.32 (b)
Pr.3 2.43 – – – – – Pr.3 2.24 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.439 2D P1: 4.69
W0 – PD P1x1: 66.7 PD P1x1: 58.2 – PD P: 59.4 (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 93.4 – PD P: 93.4 (b)
PD P1x1: 84.0
Col P1: 34.6
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 83.1 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 52.8 – –
z1 – – – 1.90 – –
z1 – – – 1.90 – –
– – – 2.21 – – Zbp – – – 2.21 – –
Zbp
Zsp 0.700 – – – 0.600 – Zsp 4.30 – – – 1.60 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.489 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.485 –
2D : 2.95 2D : 3.29
fc 2.42 2.91 2.84 2.46 (b)
fc 2.86 PD : 2.45 2.90 2.89 2.45 (b) PD : 2.90
Col : 2.87 2D : 2.62
X Aaprt – 0.654 1.31 0.654 (b)
2D : 3.31 PD : 0.654
X Aaprt – PD : 0.654 0.654 1.31 0.409 (b) Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Col : 1.84
PD 1.50 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PRF 999 – – – – –
PD 0.879 – – – – –
22.9* – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 3.10 – – – – –
PRF
Pr_Pii_max 2.57 – – – – – deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.428 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.489 – FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 6.80 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 3.50 3.50 6.80 – (b) FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.60 7.60 7.60 – (b) Ipa.MI_max 266 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 230 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz Col: 2.9MHz , Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 1.43, Data No: 602792298–222048 Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz , Focus: 6.8Cm, Data No: 602706224–233336
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 2.5MHz Col: 2.9MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 5.03, Data No: 603105421–530553 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz PD: 2.9MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 39.60, Data No: 603019186–865528
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz PD: 2.9MHz Col: 2.5MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 2.68, Data No: 603138714–112748 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.9MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 602726718–29901
C2–8 C2–8: 2D& 2D+M mode

TIS TIB
C2–8: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.35 0.936 0.635** 0.585 1.60 (b)
Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 42.9 PD P1x1: 43.0 – PD P: 37.6 (b)
Maximum index value 1.20 1.08 0.0700** 0.0710 0.0890+ (b)
Col P1: 19.8
Pr.3 2.00 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 39.6 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 60.4 M P1x1: 3.98 – M P: 2.93 (b) – – – 1.60 – –
z1
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 4.17 – – Zbp – – – 2.20 – –
z1 – – – 1.90 – – Zsp 1.70 – – – 0.700 –
Zbp – – – 2.20 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.453 –
Zsp 4.40 – – – 1.90 – 2D : 3.93
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.439 – fc 3.13 PD : 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 (b)
Col : 3.13
fc 2.77 3.74 3.71 3.60 3.98 (b)
– 2.50 0.962 1.54 0.673 (b) 2D : 2.50
X Aaprt
X Aaprt – PD : 0.962 0.962 1.54 0.385 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) Col : 2.36
PD 0.548 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
PRF 8.91* – – – – – PD 0.853 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.02 – – – – – PRF 43.0* – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.425 – Pr_Pii_max 2.66 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 5.00 5.00 17.5 – (b) deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.447 –
FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b) FLx (cm) – 5.00 5.00 8.80 – (b)
271 – – – – – FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max
Ipa.MI_max 255 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_as_U
Control 3
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.7MHz , Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 8.91, Data No: 1268381231–665071 Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 2.69, Data No: 1268488499–923951
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 122.28, Data No: 1268322922–125614 Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz PD: 3.1MHz Col: 3.1MHz , Focus: 5.0Cm, FR: 2.68, Data No: 1268768804–445265
C2–8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler CN2–8

TIS TIB
Non–scan CN2–8: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.33 0.959 0.915** 0.830 2.18 (b)
2.24 – – – – – Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 61.9 – PD P: 58.9 (b)
PD P1x1: 61.9 Maximum index value 1.040 0.845 0.029** 0.041 0.095+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 56.2 – – Pr.3 1.570 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.60 – – W0 – 2D P1: 59.100 M P1x1: 2.021 – M P: 1.300 (b)
Zbp – – – 2.20 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 2.869 – –
Zsp 1.50 – – – 1.70 – z1 – – – 2.300 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.417 – Zbp – – – 2.775 – –
2D : 4.13 Zsp 5.100 – – – 1.300 –
fc 2.82 3.10 3.10 3.10 (b)
PD : 3.10 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.447 –
2D : 5.63 fc 2.280 3.000 3.000 2.980 3.430 (b)
X Aaprt – 0.962 1.54 0.673 (b)
PD : 0.962
X Aaprt – 3.100 1.591 2.068 0.636 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
PD 1.31 – – – – –
PD 0.666 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – – 9.080* – – – – –
PRF
FLx (cm) – 5.00 5.00 17.5 – (b) FLx (cm) – 6.800 6.800 8.800 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 7.00 7.00 7.00 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 201 – – – – – Ipa.MI_max 174.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, Data No: 1268420281–723213 Control 6 TIC_as
Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 17.5Cm, Data No: 1268440082–320731 Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.3MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 9.080, Data No: 24811122–941390
Control 4: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz PD: 3.1MHz , Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 39.60, Data No: 1268652744–99813 Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.4MHz, Focus: 6.8Cm, FR: 118.810, Data No: 24745716–764650
CN2–8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CN2–8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.110 1.030 0.726 0.574** 1.650 (b) Maximum index value 1.130 1.010 1.067 0.968** 2.330 (b)
Pr.3 1.850 – – – – – Pr.3 1.980 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.329 2D P1: 3.350
PD P1x1: 65.145
Col P1: 25.400
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 66.109 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 39.445 – –
z1 – – – 2.200 – –
z1 – – – 2.200 – –
– – – 2.775 – – Zbp – – – 2.775 – –
Zbp
Zsp 1.300 – – – 1.300 – Zsp 1.300 – – – 2.000 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.479 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.520 –
2D : 3.090 2D : 3.450
fc 3.060 3.080 3.070 2.790 (b)
fc 2.770 PD : 2.780 3.060 2.780 3.070 (b) PD : 3.070
Col : 2.770 2D : 3.180
X Aaprt – 0.795 2.068 0.795 (b)
2D : 2.310 PD : 0.795
Col : 2.230
PD 1.200 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 1.300 1.300 1.300 1.300 (b)
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PD 0.916 – – – – –
22.400* – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 2.140 – – – – –
PRF
FLx (cm) – 3.500 3.500 8.800 – (b) FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 6.000 6.000 6.000 – (b) Ipa.MI_max 144.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 126.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
TIS_as TIC_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 1.400, Data No: 24887344–818007 Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 2.Cm, Data No: 4153641075–860119
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 3.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 3.5Cm, FR: 2.690, Data No: 25247802–167368 Control 3: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 3.5–, Data No: 4153642394–558024
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 3.4MHzPD: 3.1MHzCol: 2.8MHz, Focus: 8.8Cm, FR: 2.690, Data No: 25259630–493026 Control 4: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 3.1MHz, Focus: 6.8–, Data No: 4153645030–731672
CN4–9 CN4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
CN4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.580 0.980 0.617 0.417** 1.340 1.190
Non–scan
Aaprt≤1cm² Aaprt>1cm² 2D P1: 0.316 2D P: 0.338
W0 – PD P1x1: 23.690 PD P1x1: 23.690 – PD P: 16.000 PD P: 21.700
Maximum index value 1.110 0.767 0.050 0.031** 0.079+ 0.830
Col P1: 13.800 Col P: 14.900
Pr.3 2.410 – – – – – – – – 16.088 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3]
2D P: – – – 0.800 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 30.500 M P1x1: 2.046 – M P: 1.370 z1
34.800
Zbp – – – 1.012 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.293 – –
Zsp 1.400 – – – 0.700 –
z1 – – – 1.300 – – – – – – 0.210 –
deq(zsp)
Zbp – – – 1.221 – – 2D : 5.240 2D : 5.080
Zsp 1.900 – – – 1.900 – fc 4.960 PD : 5.470 5.050 5.050 5.080 PD : 5.450
Col : 5.410 Col : 5.050
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.211 –
4.730 5.290 5.110 5.110 4.730 5.290 2D : 1.540 2D : 1.270
fc
X Aaprt – PD : 0.867 0.867 0.596 0.271 PD : 0.596
X Aaprt – 1.440 0.867 0.867 0.596 1.440 Col : 1.520 Col : 1.250
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600
PD 0.268 – – – – – PD 0.526 – – – – –
PRF 330.000* – – – – – PRF 57.400* – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 4.160 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.210 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.193 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.209 –
FLx (cm) – 9.000 9.000 3.000 – 3.000
FLx (cm) – 2.000 9.000 9.000 – 2.000 FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – 2.300
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – 2.300 Ipa.MI_max 491.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 258.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as Control 4 TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
CN4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler EC4–9

TIS TIB
Non–scan EC4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode
Maximum index value 1.430 0.942 0.985 0.603** 1.570 1.170 TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.310 – – – – – Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 37.640 – PD P: 18.900 PD P: 35.800
PD P1x1: 33.870
Maximum index value 0.871 0.553 0.034 0.021** 0.053+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 23.116 – –
Pr.3 1.940 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.300 – –
2D P1: 19.700
Zbp – – – 1.221 – – W0 – M P1x1: 1.347 – M P: 0.822 (b)
M P1x1: 0.786
Zsp 1.500 – – – 0.700 –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 0.833 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.214 –
z1 – – – 1.325 – –
2D : 5.610
fc 5.370 5.500 5.470 5.110 5.060 Zbp – – – 1.221 – –
PD : 5.480
2D : 2.600 Zsp 1.320 – – – 1.180 –
X Aaprt – 0.867 0.867 0.271 0.759
PD : 0.867 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.229 –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 fc 4.960 5.670 5.260 5.260 4.960 (b)
PD 0.697 – – – – – 2D : 1.790
X Aaprt – 0.867 0.867 0.379 (b)
PRF 999.000 – – – – – M : 0.379
Pr_Pii_max 4.080 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.181 – PD 0.244 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 5.500 6.500 9.000 – 4.000 PRF 338.000* – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – 2.300 Pr_Pii_max 2.390 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 422.000 – – – – – deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.220 –
FLx (cm) – 2.000 9.000 9.000 – (b)
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
Control 2 TIS_as Ipa.MI_max 181.000 – – – – –
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 1 MI TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as
Control 6 TIC_as Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHzPD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 5.5Cm, FR: 20.830, Data No: 25797124–192443 Control 2: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHzM: 6.8MHz, Focus: 2.0Cm, FR: 38.330, Data No: 399350929–80023
EC4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA EC4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.670 – – – – – Pr.3 2.900 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.554 2D P1: 2.290
W0 – PD P1x1: 13.820 – PD P: 13.000 (b) W0 – PD P1x1: 22.570 – PD P: 18.800 (b)
Col P1: 23.600 PD P1x1: 21.119
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 14.530 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 10.304 – –
z1 – – – 1.035 – –
z1 – – – 0.600 – –
Zbp – – – 1.012 – –
Zbp – – – 0.683 – –
0.600 – – – 0.600 – Zsp 1.180 – – – 1.180 –
Zsp
– – – – 0.233 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.208 –
deq(zsp)
2D : 5.480 2D : 5.320
fc 5.030 5.120 5.100 5.100 (b) fc 5.030 5.500 5.490 5.100 (b)
Col : 5.350 PD : 5.410
2D : 1.680 2D : 1.920
X Aaprt – 0.867 0.271 0.271 (b) X Aaprt – 0.867 0.596 0.379 (b)
Col : 1.570 PD : 0.867
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.512 – – – – – PD 0.737 – – – – –
PRF 56.600* – – – – – PRF 999.000 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 1.000 5.500 1.000 – (b) FLx (cm) – 7.500 9.000 3.000 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 258.000 – – – – – Ipa.MI_max 319.000 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 6 TIC_as
EVN4–9 EVN4–9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
EVN4–9: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
TIS TIB
Non–scan
2D P1: 0.647
W0 – PD P1x1: 16.6 – PD P: 15.2 (b)
Maximum index value 1.36 0.581 0.0380 0.0290** 0.0620+ (b) Col P1: 26.8
Pr.3 2.88 – – – – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 12.5 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 22.2 M P1x1: 1.57 – M P: 1.22 (b)
z1 – – – 0.800 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.19 – – Zbp – – – 1.04 – –
z1 – – – 0.800 – – Zsp 0.600 – – – 0.700 –
Zbp – – – 1.08 – – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.241 –
Zsp 0.600 – – – 1.50 –
2D : 5.32
– – – – 0.251 – fc 5.08 5.13 5.13 5.14 (b)
deq(zsp) Col : 5.01
fc 4.45 5.50 5.07 5.07 5.36 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.39 0.675 0.675 0.464 (b) 2D : 2.13
X Aaprt – 0.633 0.633 0.295 (b)
Col : 1.94
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.393 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PRF 7.20* – – – – – PD 0.511 – – – – –
PRF 57.1* – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.04 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.13 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.236 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.219 –
FLx (cm) – 2.00 9.00 9.00 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 9.00 4.00 4.00 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.30 2.30 2.30 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 284 – – – – – Ipa.MI_max 335 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 3
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs
EVN4–9: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler L5–12/60

TIS TIB
Non–scan L5–12/60: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 2.900 – – – – – Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 22.570 – PD P: 18.800 (b)
PD P1x1: 21.119 Maximum index value 1.040 1.270 0.072 0.044** 0.067+ (b)
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 14.530 – – Pr.3 2.500 – – – – –
z1 – – – 1.035 – – W0 – 2D P1: 49.800 M P1x1: 2.576 – M P: 1.160 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.012 – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.811 – –
Zsp 1.180 – – – 1.180 – z1 – – – 1.800 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.208 – Zbp – – – 1.856 – –
2D : 5.320 Zsp 1.700 – – – 1.600 –
fc 5.030 5.500 5.490 5.100 (b)
PD : 5.410
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.203 –
2D : 1.920
X Aaprt – 0.867 0.596 0.379 (b) fc 5.780 5.350 5.870 5.100 5.780 (b)
PD : 0.867
X Aaprt – 2.820 1.753 2.003 0.751 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.737 – – – – –
PD 0.150 – – – – –
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PRF 112.000* – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.440 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.490 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.189 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.197 –
FLx (cm) – 7.500 9.000 3.000 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 3.600 4.400 6.500 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.300 2.300 2.300 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.400 2.400 2.400 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 319.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 420.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 6 TIC_as
L5–12/60: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5–12/60: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.460 2.110 1.519 0.916** 1.620+ (b) Maximum index value 1.360 2.320 2.543 1.528** 2.390 (b)
Pr.3 3.390 – – – – – Pr.3 3.170 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.528 2D P1: 5.100
PD P1x1: 77.760
Col P1: 21.100
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 54.363 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 32.737 – –
z1 – – – 1.700 – –
z1 – – – 1.700 – –
Zbp – – – 1.856 – –
Zbp – – – 1.856 – –
Zsp 1.600 – – – 0.600 – Zsp 1.700 – – – 1.700 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.232 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.387 –
2D : 5.390 2D : 6.030
fc 5.470 5.900 5.900 5.980 (b)
fc 5.400 PD : 5.870 5.870 5.870 6.070 (b) PD : 5.880
Col : 5.730 2D : 4.190
X Aaprt – 2.003 2.003 1.380 (b)
2D : 3.440 PD : 2.000
Col : 3.320
PD 0.690 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
PD 0.482 – – – – –
PRF 34.600* – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 4.380 – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 6.500 6.500 6.500 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.400 2.400 2.400 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.400 2.400 2.400 – (b) Ipa.MI_max 479.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 565.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIC_as
LE5–12 LE5–12: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
LE5–12: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
TIS TIB
Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 21.58 PD P1x1: 21.58 – PD P: 10.9 (b)
Maximum index value 1.3 0.695 0.04 0.027** 0.059+ (b) Col P1: 10
Pr.3 3.18 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 13.599 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 24.2 M P1x1: 1.407 – M P: 0.603 (b) z1 – – – 1.1 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 0.928 – – Zbp – – – 1.196 – –
Zsp 1 – – – 0.6 –
z1 – – – 1 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.171 –
Zbp – – – 1.196 – –
2D : 6.01
Zsp 1.1 – – – 1.1 – fc 5.52 PD : 6.08 6.08 6.08 6.12 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.15 – Col : 6.01
fc 5.95 6.03 6.03 6.03 5.95 (b) 2D : 2.14

X Aaprt – PD : 1.25 1.248 1.248 0.234 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.44 1.248 1.248 0.546 (b)
Col : 2.07
Y Aaprt – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b) – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
Y Aaprt
PD 0.213 – – – – – PD 0.49 – – – – –
PRF 118* – – – – – PRF 34.6* – – – – –
3.73 – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 4 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.171 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.148 –
FLx (cm) – 6.5 6.5 6.5 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 1.7 6.5 6.5 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2 2 2 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2 2 2 – (b) Ipa.MI_max 549 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 363 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs
LE5–12: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler LN5–12

TIS TIB
Non–scan LN5–12: 2D& 2D+M mode
TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.53 – – – – – Index Label MI Scan Non–scan Non–scan TIC
Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 33.72 – PD P: 11.4 (b)
PD P1x1: 33.72
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 21.875 – –
Pr.3 3.55 – – – – –
z1 – – – 0.6 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 22.5 M P1x1: 1.22 – M P: 0.600 (b)
Zbp – – – 1.078 – –
1 – – – 0.6 – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 0.787 – –
Zsp
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.162 – z1 – – – 1.00 – –
2D : 6.25 Zbp – – – 1.05 – –
fc 5.55 6.11 5.98 5.63 (b)
PD : 6.11 Zsp 0.900 – – – 1.00 –
2D : 3.74 deq(zsp) – – – – 0.158 –
X Aaprt – 1.248 1.014 0.234 (b)
PD : 1.25
fc 5.56 6.57 6.40 6.40 6.05 (b)
Y Aaprt – 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.89 0.960 0.960 0.540 (b)
PD 0.652 – – – – –
PRF 999 – – – – – Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b)
Pr_Pii_max 4.09 – – – – – PD 0.255 – – – – –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.161 – PRF 13.7* – – – – –
FLx (cm) – 6.5 6.5 3.2 – (b) Pr_Pii_max 3.96 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 2 2 2 – (b) deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.153 –
Ipa.MI_max 528 – – – – – – 5.00 5.00 5.00 – (b)
FLx (cm)
FLy (cm) – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
Control 1 MI
Ipa.MI_max 427 – – – – –
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 1.7Cm, Data No: 290298002–421454 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 3
Control 4 TIB_bs
LN5–12: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA LN5–12: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Pr.3 3.29 – – – – – Pr.3 3.16 – – – – –
2D P1: 0.273 2D P1: 1.96
PD P1x1: 26.1
Col P1: 8.70
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 21.9 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 11.9 – –
z1 – – – 0.700 – –
z1 – – – 1.00 – –
Zbp – – – 1.05 – –
Zbp – – – 1.05 – –
Zsp 0.600 – – – 1.70 –
Zsp 0.600 – – – 0.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.160 – deq(zsp) – – – – 0.188 –
2D : 6.21 2D : 6.96
fc 5.63 5.60 5.64 5.68 (b)
5.66 PD : 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.21 (b) PD : 5.59
fc
Col : 5.71 2D : 2.37
X Aaprt – 0.960 0.960 0.780 (b)
PD : 0.960
2D : 1.89
Col : 1.83 PD 0.652 – – – – –
Y Aaprt – 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 (b) PRF 999 – – – – –
PD 0.481 – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 3.54 – – – – –
PRF 59.0* – – – – – deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.182 –
Pr_Pii_max 3.72 – – – – – FLx (cm) – 6.50 6.50 5.00 – (b)
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.160 – – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
FLy (cm)
FLx (cm) – 6.50 6.50 6.50 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 437 – – – – –
FLy (cm) – 1.80 1.80 1.80 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 497 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz Col: 5.6MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, FR: 3.69, Data No: 273167009–437485 Control 1: PulsedDoppler Mode, PD: 5.6MHz , Focus: 1.0Cm, Data No: 273123331–793523
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz PD: 5.6MHz Col: 5.6MHz , Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 2.53, Data No: 273410701–674468 Control 2: 2D+PulsedDoppler Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz PD: 5.6MHz , Focus: 6.5Cm, FR: 5.08, Data No: 273297309–871842
LN5–12/40 LN5–12/40: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA

TIS TIB
LN5–12/40: 2D& 2D+M mode Non–scan
TIS TIB
Non–scan
W0 – PD P1x1: 41.930 PD P1x1: 41.930 – PD P: 35.800 (b)
Maximum index value 1.010 1.060 0.055 0.030** 0.066+ (b) Col P1: 16.800
Pr.3 2.400 – – – – – min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 26.078 – –
W0 – 2D P1: 39.200 M P1x1: 2.190 – M P: 0.996 (b) z1 – – – 1.500 – –
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 1.301 – – Zbp – – – 1.658 – –
Zsp 1.400 – – – 1.800 –
z1 – – – 1.700 – –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.307 –
Zbp – – – 1.658 – –
2D : 5.210
Zsp 1.500 – – – 1.400 – fc 4.980 PD : 5.490 5.000 5.000 5.030 (b)
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.195 – Col : 5.370
fc 5.690 5.690 5.260 4.910 5.690 (b) 2D : 2.550

X Aaprt – PD : 1.600 1.600 1.600 1.200 (b)
X Aaprt – 1.550 1.600 1.600 0.600 (b)
Col : 2.500
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b) – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
Y Aaprt
PD 0.138 – – – – – PD 0.517 – – – – –
PRF 112.000* – – – – – PRF 34.600* – – – – –
3.170 – – – – – Pr_Pii_max 4.160 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.225 –
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.187 –
FLx (cm) – 6.500 6.500 5.600 – (b)
FLx (cm) – 2.000 6.500 6.500 – (b) FLy (cm) – 2.100 2.100 2.100 – (b)
FLy (cm) – 2.100 2.100 2.100 – (b) Ipa.MI_max 625.000 – – – – –
Ipa.MI_max 473.000 – – – – –
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI TIS_as TIC_as Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 2 TIS_as_U Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 3 TIS_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 6 TIC_as
Control 4 TIB_bs
LN5–12/40: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler Patient–Applied Part Temperature Table

TIS TIB
Non–scan Transducer Surface Temperature In–Air (°C) Surface Temperature Simulated–Use (°C)
Maximum index value 1.480 1.640 1.844 1.036** 2.050 (b) C2–4/20 <41 <41
Pr.3 3.330 – – – – –
2D P1: 3.860 C2–5 42.2 <41
W0 – PD P1x1: 70.420 – PD P: 62.500 (b)
PD P1x1: 59.810
min[W.3, Ita.3] – – – 43.236 – – C2–8 <41 <41
z1 – – – 1.500 – –
Zbp – – – 1.658 – – CN2–8 43.2 <41
Zsp 0.600 – – – 1.600 –
deq(zsp) – – – – 0.385 – CN4–9 <41 <41
2D : 5.760
fc 5.040 5.500 5.030 5.060 (b)
PD : 5.370 EC4–9 <41 41.9
2D : 3.050
X Aaprt – 1.600 1.600 1.400 (b)
PD : 1.600 EVN4–9 <41 41.9
Y Aaprt – 0.600 0.600 0.600 0.600 (b)
PD 0.727 – – – – – L5–12/60 <41 42.4
PRF 999.000 – – – – –
Pr_Pii_max 3.520 – – – – – LE5–12 45.1 41.2
deq_Pii_max – – – – 0.235 –
FLx (cm) – 5.600 6.500 5.600 – (b) LN5–12 41.1 <41
FLy (cm) – 2.100 2.100 2.100 – (b)
Ipa.MI_max 498.000 – – – – – LN5–12/40 <41 42.3
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 6 TIC_as

Sonoace r3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sonoace r3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sonoace r3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SAMSUNG MEDISON

DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

Type of protection against electrical shock: Class I

Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: Ordinary equipment

Mode of operation: Continuous operation

■ Electromechanical safety standards met:

Medical Devices – Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices [ISO 14971:2007]

This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

This is manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable

VERSION DATE NOTE

v2.01.02-01 2015.02.23 Initial Release

System Upgrades and Manual Set Updates

If You Need Assistance

Table of Contents – Volume 1

Safety Signs.................................................................................................................................. 1-4

Electrical Safety........................................................................................................................... 1-7

Mechanical Safety..................................................................................................................... 1-17

Biological Safety....................................................................................................................... 1-18

Environmental Protection....................................................................................................... 1-31

Chapter 2 Introduction ............................................................... 2-1

Chapter 3 Starting Diagnosis ..................................................... 3-1

Probes & Applications................................................................................................................ 3-4

Patient Information.................................................................................................................... 3-9

Chapter 4 Diagnosis Modes......................................................... 4-1

Basic Modes................................................................................................................................. 4-7

Combined Modes...................................................................................................................... 4-26

Dual Mode.................................................................................................................................. 4-28

Chapter 5 Measurements and Calculations............................... 5-1

Basic Measurements.................................................................................................................. 5-9

Calculations by Application ................................................................................................... 5-19

Indication for Use..............................................1-3

Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-17

Biological Safety............................................ 1-18

Environmental Protection............................ 1-31

Symbols Description Symbols Description

WARNING: The accompanying

CAUTION: The accompanying

Refer to the user manual. Output port

Follow the user manual. Print remote output

CAUTION: Risk of electric shock Foot Switch Port

Type BF applied part (Classification

Defibrillation-proof type CF applied

Power on/off Network port

Symbols Description Symbols Description

Power on Microphone Port

Power off Probe port

Protected against vertically falling water

Protected against the effects of

Protected against the effects of

CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive devices

Dangerous voltage (Indicates dangerous

Protective earth (ground) Do not push the product.

Equipotentiality Do not lean against the product.

Be mindful of the space. Do not place a

Data input port

Authorised Representative In The

Prevention of Electric Shock

Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emission

Emission test Compliance Electromagnetic environment -guidance

Indication for Use..............................................1-3

Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-17

Biological Safety............................................ 1-18

Environmental Protection............................ 1-31